Summer Semester 2013 - Paris Junior College
Summer Semester 2013 - Paris Junior College
Summer Semester 2013 - Paris Junior College
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ACNT 1403<br />
Intro to Accounting<br />
Description<br />
A study of accounting principles as applied to vouchers, books of original entry, controlling<br />
accounts, adjusting and closing entries, financial statements, controls, and accounting concepts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
COLLEGE ACCOUNTING, 20TH EDITION, by Heintz & Perry ISBN: 978-0-538-74522-2<br />
Pencil, scratch paper, and a hand-held calculator (cell phones are not acceptable). Bring textbook<br />
and calculator to EVERY class.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Analyze and complete journal entries utilizing generally accepted accounting principles.<br />
Categorize accounts to prepare income statement, statement of owner’s equity, statement of cash<br />
flows and balance sheet.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1 - Introduction to Accounting.<br />
Week 2 - The Accounting Equation, Double Entry Framework.<br />
Week 3 - Review and Exam<br />
Week 4 - Journalizing and Posting, Adjusting Entries<br />
Week 5 - Financial Statements and Closing, Holiday<br />
Week 6 - Review, Exam<br />
Week 7 - Accounting for Cash, Payroll<br />
Week 8 - Payroll and Review<br />
Week 9 Exam and Comprehensive Problem to be completed in computerized accounting system.<br />
Week 10 - Comprehensive Problem continued and Final<br />
Grades of A, B, C, D, and F are determined by the student’s achievement of a certain percentage of<br />
possible points in the course. Accumulated points will be weighted as follows:<br />
Possible Points: 4 exams @ 100 points each 400 points<br />
Comprehensive Computerized Accounting Problem 100 points<br />
Quizzes 232 points<br />
Homework 178 points<br />
Total points available 910<br />
Grade Determination: 89.5% (814.45 points) or above = A<br />
79.5% – 89.4% (723.45 points) = B<br />
69.5% – 79.4% (632.45 points) = C<br />
59.5% – 69.4% (541.45 points) = D<br />
59.4% or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ACNT 1403<br />
Intro to Accounting<br />
Description<br />
A study of accounting principles as applied to vouchers, books of original entry, controlling<br />
accounts, adjusting and closing entries, financial statements, controls, and accounting concepts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
COLLEGE ACCOUNTING, 20TH EDITION, by Heintz & Perry ISBN: 978-0-538-74522-2<br />
Pencil, scratch paper, and a hand-held calculator (cell phones are not acceptable). Bring textbook<br />
and calculator to EVERY class.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Analyze and complete journal entries utilizing generally accepted accounting principles.<br />
Categorize accounts to prepare income statement, statement of owner’s equity, statement of cash<br />
flows and balance sheet.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1 - Introduction to Accounting.<br />
Week 2 - The Accounting Equation, Double Entry Framework.<br />
Week 3 - Review and Exam<br />
Week 4 - Journalizing and Posting, Adjusting Entries<br />
Week 5 - Financial Statements and Closing, Holiday<br />
Week 6 - Review, Exam<br />
Week 7 - Accounting for Cash, Payroll<br />
Week 8 - Payroll and Review<br />
Week 9 Exam and Comprehensive Problem to be completed in computerized accounting system.<br />
Week 10 - Comprehensive Problem continued and Final<br />
Grades of A, B, C, D, and F are determined by the student’s achievement of a certain percentage of<br />
possible points in the course. Accumulated points will be weighted as follows:<br />
Possible Points: 4 exams @ 100 points each 400 points<br />
Comprehensive Computerized Accounting Problem 100 points<br />
Quizzes 232 points<br />
Homework 178 points<br />
Total points available 910<br />
Grade Determination: 89.5% (814.45 points) or above = A<br />
79.5% – 89.4% (723.45 points) = B<br />
69.5% – 79.4% (632.45 points) = C<br />
59.5% – 69.4% (541.45 points) = D<br />
59.4% or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012/<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Susan A. Moore, M.F.A.<br />
AB 107<br />
903-782-0438<br />
smoore@parisjc.eu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ARTS 1301<br />
Art Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an<br />
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and<br />
appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Living With Art, 9th Edition, Mark Getlein, McGraw Hill Publishers,<br />
ISBN-13:978-0-07-337920-3<br />
Schedule<br />
Five weeks of assignments over topics including:<br />
1- Living with Art<br />
2-What is Art<br />
3-Themes of Art<br />
4- The Visual Elements<br />
5-Principles of Art & Design<br />
6-Drawing<br />
7-Painting<br />
8-Prints<br />
9-Camera & Computer<br />
10-Graphic Arts<br />
11-Sculpture<br />
12-Ritual & Life<br />
13-Architecture<br />
The course will conclude with a Final Exam.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Writing Assignments, 100 pts. Ea, 200 pts. Total; Four Tests, 100 points ea., 400 pts. Total; 13<br />
Discussion posts, 10 points ea, total 130 points; 13 Chapter Assignments [aka homework], 10 points<br />
ea., 130 points total. Total points available: 860.
Course Syllabus<br />
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Elaine Souder<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office 201<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone 903-454-9333<br />
Section 40 email esouder@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ART 1301<br />
Art Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an<br />
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and<br />
appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Living With Art, Mark Getlein, 9th Edition, McGraw/Hill Companies, ISBN: 978-0-07-337920-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will master the following objectives:<br />
1. Define, recognize, and use the elements of art.<br />
2. Define, recognize, and use the principles of design.<br />
3. Recognize, distinguish and appreciate art of various cultures & historical periods.<br />
4. Develop an awareness of sensitivity to art in both natural and human-made environments.<br />
5. Strengthen perceptual awareness and cognitive skills through sensory experiences.<br />
6. Analyze, compare, interpret, and evaluate art of self, other students, and major artists.<br />
7. Communicate feelings and ideas through creative visual expression.<br />
8. Develop skills in producing visual art in a wide variety of media and techniques.<br />
9. Exhibit proficiency in terminology and techniques related to areas of art study.<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics and Assignments may include:<br />
Orientation / What is Art / The Study of Art / Historical Critique<br />
Element of Line / Principle of Movement - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Shape / Principle of Pattern - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Value / Principle of Contrast - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Color / Principle of Emphasis - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Texture / Principle of Rhythm - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Form / Principle of Balance - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Space / Principle of Unity - Historical Critiques<br />
Prehistoric Art/ Minoan, Mycenaean<br />
Egyptian Art<br />
Ancient Greece / Ancient Rome / Middle Ages<br />
Renaissance / Baroque / Rococo<br />
18th Century / 19th Century<br />
Early 20th Century / Late 20th Century<br />
Art History Presentation / Final Exam
Course Syllabus<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Class Discussion - Students will share their knowledge of concepts, understanding of processes,<br />
awareness of art heritage, and ability to analyze and discriminate. Use of questioning strategies will<br />
used to obtain information from the students.<br />
2. Written Tests - Assesses factual knowledge, in connection with other assessments of concepts.<br />
3. Visual Tests - Visual tests are appropriate for the evaluation of student recognition from<br />
classroom visuals of principles related to composition and the use of art elements.<br />
4. Checklists - Lists containing specific criteria for mastery used to keep a record of student<br />
progress.<br />
5. Art Portfolio - Actual work of a student is the best means of assessing a student's growth in the<br />
use of , processes and the concepts connected with them. Oral presentation by students.<br />
6. Teacher Observation - Day to day observation by the teacher on all aspects of a student's growth.<br />
7. Projects - Students will display their ability to solve problems and formulate new solutions<br />
through carefully constructed class assignments which are open-ended and allow for discovery.<br />
8. Self Evaluation - A student can be a part of the assessment of his or her own growth, given a safe<br />
environment of communication.
Course Syllabus<br />
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Elaine Souder<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office 201<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone 903-454-9333<br />
Section 41 email esouder@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ART 1301<br />
Art Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all. The subject matter is designed to give the layman an<br />
overview of how to look at art and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis and<br />
appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Living With Art, Mark Getlein, 9th Edition, McGraw/Hill Companies, ISBN: 978-0-07-337920-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will master the following objectives:<br />
1. Define, recognize, and use the elements of art.<br />
2. Define, recognize, and use the principles of design.<br />
3. Recognize, distinguish and appreciate art of various cultures & historical periods.<br />
4. Develop an awareness of sensitivity to art in both natural and human-made environments.<br />
5. Strengthen perceptual awareness and cognitive skills through sensory experiences.<br />
6. Analyze, compare, interpret, and evaluate art of self, other students, and major artists.<br />
7. Communicate feelings and ideas through creative visual expression.<br />
8. Develop skills in producing visual art in a wide variety of media and techniques.<br />
9. Exhibit proficiency in terminology and techniques related to areas of art study.<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics and Assignments may include:<br />
Orientation / What is Art / The Study of Art / Historical Critique<br />
Element of Line / Principle of Movement - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Shape / Principle of Pattern - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Value / Principle of Contrast - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Color / Principle of Emphasis - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Texture / Principle of Rhythm - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Form / Principle of Balance - Historical Critiques<br />
Element of Space / Principle of Unity - Historical Critiques<br />
Prehistoric Art/ Minoan, Mycenaean<br />
Egyptian Art<br />
Ancient Greece / Ancient Rome / Middle Ages<br />
Renaissance / Baroque / Rococo<br />
18th Century / 19th Century<br />
Early 20th Century / Late 20th Century<br />
Art History Presentation / Final Exam
Course Syllabus<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Class Discussion - Students will share their knowledge of concepts, understanding of processes,<br />
awareness of art heritage, and ability to analyze and discriminate. Use of questioning strategies will<br />
used to obtain information from the students.<br />
2. Written Tests - Assesses factual knowledge, in connection with other assessments of concepts.<br />
3. Visual Tests - Visual tests are appropriate for the evaluation of student recognition from<br />
classroom visuals of principles related to composition and the use of art elements.<br />
4. Checklists - Lists containing specific criteria for mastery used to keep a record of student<br />
progress.<br />
5. Art Portfolio - Actual work of a student is the best means of assessing a student's growth in the<br />
use of , processes and the concepts connected with them. Oral presentation by students.<br />
6. Teacher Observation - Day to day observation by the teacher on all aspects of a student's growth.<br />
7. Projects - Students will display their ability to solve problems and formulate new solutions<br />
through carefully constructed class assignments which are open-ended and allow for discovery.<br />
8. Self Evaluation - A student can be a part of the assessment of his or her own growth, given a safe<br />
environment of communication.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Susan A. Moore<br />
AB 107<br />
INTERNET ONLY<br />
smoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ARTS 1301.<br />
Art Appreciation - Online<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an<br />
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis<br />
and appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth<br />
Publisher,<br />
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66<br />
INTERNET - Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment #1; Chapters 1 - 5 Mini-Quizzes; Mid-<br />
Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book; Chapters 6-10;<br />
Quizzes and Writing Assignment #2; Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].<br />
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes.
Evaluation methods 10 Weekly Quizzes 10 points each<br />
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100<br />
2 Tests 100 points each 200<br />
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200<br />
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]<br />
Total possible mandatory points: 600
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Susan A. Moore<br />
AB 107<br />
INTERNET ONLY<br />
smoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ARTS 1301.<br />
Art Appreciation - Online<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an<br />
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis<br />
and appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth<br />
Publisher,<br />
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66<br />
INTERNET - Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment #1; Chapters 1 - 5 Mini-Quizzes; Mid-<br />
Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book; Chapters 6-10;<br />
Quizzes and Writing Assignment #2; Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].<br />
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes.
Evaluation methods 10 Weekly Quizzes 10 points each<br />
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100<br />
2 Tests 100 points each 200<br />
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200<br />
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]<br />
Total possible mandatory points: 600
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Susan A. Moore<br />
AB 107<br />
INTERNET ONLY<br />
smoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ARTS 1301.<br />
Art Appreciation - Online<br />
Description<br />
A general education course open to all: the subject matter is designed to give the layperson an<br />
overview of how to look at art, and a basic understanding of what is involved in the analysis<br />
and appreciation of any work of art.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Power of Art, Richard Lewis, Susan I. Lewis, Second Edition, Thompson/Wadsworth<br />
Publisher,<br />
ISBN: 13-: 978-0-534-64103-0
Schedule Art Appreciation ARTS1301.65, 66<br />
INTERNET - Chapters 1 thru 5; Writing Assignment #1; Chapters 1 - 5 Mini-Quizzes; Mid-<br />
Term Proctored Exam, Chapters 1-5, PJC Testing Center[s], closed book; Chapters 6-10;<br />
Quizzes and Writing Assignment #2; Chapters 6 - 10, Proctored Test at PJC Testing Center[s].<br />
Discussion Posts are due on the same schedule as Quizzes.
Evaluation methods 10 Weekly Quizzes 10 points each<br />
10 Weekly Discussion Essays 10 points each 100<br />
2 Tests 100 points each 200<br />
2 Written Assignments 100 points each 200<br />
[ Extra Credit opportunities will be presented throughout the semester points TBA ]<br />
Total possible mandatory points: 600
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Marjorie Pannell<br />
AS 140<br />
903 782 0360<br />
mpannell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BCIS 1405<br />
Business Computer Applications<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems, and information systems relating to<br />
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,<br />
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business-oriented<br />
utilization of the Internet.<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4390-7842-6<br />
Microsoft Office 2010, BRIEF<br />
ISBN: 978-0-5387-5188-9<br />
SAM 2010 Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations.<br />
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.<br />
Week 1: Orientation & Computer Fundamentals and Concepts<br />
Weeks 2: Office 2010 and Windows 7 Concepts<br />
Weeks 3 - 4: Word Processing and Exam I<br />
Weeks 5 - 6: Presentation Graphics and Exam II<br />
Week 7 - 8: Spreadsheets and Exam III<br />
Week 9 - 10: Database Management and Exam IV<br />
40% EXAMS<br />
35% Lab Project<br />
25% Quizzes
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term 123S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BCIS 1405<br />
Business Computer Applications<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term 124S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BCIS 1405<br />
Business Computer Applications<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term 123S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BCIS 1405<br />
Business Computer Applications<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012 - <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin<br />
Sulphur Springs Campus 103<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
mlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BCIS 1405<br />
Business Computer Applications<br />
Description<br />
Computer terminology, hardware, software, operating systems and information systems relating to<br />
the business environment. The main focus of this course is on business applications of software,<br />
including word processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentation graphics, and business oriented<br />
utilization of the Internet.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief by Shelly & Vermaat;<br />
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-7842-6 or<br />
ISBN-10: 1-4390-7842-4<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.<br />
Week 1 - Class Introduction; Office 2010 & Windows 7: Essential Concepts & Skills<br />
Week 2 - Word 2010 - Ch1: Creating, Formatting, and Editing a Word Document with Pictures<br />
Word 2010 - Ch2: Creating a Research Paper with Citations & References<br />
Week 3 - PowerPoint 2010 - Ch1: Creating & Editing a Presentation with ClipArt<br />
PowerPoint 2010 - Ch2: Enhancing a Presentation with Pictures, Shapes, & Word Art<br />
Week 4 - Excel 2010 - Ch1: Creating a Worksheet and an embedded Chart<br />
Excel 2010 - Ch2: Formulas, Functions, and Formatting<br />
Week 5 - MS Access 2010 – Ch1: Databases & Database Objects: An Introduction<br />
MS Access 2010 – Ch2: Querying a Database<br />
Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance 10%<br />
In Class Activities 15%<br />
Assignments 45%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average:<br />
A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D (60 – 69); F (0 – 59)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1st Session<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Dr Daniel Reinboldt<br />
PJC-Greenville campus-adjunctive<br />
903-454-9333<br />
dreinboldt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1322<br />
Nutrition<br />
Description<br />
A study of the basic principles of human nutrition. The major food groups, chemical composition<br />
of nutrients, energy cycles, minerals and vitamins will be studied. A basic understanding of how to<br />
formulate a nutritious meal, meal plans and diets will be covered.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Understanding Nutrition, 12th edition by Ellie Whitney and Sharon Rolfes (ISBN 0-53-462226-7)<br />
Calculator, pocket folder and pencil is required. Publisher Website: www.infotrac-college.com<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 - Chapter 1: Overview of Nutrition<br />
Week 1 - Chapter 2: Planning a Healthy Diet<br />
Week 1 - Chapter 3: Digestion, Absorptin and Transportation<br />
Week 1 - Chapter 4: The Carbohydrates: Sugars, Starches and Fibers<br />
Week 2 - Chapter 5: The Lipids: Triglycerides, Phospholipids and Sterols<br />
Week 2 - Chapter 6: Protein: Amino Acids<br />
Week 2 - Chapter 7: Metabolism: Transformations and Interactions<br />
Week 2 - Chapter 8: Energy Balance and Body Compostion<br />
Week 3 - Chapter 9: Weight Management: Overweight and Underweight<br />
Week 3 - Chapter 10: Water Soluble Vitamins: B Vitamins and Vitamin C<br />
Week 3 - Chapter 11: The Fat Soluble Vitamins: A, D, E and K<br />
Week 4 - Chapter 12: Water and the Major Minierals<br />
Week 4 - Chapter 13: The Trace Minerals<br />
Week 4 - Chapter 14: Fitness, Physical Activity, Nutrients and Body Adaptations<br />
Week 5 - Final<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading: 60% of overall grade will be determined by 4 lecture tests consisting of 100 questions<br />
each. 25% of the overal grade will be determined by weekly quizzes that will be completed in<br />
class. 15% of the overal grade will be determined by 3 diet histories and meals. Students must<br />
attend 90% of the scheduled class - excessive misses will result in deductions from their overall<br />
grade. Extra credit opportunities are available on successful completion of chapter review<br />
exercises.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jason Taylor<br />
NS 116b<br />
903-782-0369<br />
jtaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 1322<br />
Nutrtion<br />
Description<br />
A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins<br />
will be studied.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Nutrition Biol 1322 by Whitney and Rolfes Isbn: 978-1-133-35648-6 **Note this is a special<br />
publication for <strong>Paris</strong> Jr. <strong>College</strong> with Ch's 1-13 excerpted from Whitney and Rolfes Understanding<br />
Nutrition 12th ed.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Compare and Contrast the structural and functional roles of the 6 classes of nutrients in the<br />
human body.<br />
2. Interpret nutrition facts and ingredient lists on food labels and apply that information to assess<br />
foods for nutrient density.<br />
3. Plan a daily diet that meets or exceeds the Recommended Dietary Allowance for the 6 classes of<br />
nutrients and meets the energy requirements of an individual so as to maintain a healthy body<br />
weight.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition<br />
-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides<br />
-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport<br />
-Chapter 3-(Cont.)<br />
Week 2-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates<br />
-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids<br />
-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein<br />
-Chapter 6(Cont) Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Exam 2 and Chapter 7-Metabolism<br />
-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion<br />
-Chapter 9-Weight Control<br />
-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins<br />
Week 4-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins<br />
-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals<br />
-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals<br />
Week 5-Final Exam(Exam 4)
Evaluation methods<br />
The grade for the course will be calculated by the following methods:<br />
12 quizzes- The grades for each quiz will be added together and divided by twelve to give one<br />
quiz average. The four lecture exams will be added together with the quiz average and then this<br />
number will be divided by five to give the final average in the class. This means each exam is worth<br />
20% of the final grade and the quiz average is worth 20%. All of these together will give a possible<br />
100 points for the final average.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jason Taylor<br />
NS 116b<br />
903-782-0369<br />
jtaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 1322<br />
Nutrtion<br />
Description<br />
A study of the basic principles of Human Nutrition. The major food groups, minerals, and vitamins<br />
will be studied.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Nutrition Biol 1322 by Whitney and Rolfes Isbn: 978-1-133-35648-6 **Note this is a special<br />
publication for <strong>Paris</strong> Jr. <strong>College</strong> with Ch's 1-13 excerpted from Whitney and Rolfes Understanding<br />
Nutrition 12th ed.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Compare and Contrast the structural and functional roles of the 6 classes of nutrients in the<br />
human body.<br />
2. Interpret nutrition facts and ingredient lists on food labels and apply that information to assess<br />
foods for nutrient density.<br />
3. Plan a daily diet that meets or exceeds the Recommended Dietary Allowance for the 6 classes of<br />
nutrients and meets the energy requirements of an individual so as to maintain a healthy body<br />
weight.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 1- An Overview of Nutrition<br />
-Chapter 2- Recommended Nutrient Intakes and Diet Planning Guides<br />
-Chapter 3-Digestion, Absorption and Transport<br />
-Chapter 3-(Cont.)<br />
Week 2-Exam 1 and Chapter 4-The Carbohydrates<br />
-Chapter 4(Cont.) and Chapter 5- The Lipids<br />
-Chapter 5(Cont.) and Chapter 6-Protein<br />
-Chapter 6(Cont) Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Exam 2 and Chapter 7-Metabolism<br />
-Chapter 8-Energy Balance and Body Composistion<br />
-Chapter 9-Weight Control<br />
-Chapter 10-The Water Soluable Vitamins<br />
Week 4-Exam 3 and Chapter 11-The Fat Soluable Vitamins<br />
-Chapter 12-Water and The Major Minerals<br />
-Chapter 13-The Trace Minerals<br />
Week 5-Final Exam(Exam 4)
Evaluation methods<br />
The grade for the course will be calculated by the following methods:<br />
12 quizzes- The grades for each quiz will be added together and divided by twelve to give one<br />
quiz average. The four lecture exams will be added together with the quiz average and then this<br />
number will be divided by five to give the final average in the class. This means each exam is worth<br />
20% of the final grade and the quiz average is worth 20%. All of these together will give a possible<br />
100 points for the final average.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Beth Burkhalter<br />
WR Sulphur Springs Tech. Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
bburkhalter@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
1408<br />
Biology ( Non-Majors)<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Designed for the science major or minor. Emphasis will be placed on cellular and molecular<br />
biology. Topics will include basic biochemistry, cellular structure-function , division and<br />
communication ,bioenergetics, cellular metabolism, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell organization,<br />
regulation and evolution .Enzyme function, the macromolecules of cells, photosynthesis and<br />
cellular respiration, plant reproduction and organization and introduction to Human body<br />
Inquiry into Life by Sylvia Mader 13thth Edition.<br />
Publisher :McGraw Hill ISBN# 978-0-07-340344-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Learning Objectives<br />
1. Students will be able to clearly describe the characteristics of life and list the correct steps of<br />
Scientific Method.<br />
2. Distinguish the major differences between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.<br />
te Chapter Topic<br />
Week 1 1 and 27 What is biology and Evolution<br />
Week 2- 1 and 27 Test Finish packet worksheets for chap 1,27 and 3<br />
Week 3- 3 and 4 Cells and The Plasma Membrane, complete worksheet for chap 4<br />
Week 4- Test Chap 3 and 4 Start Ch. 5 Cell Division<br />
Week 5- Worksheets completed for packet #1 and starting packet #2<br />
Week 6- Start Power Points for Test grade Chap 7 and 8 Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration<br />
Week 7- Finish PP presentations Start chapter 9 Plant Divierity<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9- 5 and 6 Learn about Cell Division and Metabolism<br />
Week 10- Test over chapters 5 and 6<br />
Week 11- Chapter 7 and 8 Photosyntheis and Cellualr Respiration<br />
Week 12- Work in Library for Power Point Presentations<br />
Week 13- Finish Power point Presentations over Photosynthesis and Cellular Respiration<br />
Week 14- Start Chapters 9 Plant Diversity and Chapter 10 Plant signaling<br />
Week 15- Lab Practical and Ffinish Chapter 9 and 10<br />
Week 16- Test for Final Exam Chapter 9 and 10
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture: 50% there will be 4 lecture exams consisting of multiple and matching questions, and one<br />
Power point presentation as a test grade. Make –up exams will be different from the tests taken at<br />
scheduled times.<br />
Laboratory :25% Students will perform laboratory experiments/ activities and will be expected to<br />
answer topic questions following each lab in the form of quizzes or worksheets. At the conclusion of<br />
the course the students will be assessed with a” Lab Practical” of information covered during labs.<br />
Worksheet Packets: 25% Worksheets are designed to assess students knowledge of each chapter<br />
with topic questions . Material covered in lecture and in the reading of content of each assigned<br />
chapter will assist student in answering the questions. It should be noted that if the packets are not<br />
turned in at the start of the class on the days listed above then they are NOT considered “on time”<br />
and the highest available points earned will be a 70.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Robert Fenton<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
rfenton@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1408<br />
General Biology I<br />
Description<br />
Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the<br />
cell, cell membranes, cell division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome inheritace<br />
patterns, and DNA and RNA structure and function.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the<br />
characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living<br />
things. 3. Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world.<br />
Lesson 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life. Lesson 2, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells. Lesson 3,<br />
Chapter 3 - Cell Structure and Function. Lesson 4, Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function.<br />
Lesson 5, Chapter 5 - Cell Division. Lesson 6, Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.<br />
Lesson 7, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration. Lesson 8, Chapter 8 - Photosynthesis. Lesson 9, Chapter<br />
23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance. Lesson 10, Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance.<br />
Lesson 11 Chapter 34 - Nature of Ecosystems Lesson 12 Chapter 35 - Major Ecosystems of the<br />
Biosphere
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture - exams (10-12), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1408<br />
General Biology I<br />
Description<br />
Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the<br />
cell, cell membranes, cell division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome inheritace<br />
patterns, and DNA and RNA structure and function.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the<br />
characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living<br />
things. 3. Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world.<br />
Lesson 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life. Lesson 2, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells. Lesson 3,<br />
Chapter 3 - Cell Structure and Function. Lesson 4, Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function.<br />
Lesson 5, Chapter 5 - Cell Division. Lesson 6, Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.<br />
Lesson 7, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration. Lesson 8, Chapter 8 - Photosynthesis. Lesson 9, Chapter<br />
23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance. Lesson 10, Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance.<br />
Lesson 11 Chapter 34 - Nature of Ecosystems Lesson 12 Chapter 35 - Major Ecosystems of the<br />
Biosphere
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture - exams (10-12), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1408<br />
General Biology I<br />
Description<br />
Biology 1408 is a laboratory science course that studies the scientific method, chemistry of life, the<br />
cell, cell membranes, cell division, cellular respiration, Mendelian genetics, chromosome inheritace<br />
patterns, and DNA and RNA structure and function.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the<br />
characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living<br />
things. 3. Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world.<br />
Schedule Lesson 1, Chapter 1 - The Study of Life. Lesson 2, Chapter 2 - The Molecules of Cells. Lesson 3,<br />
Chapter 3 - Cell Structure and Function. Lesson 4, Chapter 4 - Membrane Structure and Function.<br />
Lesson 5, Chapter 5 - Cell Division. Lesson 6, Chapter 6 - Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes.<br />
Lesson 7, Chapter 7 - Cellular Respiration. Lesson 8, Chapter 8 - Photosynthesis. Lesson 9, Chapter<br />
23 - Patterns of Gene Inheritance. Lesson 10, Chapter 24 - Chromosomal Basis of Inheritance.<br />
Lesson 11 Chapter 34 - Nature of Ecosystems Lesson 12 Chapter 35 - Major Ecosystems of the<br />
Biosphere
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture - exams (10-12), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong>-2014<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Cheryl D. Anderson<br />
GC 208<br />
903 454 9333 Ext. 717<br />
canderson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biology 1408<br />
General Bilogy (Non-majors) 4.3.3<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,<br />
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classifications. Concepts of reproduction,<br />
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included. Lab required. Fee charged. Core<br />
Curriculum satisfied for Natural Lab Sciences.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Inquiry Into Life 13th edition<br />
Sylvia S. Mader<br />
ISBN 978-0-07-728010-9<br />
McGraw-Hill<br />
1. Identify and describe the characteristics of life.<br />
2. State the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living things.<br />
3. Apply the scientific process of investigation of the living world.<br />
4. Distinguish between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.<br />
Week 1 6/5 – 6//6 Ch. 1 Introduction to the Study of Life<br />
Week 2 6/10-6/13 Ch. 2 The Molecules of Cells<br />
Ch. 3 Cell Structure and Function<br />
Week 3 6/17 TEST Ch. 1,2, 3.<br />
6/17-6/20 Ch. 4 Membrane Structure and Function<br />
Ch. 5 Cell Division<br />
Ch. 6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes<br />
Week 4 6/24 TEST Ch. 4,5,6<br />
6/24-6/27 Ch. 7 Cellular Respiration<br />
Ch. 23 Patterns of Gene Inheritance<br />
Week 5 7/1-7/2 Ch. 23 Patterns of Gene Inheritance<br />
7/3 TEST Ch. 7 & 23
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:<br />
Lecture: 55% 3 Lecture Exams<br />
15% Blackboard Lecture Quiz Average<br />
Laboratory:<br />
15% Lab Manual Completion – Microviewer Lessons<br />
15% Blackboard Lab Quiz Average – Microviewer Lessons
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1409<br />
General Biology I<br />
Description<br />
Biology 1409 is a traditional delivery laboratory science course that studies human organization, the cardiovasc<br />
the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory system, the urinary system and excretion, the nervous syste<br />
the musculoskeletal system, the endocrine system, the reproductive system, development and aging.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the characteristics of life.<br />
the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living things. 3. Understand the scientific process of invest<br />
living world.<br />
Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System Lesson 3, Chapter<br />
Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory System Lesson 5, Chapter 16 - Urinary Sy<br />
Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous System Lesson 7, Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Muscu<br />
System Lesson 9, Chapter 20 - Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter 22<br />
Development and Aging
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam<br />
50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
cular system,<br />
em, the senses,<br />
2. Understand<br />
tigation of the<br />
13 -<br />
ystem and<br />
uloskeletal<br />
2 -
s (10-12),
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 1409<br />
General Biology I<br />
Description<br />
Biology 1409 is a traditional delivery laboratory science course that studies human organization, the<br />
cardiovascular system, the lymphatic and immune systems, the respiratory system, the urinary<br />
system and excretion, the nervous system, the senses, the musculoskeletal system, the endocrine<br />
system, the reproductive system, development and aging.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Mader, McGraw-Hill, 13th. Edition, 978-0-07-340433-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Describe the<br />
characteristics of life. 2. Understand the classification methods used in the Taxonomy of living<br />
things. 3. Understand the scientific process of investigation of the living world.<br />
Lesson 1, Chapter 11 - Human Organization Lesson 2, Chapter 12 - Cardiovascular System Lesson<br />
3, Chapter 13 - Lymphatic and Immune systems Lesson 4, Chapter 15 - Respiratory System Lesson<br />
5, Chapter 16 - Urinary System and Excretion Lesson 6, Chapter 17 - Nervous System Lesson 7,<br />
Chapter 18 - Senses Lesson 8, Chapter 19 - Musculoskeletal System Lesson 9, Chapter 20 -<br />
Endocrine System Lesson 10, Chapter 21 - Reproduction Lesson 11, Chapter 22 - Development and<br />
Aging
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture - exams (10-12), 50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Cheryl D. Anderson<br />
GC 208<br />
903 454 9333 ext. 717<br />
canderson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biology 1409<br />
General Biology for Non-majors II<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of living organisms including physical and chemical properties of life,<br />
organization, function, evolutionary adaptation, and classification. Concepts of reproduction,<br />
genetics, ecology, and the scientific method are included.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Inquiry Into Life, Sylvia S. Mader, 13th edition<br />
ISBN 978-0-07-340344-1<br />
McGraw-Hill<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Explain the origin and evolution of life including: mechanisms of evolution, evolution of<br />
populations, microevolution, macroevolution, phylogeny, and systematics.<br />
2. Discuss the evolutionary history of biological diversity including: comprehensive overviews of<br />
the origins of life and the fossil record, comprehensive overviews of the major taxonomic groups (<br />
Prokaryotes, Protists, Fungi, Plantae, Animalia)<br />
3. Describe animal form and function including: circulation and gas exchange, defense and<br />
immunity, osmoregulation and excretion, nervous system structure and function, sensory and motor<br />
mechanisms, and reproduction.
Schedule<br />
7/9 – 7/11 Ch. 12 Cardiovascular System/Ch. 15 Respiratory System<br />
7/15- 7/18 Ch. 15 Respiratory System/ Ch. 12 & 15 TEST<br />
7/22- 7/25 Ch. 13 Lymphatic and Immune System/Ch. 14 Digestive System<br />
7/29-8/1 Ch. 13 & 14 TEST/ Ch. 16 Urinary System and Excretion<br />
8/5 – 8/8 Ch. 17 Nervous System /Ch. 18 Senses Ch. 16, 17, 18 TEST<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:<br />
Lecture:<br />
60% exams over assigned chapters<br />
10% quizzes over lecture material on Blackboard, writing assignments<br />
Laboratory: 15% lab manual assignments<br />
15% lab quizzes taken on BlackBoard
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Dr. Daniel Reinboldt D.C.<br />
Adjunctive offices - <strong>Paris</strong> Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
dreinboldt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2401<br />
Anatomy and Physiology I<br />
Description<br />
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body. Particular emphasis<br />
will be placed on physiology in lecture and anatomy in lab.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required text for course is Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology 12th edition by John Hole Jr.<br />
ISBN #: 978-0-07-352570-9<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of this course, a student should:<br />
1)Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes and<br />
sections<br />
2) Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division, cell<br />
respiration, DNA replication and protein synthesis. 3)<br />
Identify the anatomical structures and describe the physiology of the following body systems:<br />
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and endocrine<br />
4) Name<br />
and locate the major bones and muscles of the human body.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 - Introduction<br />
Week 1 - Tissues<br />
Week 2 - Cells<br />
Week 2 - Chemistry<br />
Week 3 - Integumentary<br />
Week 4 - Cell Metabolism<br />
Week 4 - Skeletal System<br />
Week 5 - Joints of Skeletal System<br />
Week 6 - Muscular System<br />
Week 6 - Nervous System<br />
Week 7 - Nervous System Basic Structure and Function<br />
Week 7 - Divisions of Nervous System<br />
Week 8 - Somatic and Special Senses<br />
Week 9 - Endocrine System<br />
Week 10- Endocrine and testing<br />
Week 11- Comprehensive Final
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:<br />
Lecture: 55% of total grade 4 - 100 question exams over the assigned chapters<br />
Laboratory 15% of total grade 4 - 50 questions exams<br />
Class Quizzes 15% of total grade 12 - 25 questions quizzes at end of each chapter<br />
Comprehensive Final 15% of total grade 100 question - multiple choices or true/false
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Joy Doss<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 438 7670<br />
joydoss@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2401.<br />
Anatomy and Physiology 1<br />
Description<br />
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how<br />
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various<br />
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division, cell<br />
Week 1- Introduction<br />
Week 1- Chemistry of Life<br />
Week 1- The Cell<br />
Week 1- Exam 1<br />
Week 2- Tissues<br />
Week 2- Integumentary System<br />
Week 2- Bone Tissue/Joints<br />
Week 2- Joints/Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Muscular<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 4- Exam 3/ Senses<br />
Week 4- Senses/Endocrine<br />
Week 4- Endocrine/Exam 4<br />
Week 5- Final Exam Review<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective<br />
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.<br />
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade<br />
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%<br />
65%<br />
III. Final Evaluation<br />
Lecture 50%<br />
Daily Grade 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Susan Gossett<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
sgossett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2401<br />
Anatomy and Physiology I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Biology 2401 is the first of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is<br />
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical<br />
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic<br />
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or<br />
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell<br />
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie<br />
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher<br />
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which<br />
are a course requirement.<br />
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology I, a student should:<br />
1. Recognize correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections.<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular content of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
Week 1 – June 5 through June 8<br />
Chapter 1 Reading Assignment – Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology<br />
Chapter 2 Reading Assignment – Chemical Basis of Life<br />
Chapter 3 Reading Assignment – Cells<br />
Week 2 – June 9 through June 15<br />
Exam I – Chapters 1 – 3 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect beginning Sunday,<br />
June 9th through Saturday, June 15th at 11:59 p.m.<br />
Chapter 4 Reading Assignment – Cellular Metabolism<br />
Chapter 5 Reading Assignment – Tissues<br />
Chapter 6 Reading Assignment – Integumentary System<br />
Week 3 – June 16 through June 22<br />
Exam II – Chapters 4 – 6 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect beginning Sunday,<br />
June 16th through Saturday, June 22nd at 11:59 p.m.<br />
Chapter 7 Reading Assignment – Skeletal System<br />
Chapter 8 Reading Assignment – Joints of the Skeletal System
Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%<br />
of the grade.<br />
Exam I – 12.5%<br />
Exam II – 12.5%<br />
Exam III – 12.5%<br />
Exam IV – 12.5%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)<br />
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade.<br />
Bone Identification Exam – 15% (Proctored)<br />
Muscle Action Exam – 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Susan Gossett<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
sgossett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2401<br />
Anatomy and Physiology I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Biology 2401 is the first of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is<br />
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical<br />
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic<br />
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or<br />
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell<br />
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie<br />
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher<br />
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which<br />
are a course requirement.<br />
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology I, a student should:<br />
1. Recognize correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections.<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular content of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
Schedule Week 1<br />
Chapter 1 Reading Assignment – Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology<br />
Chapter 2 Reading Assignment – Chemical Basis of Life<br />
Chapter 3 Reading Assignment – Cells<br />
Week 2<br />
Exam I – Chapters 1 – 3 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect beginning Sunday,<br />
June 9th through Saturday, June 15th at 11:59 p.m.<br />
Chapter 4 Reading Assignment – Cellular Metabolism<br />
Chapter 5 Reading Assignment – Tissues<br />
Chapter 6 Reading Assignment – Integumentary System<br />
Week 3<br />
Exam II – Chapters 4 – 6 Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Connect beginning Sunday,<br />
June 16th through Saturday, June 22nd at 11:59 p.m.<br />
Chapter 7 Reading Assignment – Skeletal System<br />
Chapter 8 Reading Assignment – Joints of the Skeletal System
Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%<br />
of the grade.<br />
Exam I – 12.5%<br />
Exam II – 12.5%<br />
Exam III – 12.5%<br />
Exam IV – 12.5%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)<br />
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade.<br />
Bone Identification Exam – 15% (Proctored)<br />
Muscle Action Exam – 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Kathy Baxter<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
kbaxter@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL2401<br />
Anatomy & Physiology I<br />
Description<br />
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body, including cell<br />
structure, tissues, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis will be placed<br />
on anatomy in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver dissection with<br />
online labs to be completed.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition<br />
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE; Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON<br />
COUNTY COLLEGE; Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ISBN – 0077564634<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division, cell<br />
respiration, DNA replication, and protein synthesis.<br />
3. Identify the anatomical structures and describe the physiology of the following body systems:<br />
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine.<br />
4. Name and locate the major bones and muscles of the human body.<br />
Week 1: Ch. 1 - Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physiology; Ch. 2 - Chemical Basis of Life;<br />
Ch. 3 – Cells<br />
Week 2: Ch. 4 - Cellular Metabolism; Ch. 5 - Tissues; Ch. 6 – Integumentary System & Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch. 7 – Skeletal System; Ch. 8 – Joints of the Skeletal System; Ch. 9 – Muscular System &<br />
Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch. 10 – Nervous System I; Ch. 11 – Nervous System II; Ch 12 – Nervous System III<br />
Week 5: Exam 3 and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade distribution will be as follows:<br />
Lecture Assignments-12 20% 89.5%-100% = A<br />
Lab Assignments-8 25% 79.5%-89.4% = B<br />
3 Section Exams–10% ea. 30% 69.5%-79.4% = C<br />
Conmprehensive Proctored Final Exam 25% 59.5%-69.4% = D<br />
100% 59.4% or < = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Jack Brown<br />
MS 210B<br />
903-782-0319<br />
jbrown@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2401. P1<br />
Anatomy and Physiology 1<br />
Description<br />
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how<br />
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various<br />
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division, cell<br />
Week 1- Introduction<br />
Week 1- Chemistry of Life<br />
Week 1- The Cell<br />
Week 1- Exam 1<br />
Week 2- Tissues<br />
Week 2- Integumentary System<br />
Week 2- Bone Tissue/Joints<br />
Week 2- Joints/Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Muscular<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 4- Exam 3/ Senses<br />
Week 4- Senses/Endocrine<br />
Week 4- Endocrine/Exam 4<br />
Week 5- Final Exam Review<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective<br />
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.<br />
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade<br />
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%<br />
65%<br />
III. Final Evaluation<br />
Lecture 50%<br />
Daily Grade 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 2<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Jack Brown<br />
MS 210B<br />
903-782-0319<br />
jbrown@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2401. P1<br />
Anatomy and Physiology 1<br />
Description<br />
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how<br />
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various<br />
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Apply correct anatomical terminology used to describe body directions, regions, planes, and<br />
sections<br />
2. Discuss the chemical and cellular context of life including: homeostasis, basic chemistry,<br />
structure-function of macromolecules, rules of metabolism, cell structure-function, cell division, cell<br />
respiration, DNA replication, and protein synthesis.<br />
3. Identify the anatomical structures and describe the physiology of the following body systems:<br />
integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine.<br />
4. Name and locate the major bones and muscles of the human body.<br />
Week 1- Introduction<br />
Week 1- Chemistry of Life<br />
Week 1- The Cell<br />
Week 1- Exam 1<br />
Week 2- Tissues<br />
Week 2- Integumentary System<br />
Week 2- Bone Tissue/Joints<br />
Week 2- Joints/Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Muscular<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 3- Nervous<br />
Week 4- Exam 3/ Senses<br />
Week 4- Senses/Endocrine<br />
Week 4- Endocrine/Exam 4<br />
Week 5- Final Exam Review<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective<br />
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.<br />
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade<br />
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%<br />
65%<br />
III. Final Evaluation<br />
Lecture 50%<br />
Daily Grade 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Joy Doss<br />
assigned room<br />
(903) 438-7670<br />
joymartindos@verizon.net<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2402<br />
Human Anatomy<br />
Description<br />
Biology 2402 is a sophmore-level biology course in human anatomy and physiology. Physiolosy is<br />
emphasized during lectures and anatomy is emphasized in labs.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Hole"s human Anatomy & Physiology" Shier,Butler, Lewis<br />
McGraw/Hill publishers<br />
12th edition<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion of the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the<br />
following areas: A. Practical and working knowledge of basic human anatomy B. Understanding<br />
the inter-relations of the human body systems C. Practical knowledge of the basic physiology of<br />
each body system.<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics and assignments may include the following:<br />
Syllabus and Ch 13<br />
Ch 14<br />
Ch 15<br />
Ch 16<br />
Ch 17<br />
Ch 18<br />
Ch 19<br />
Ch 20<br />
Ch 21<br />
Ch 22<br />
Ch 23<br />
Ch 24<br />
Lab assignments and test dates will be announced in class.<br />
Topics are subject to change.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Lecture exams (4) =60% of grade<br />
Worksheets/quizzes/lab activities=25%<br />
Final=15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Kathy Baxter<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
kbaxter@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL2402<br />
Anatomy & Physiology II<br />
Description<br />
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body, including cell<br />
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis<br />
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver<br />
dissection with online labs to be completed.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition<br />
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE; Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON<br />
COUNTY COLLEGE; Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ISBN – 0077564634<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor<br />
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.<br />
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Ch. 13 Endocrine System; Ch. 14 Blood<br />
Week 2: Ch. 15. Cardiovascular System; Ch. 16 Lymphatic System & Immunity & Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch. 17 Digestive System; Ch. 18 – Nutrition & Metabolism; Ch. 19 – Respiratory<br />
System: Ch. 20 – Urinary System & Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch. 21 H2O, Electrolytes & A/B Balance; Ch. 22 Reproductive Systems;<br />
23 Pregnancy, Growth & Development; Ch 24 Genetics & Genomics<br />
Week 5: Exam 3 and Final Exam<br />
Ch.
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade distribution will be as follows:<br />
Lecture Assignments-12 20% 89.5%-100% = A<br />
Lab Assignments-8 25% 79.5%-89.4% = B<br />
3 Section Exams–10% ea. 30% 69.5%-79.4% = C<br />
Conmprehensive Proctored Final Exam 25% 59.5%-69.4% = D<br />
100% 59.4% or < = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Kathy Baxter<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
kbaxter@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL2402<br />
Anatomy & Physiology II<br />
Description<br />
A study of the structure and function of the organ systems of the human body, including cell<br />
structure, tissues, endocrinology, muscles, skeletal, joint and nervous systems. Particular emphasis<br />
will be placed on physiology in lecture. Laboratory portion will be comprised of a virtual cadaver<br />
dissection with online labs to be completed.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition<br />
David N. Shier, WASHTENAW COMMUNITY COLLEGE; Jackie L. Butler, GRAYSON<br />
COUNTY COLLEGE; Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor, "The Scientist” ISBN – 0077564634<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor<br />
4. Describe the major events of the human life cycle from conception to birth.<br />
5. Discuss heredity and the various roles of genetics in the human life cycle.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Ch. 13 Endocrine System; Ch. 14 Blood<br />
Week 2: Ch. 15. Cardiovascular System; Ch. 16 Lymphatic System & Immunity & Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch. 17 Digestive System; Ch. 18 – Nutrition & Metabolism; Ch. 19 – Respiratory<br />
System: Ch. 20 – Urinary System & Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch. 21 H2O, Electrolytes & A/B Balance; Ch. 22 Reproductive Systems;<br />
23 Pregnancy, Growth & Development; Ch 24 Genetics & Genomics<br />
Week 5: Exam 3 and Final Exam<br />
Ch.
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade distribution will be as follows:<br />
Lecture Assignments-12 20% 89.5%-100% = A<br />
Lab Assignments-8 25% 79.5%-89.4% = B<br />
3 Section Exams–10% ea. 30% 69.5%-79.4% = C<br />
Conmprehensive Proctored Final Exam 25% 59.5%-69.4% = D<br />
100% 59.4% or < = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Susan Gossett<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
sgossett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2402<br />
Anatomy and Physiology II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Biology 2402 is the second of a two-course sequence in Human Anatomy and Physiology. It is<br />
designed to meet the requirements for allied health sciences, psychology, physical therapy, physical<br />
education, biology, geology, ecology, anthropology, agriculture, or students requiring a basic<br />
understanding of human structure and function that has an entry level background in biology or<br />
nursing. Course subjects include body orientation, cell structure and function, cell chemistry, cell<br />
Required Textbook: Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th Edition by David Shier, Jackie<br />
Butler, and Ricki Lewis; ISBN: 0077564634 This textbook is a special package by the publisher<br />
that includes the access codes to Connect and Anatomy and Physiology Revealed 3.0 online which<br />
are a course requirement.<br />
Upon completion of Anatomy and Physiology II, a student should:<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
Schedule Week 1<br />
Reading Assignments<br />
Chapter 14--Blood<br />
Chapter 15—Cardiovascular System<br />
Chapter 16—Lymphatic System and Immunity<br />
Laboratory Assignments Due by 11:59 p.m. Saturday, July 13<br />
Chapter 14 – Blood Laboratory Assignment<br />
Chapter 15 – Cardiovascular System Laboratory Assignment<br />
Chapter 16 – Lymphatic System and Immunity Laboratory Assignment<br />
Week 2<br />
Exam I – Chapters 14 – 16<br />
Scheduled to be taken through Blackboard Sunday, July 14 through Saturday, July 20<br />
Reading Assignments<br />
Chapter 17—Digestive System<br />
Chapter 18—Nutrition and Metabolism<br />
Chapter 19—Respiratory System
Evaluation methods The grading evaluation of the course will consist of the core course curriculum accounting for 75%<br />
of the grade.<br />
Exam I – 12.5%<br />
Exam II – 12.5%<br />
Exam III – 12.5%<br />
Exam IV – 12.5%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam – 25% (Proctored)<br />
The laboratory portion of the course will constitute the remaining 25% of the course grade which<br />
will be derived from the eleven laboratory assignments.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Cheryl D. Anderson<br />
GC 208<br />
903 454 9333 Ext. 717<br />
canderson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biolgy 2402<br />
Human Anatomy and Physiology II<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Biology 2401. A study of the structure and functions of the organ<br />
systems of the human body. Particular emphasis will be placed on physiology.<br />
Lab required.<br />
Prerequisite: Biology 2401.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology 12th edition<br />
Shier, Butler, & Lewis<br />
ISBN 978-0-07-352570-9<br />
McGraw-Hill<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor.<br />
Week 1 6/5 Ch. 14 Blood<br />
Week 2 6/10&6/12 Ch. 14 cont. / Ch. 15 Cardiovascular System<br />
Week 3 6/17&6/19 Ch. 15 cont./ Ch. 19 Respiratory System<br />
Week 4 6/24&6/26 Ch. 19 cont./ Exam 1 Ch. 14,15, 19/ Ch. 16 Lymphatics<br />
Week 5 7/1&7/3 Ch. 16 Lymphatic System and Immunity/Ch. 17 Digestive System<br />
Week 6 7/8&7/10 Ch. 17 Digestive System and Nutrition/ Ch. 20 Urinary System<br />
Week 7 7/15&7/17 Exam 2 Ch. 16 & 17/Ch. 20 Urinary System<br />
Week 8 7/22&7/24 Ch. 21 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid/Base Balance<br />
Week 9 7/29&7/31 Ch 21 cont / Ch 22 Reproductive System
Evaluation methods Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class<br />
material:<br />
Lecture: 45% 3 Lecture Exams<br />
15% 1 Comprehensive Final Exam<br />
Lab: 40% 4 Lab Exams (10% each)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Jack Brown<br />
MS 210B<br />
903-782-0319<br />
jbrown@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2402. P1<br />
Anatomy and Physiology 2<br />
Description<br />
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how<br />
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various<br />
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor<br />
Week 1-Blood<br />
Week 1-Cardiovascular<br />
Week 1-Cardiovascular<br />
Week 1-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity<br />
Week 2-Digestive<br />
Week 2-Respiratory<br />
Week 2-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism<br />
Week 3-Nutrition/ Metabolism<br />
Week 3-Urinary<br />
Week 3-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance<br />
Week 3-Exam 3<br />
Week 4-Reproductive<br />
Week 4-Reproductive<br />
Week 4-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development<br />
Week 4-Exam 4<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective<br />
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.<br />
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade<br />
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%<br />
65%<br />
III. Final Evaluation<br />
Lecture 50%<br />
Daily Grade 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 2<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Jack Brown<br />
MS 210B<br />
903-782-0319<br />
jbrown@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biol 2402. P1<br />
Anatomy and Physiology 2<br />
Description<br />
This course will consist of a study of structures and functions of human organ systems and how<br />
these organ systems interact to create a functional organism. We will also discuss how various<br />
diseases and disorder can disrupt the proper functioning of the organ systems of the human body.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hole's Human Anatomy and Physiology 12ed with Connect Access<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Describe the structure and function of blood cells and plasma.<br />
2. Discuss the form and function of the following body systems: cardiovascular, respiratory,<br />
lymphatic and immune, digestive, urinary, and reproductive.<br />
3. Recognize the factors that determine body water content and describe the effect of each factor<br />
Week 1-Blood<br />
Week 1-Cardiovascular<br />
Week 1-Cardiovascular<br />
Week 1-Exam 1/ Lymphatic and Immunity<br />
Week 2-Digestive<br />
Week 2-Respiratory<br />
Week 2-Exam 2/ Nutrition and Metabolism<br />
Week 3-Nutrition/ Metabolism<br />
Week 3-Urinary<br />
Week 3-Water. Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance<br />
Week 3-Exam 3<br />
Week 4-Reproductive<br />
Week 4-Reproductive<br />
Week 4-Pregnancy, Growth, and Development<br />
Week 4-Exam 4<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The lecture exams may include both objective (multiple choice, true-false, matching) and subjective<br />
questions over notes and text material and any additional outside reading that may be assigned.<br />
A. Several major tests will be given 50% of grade<br />
B. One Comprehensive Final 15%<br />
65%<br />
III. Final Evaluation<br />
Lecture 50%<br />
Daily Grade 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Beverly L. Cochran<br />
Online<br />
903-885-1232<br />
bcochran@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2420<br />
Microbiology<br />
Description<br />
This course provides an introduction to the microbial world and their relationships to humans and<br />
disease. This is an online class, with course content presented over the internet via Blackboard.<br />
Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the chapters as well as lecture exams.<br />
Completion of laboratory assignments is also required. The course syllabus, all lecture notes, test<br />
reviews, and other course materials can be found on the course page on Blackboard.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGraw-Hill Publishers, ISBN<br />
978-007-337522-9<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of BIOL 2420 Microbiology, students will be able to:<br />
1. Compare and contrast the characteristics of various microbes with regards to infections, treatment<br />
and control.<br />
2. Explain the dynamics of commensal, opportunistic, and pathological relationships between<br />
microbes and humans.<br />
3. Describe microbial metabolic pathways and the implications for human disease and food<br />
preparation.<br />
4. Explain the role of the immune system in maintaining homeostasis and fighting infection.<br />
5. Evaluate and apply the proper methods of microbial control necessary in food preparation,<br />
maintaining sanitary conditions and proper hygiene and health.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Ch. 1, 4, 5, 6<br />
Week 2- Test 1; Ch. 7, 8, 11, 12; labs 1& 2<br />
Week 3- Test 2; Ch. 13, 22, 23, 18; labs 3 & 4<br />
Week 4- Test 3; Ch. 19, 20 21; labs 5 & 6<br />
Week 5- Lab Practical; Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading:<br />
Exam 1 20%<br />
Exam 2 20%<br />
Exam 3 20%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Lab grade (quiz avg. 50%, practical 50%) 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Cheryl D. Anderson<br />
GC 208<br />
903 454 9333 Ext. 717<br />
canderson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Biology 2420<br />
Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0501.51 03<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of morhphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and<br />
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Emphasis is placed on the role of microbes in relation to human<br />
disease and the immune system. Study will include immunologic, pathologic, and epidemiological<br />
factors associated with diseases. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or<br />
consent of the instructor.<br />
Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, 7th Ed., McGraw-Hill,<br />
2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of BIOL 2420 Microbiology, students will be able to:<br />
1. Compare and contrast the charateristics of various microbes with regards to infections, treatment<br />
and control.<br />
2. Explain the dynamics of commensal, opportunistic and pathological relationships between<br />
7/9-7/11 Introduction/ Ch. 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology<br />
7/12-7/14 Ch. 3 Tools of the Laboratory: 1st Disease Report Due by 7/12<br />
7/15-7/17 Ch. 4 A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells<br />
7/18, /19, 7/20 EXAM 1 Ch. 1,3,4 available on Blackboard<br />
7/18 – 7/20 Ch. 5 Survey of Eukaryotic Cells/Ch. 6 Introduction to Viruses<br />
7/21-23 Ch. 6/ Ch. 7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, & Growth<br />
7/24,7/25,7/26 Exam 2 Ch. 5, 6, 7 in Greenville TESTING CENTER<br />
7/27-7/30 Ch. 11 Physical and Chemical Agents of Microbial Control<br />
7/31-8/3 Ch 12 Drug Microbe Host – The Elements of Chemotherapy
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will have the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material.<br />
Lecture: 50% 3 lecture exams over assigned chapters from text (16.66% each)<br />
10% 5 Disease Reports (2% each)<br />
10% Blackboard Quizzes over the chapter material<br />
Laboratory: 15% one exam over laboratory material<br />
15% Lab Quizzes (apportioned equally among the total # of quizzes)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012 - <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SS I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
McCraw, Ed<br />
MS 111E<br />
903-782-0209<br />
emccraw@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2420<br />
Microbiology 4-3-4 26.0503.51 03<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of the morphology, physiology, and taxonomy of representative groups of pathogenic and<br />
nonpathogenic microorganisms. Pure cultures of microorganisms grown on selected media are used<br />
in learning laboratory techniques. Includes a brief preview of food microbes, public health, and<br />
immunology. Lab required. Prerequisite: eight hours of biology or chemistry, or consent of<br />
instructor.<br />
Required reading: Kathleen Park Talaro: Foundations of Microbiology, Seventh Ed., McGraw-<br />
Hill, 2009, ISBN 978-0-07-337522-9
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction & Chapter 1 - Main Themes of Microbiology<br />
Week 1- Chapter 3- Tools of the Laboratory, Chapter 4- Survey of Prokaryotic Cells, Lab 1<br />
Week 1- Chapter 6- Introduction to the Viruses, Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition,<br />
2<br />
Week 1- Chapter 7- Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Lab 3<br />
Week 2- Chapter 11- Physical & Chemical Agents for Contro of Microbes, Lab 4<br />
Week 2- Chapter 13- Microbe - Human Interaction: Infection and Disease, Lab 5<br />
Week 2- Chapter 14- Host Defenses,<br />
Week 3- Chapter 16- Disorders of Immunity, Exam B, Lab 6<br />
Week 3- Chapter 18- Cocci of Medical Importance, Lab 7<br />
Week 3- Chapter 19- Gram+ Bacilli of Medical Importance, Lab 8<br />
Week 4- Chapter 20- Gram- Bacilli of Medical Importance, Exam C, Lab 9<br />
Week 4- Chapter 24- DNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Lab 10<br />
Week 5- Chapter 25- RNA Viruses of Medical Importance, Final Exam Review, Lab 11<br />
Week 5- Final Exam<br />
Lab
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading<br />
Lecture - Major Exams (3 @ 15% each) 45%<br />
*Final Exam 20%<br />
Daily Grades - Class Participation/Quizzes 15%<br />
Laboratory - Lab exercises/quizzes 20%<br />
*The final exam must be taken at the time scheduled by the college. The final exam is<br />
comprehensive. It is course policy that a 15 point penalty will be applied to all late and make-up<br />
assignments as well as to all make-up exams.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Robert Fenton<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
rfenton@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BIOL 2420<br />
Microbiology<br />
Description<br />
This course provides an introduction to the microbial world and their relationships to humans and<br />
disease. This is an online class, with course content presented over the internet via Blackboard.<br />
Assignments will include quizzes over selected topics from the chapters as well as lecture exams.<br />
Completion of laboratory assignments is also required. The course syllabus, all lecture notes, test<br />
reviews, and other course materials can be found on the course page on Blackboard.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Foundations in Microbiology, 7th edition by Kathleen Park Talaro, McGraw-Hill Publishers, ISBN<br />
978-007-337522-9<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of BIOL 2420 Microbiology, students will be able to:<br />
1. Compare and contrast the characteristics of various microbes with regards to infections, treatment<br />
and control.<br />
2. Explain the dynamics of commensal, opportunistic, and pathological relationships between<br />
microbes and humans.<br />
3. Describe microbial metabolic pathways and the implications for human disease and food<br />
preparation.<br />
4. Explain the role of the immune system in maintaining homeostasis and fighting infection.<br />
5. Evaluate and apply the proper methods of microbial control necessary in food preparation,<br />
maintaining sanitary conditions and proper hygiene and health.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Ch. 1, 4, 5, 6<br />
Week 2- Test 1; Ch. 7, 8, 11, 12; labs 1& 2<br />
Week 3- Test 2; Ch. 13, 22, 23, 18; labs 3 & 4<br />
Week 4- Test 3; Ch. 19, 20 21; labs 5 & 6<br />
Week 5- Lab Practical; Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading:<br />
Exam 1 20%<br />
Exam 2 20%<br />
Exam 3 20%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Lab grade (quiz avg. 50%, practical 50%) 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BMGT 1327<br />
Principles of Management<br />
Description<br />
Concepts, terminology, principles, theories, and issues in the field of management.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Management, a practical introduction 6e by Kinicki Williams. Published by McGraw Hill.<br />
978-0-07-802954-7<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will be able to apply business concepts, practices, and/or techniques to effectively manage<br />
an organization.<br />
Students will be able to evaluate company production, profitability and cost using managerial<br />
accounting tools.<br />
Demonstrate proficiency using industry application software.<br />
Week 1 - Introduction, theory, Ethics, Global Management.<br />
Week 2 - Planning, Strategy, Decision making, Culture.<br />
Week 3 - Human Resources, Change and Innovation, Supervising, Motivating.<br />
Week 4 - Groups and Teams, Leadership, Communication, Controlling<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Quiz 60% There is a quiz for each chapter.<br />
Career Portfolio - 10%<br />
Case Portfolio - 10%<br />
Exams 1 - 4 - 20% Four chapters per exam. The final is over the last four chapters only.<br />
Grade Average Letter Grade<br />
90 - 100 = A<br />
80 - 89 = B<br />
70 - 79 = C<br />
60 - 69 = D<br />
0 - 59 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BMGT 1331<br />
Productions/Operations Management<br />
Description<br />
Fundamentals of the various techniques used in the practice of production management to include<br />
location, design, and resource allocation. The student will identify important factors of plant<br />
location and design, resource allocation, and equipment selection and utilization; and demonstrate<br />
the ability to use planning, scheduling, inventory management, and quality control techniques.<br />
Textbooks<br />
OM, 2011-2012. Collier, David A. and James R. Evans. South-Western, Cengage Learning, 2012<br />
(ISBN-13: 978-0-538-47915-8).<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Unit 1 (Chapters 1-3)<br />
Week 2-Unit 2 (Chapters 4-8)<br />
Week 3-Unit 3 (Chapters 9-13)<br />
Week 4-Unit 4 (Chapters 14-18)<br />
Week 5-Final Exam<br />
Average of Quizzes 40%<br />
Average of Case Studies 40%<br />
Final Exam 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BMGT 1441<br />
Business Ethics<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Topics address ethical issues, the development of a moral frame of reference and the need for an<br />
awareness of social justice in mangement practices and business activities. A review of ethical<br />
responsibilities and relationships between organizational departments, divisions, executive<br />
management and the public.<br />
Business Ethics Now 3E, by Andrew W. Ghillyer, published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0-07-<br />
352469-6.<br />
Resolve ethical dilemmas in a socially responsible manner.<br />
Week 1-Understanding Ethics<br />
Defining Business Ethics<br />
Week 2-Organizational Ethics<br />
Corporate Social Responsibility<br />
Corporate Governance<br />
Week 3-The Role of Government<br />
Blowing the Whistle<br />
Week 4-Ethics and Technology<br />
Ethics and Globalization<br />
Making it Stick: Doing What's Right in a Competitive Market<br />
W k 5 Fi lE<br />
Textbook Assignments 50%<br />
Textbook Quizzes 35%<br />
Final Exam 15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Stacy Young<br />
AD 154<br />
903-782-0270<br />
syoung@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BUSG 1301<br />
Introduction to Business<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Fundamental business principles including structure, fundtions, resources and operational resources.<br />
The student will describe the scope of business enterprise in nation and the world today, identify<br />
major business functions of accounting, management, marketing and economics; describe the<br />
relationships of social responsibility, ethics and law in business, and define and apply business<br />
terminology.<br />
Foundations of Business, 2nd Edition<br />
Authors: William M. Pride, Robert J. Hughes and Jack R. Kapoor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will be able to:<br />
(1) summarize the factors that affect the business environment and the challenges American<br />
businesses will encounter in the future.<br />
(2) compare sole proprietorships, partnerships and corporations and be able to list their advantages<br />
and disadvantages.<br />
(3) describe the four basic management functions: planning, organizing, leading and motivating,<br />
and controlling.<br />
(4) outline the major legislation affecting human resource management.<br />
(5) identify the major steps in the consumer buying decision process and the sets of factors that may<br />
influence this process.<br />
(6) outline the five functions of an information system.<br />
(7) identify the people who use accounting information and possible careers in the accounting<br />
id t<br />
Week 1-The Enviornment of Business<br />
Week 2- Being Ethical and Socially Responsible<br />
Week 3- Exploring Global Business<br />
Week 4- Choosing a Form of Business Ownership<br />
Week 5- Small Business, Entrepreneurship, and Franchise<br />
Week 6- Understanding the Management Process<br />
Week 7- Creating a Flexible Organization and Producing Quality Goods and Services<br />
Week 8- Midterm<br />
Week 9- Attracting and Retaining Employees / Motivating and Satisfying Employees<br />
Week 10- Building Customer Relationships Through Effective Marketing<br />
Week 11- Creating and Pricing Products that Satisfy Customers<br />
Week 12- Distributing and Promoting Products<br />
Week 13- Understanding Information and e-Business<br />
Week 14- Using Accounting Information and Mastering Financial Management<br />
Week 15- Review<br />
Week 16- Final
Evaluation methods<br />
Because this is an online course, specific learning activities have been developed to help you work<br />
through each chapter. You will be expected to complete the following: read and complete a quiz<br />
for each chapter, complete chapter or participate in class discussions when assigned and complete 2<br />
major exams. Your grade will be configured as follows: Chapter quizzes 20%, Chapter<br />
assignments/discussions 20% and Exams 60%.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
BUSG 2309<br />
Small Business Management<br />
Description<br />
Starting, operating, and growing a small business. Includes essential management skills, how to<br />
prepare a business plan, accounting, financial needs, staffing, marketing strategies, and legal issues.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Entrepreneurial Small Business by Katz Green. Published by McGraw Hill.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will be able to apply business concepts, practices, and/or techniques to effectively manage<br />
an organization.<br />
Students will be able to evaluate company production, profitability and cost using managerial<br />
accounting tools.<br />
Demonstrate proficiency using industry application software.<br />
Schedule<br />
A rough course schedule is outlined below. This schedule is subject to change.<br />
Week 1 – Entrepreneurs and Ideas: The Basis of Small Business<br />
Week 2 – Small Business Paths and Plans, Marketing in the Small Business<br />
Week 3 – Cash, Accounting, and Finance in the Small Business<br />
Week 4 – Management and Organization in the Small Business<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:<br />
Grade Average Letter Grade<br />
90 - 100 = A<br />
80 - 89 = B<br />
70 - 79 = C<br />
60 - 69 = D<br />
0 - 59 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Kosterman, Don<br />
MS-210E<br />
903-784-4884<br />
dkosterman@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CHEM1405<br />
Introductory Chemistry<br />
Description<br />
Survey Course introducing chemistry. General principles, problems, fundamental laws and theories. Topics in<br />
inorganic, orbanic, andenvironmental and consumer chemistry. Designed for non-science students<br />
Textbooks<br />
General, Organic and Biological Chemistgry, by Laura Frost and Todd Deal (ISBN-13: 976-0-321-80303-0)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students should be able to make usual chemical calculations dealing with measurement, mole concept, tempera<br />
and energy. Students should be able to name and write formulas for simple inorganic and organic compounds,<br />
balance simple chemical equations. Students should be able to determine the makeup of atoms, discuss radioac<br />
write nuclear equations. Students should be able to determine the shape of simple molecules and determine the<br />
Lesson 1: Chemistry Basics--Matter and Measurement<br />
Lesson 2: Atoms and Radioactivity<br />
Lesson 3: Compounds--Putting Particles Togather<br />
Lesson 4: Introduction to Organic Compounds<br />
Lesson 5: Chemical Reactions<br />
Lesson 6: Carbohydrates<br />
Lesson 7: What's the Attraction? State Changes, Solubility, and Lipids<br />
Lesson 8: Solution Chemistry<br />
Lesson 9: Acids, Bases, and Buffersg<br />
Lesson 10: Proteins<br />
NOTE: Each lesson will require about 1-1/2 class meetings.
Evaluation methods<br />
3 Major Tests - Each major test will consist of multiple choice, true/false, and fill-in-the-blanks questions. Eac<br />
have a 3-point value, and the total point-value of a major test will be between 75 and 120 points. The grade wi<br />
a percent correct scale. Each major test grade is worth 20% of the semester grade average. The lab average is<br />
student report sheets. The report sheet grades are based on instructor professional opinion of the students work<br />
average is worth 20% of the semester grade average. The final exam is comprehensive. It will consist of mult<br />
true/false, and fill-in-the-blanks questions. Each question will have a 3-point value, and the total point-value o<br />
exam will be between 150 and 250 points. The grade will be based of a percent correct scale.
nclude<br />
ature, gas laws,<br />
, write and<br />
ctivity, and<br />
eir polarity.
ch question will<br />
ill be based on<br />
based on<br />
k. The lab<br />
iple choice,<br />
of the final
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Kosterman, Don<br />
MS-210E<br />
903-784-4884<br />
dkosterman@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CHEM1406<br />
Introductory Chemistry<br />
Description<br />
Survey Course introducing chemistry. General principles, problems, fundamental laws and theories. Topics in<br />
inorganic, orbanic, andenvironmental and consumer chemistry. Designed for non-science students<br />
Textbooks<br />
General, Organic and Biological Chemistgry, by Laura Frost and Todd Deal (ISBN-13: 976-0-321-80303-0)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students should be able to make usual chemical calculations dealing with measurement, mole concept, tempera<br />
and energy. Students should be able to name and write formulas for simple inorganic and organic compounds,<br />
balance simple chemical equations. Students should be able to determine the makeup of atoms, discuss radioac<br />
write nuclear equations. Students should be able to determine the shape of simple molecules and determine the<br />
Lesson 1: Chemistry Basics--Matter and Measurement<br />
Lesson 2: Atoms and Radioactivity<br />
Lesson 3: Compounds--Putting Particles Togather<br />
Lesson 4: Introduction to Organic Compounds<br />
Lesson 5: Chemical Reactions<br />
Lesson 6: Carbohydrates<br />
Lesson 7: What's the Attraction? State Changes, Solubility, and Lipids<br />
Lesson 8: Solution Chemistry<br />
Lesson 9: Acids, Bases, and Buffersg<br />
Lesson 10: Proteins<br />
NOTE: Each lesson will require about 1-1/2 class meetings.
Evaluation methods<br />
3 Major Tests - Each major test will consist of multiple choice, true/false, and fill-in-the-blanks questions. Eac<br />
have a 3-point value, and the total point-value of a major test will be between 75 and 120 points. The grade wi<br />
a percent correct scale. Each major test grade is worth 20% of the semester grade average. The lab average is<br />
student report sheets. The report sheet grades are based on instructor professional opinion of the students work<br />
average is worth 20% of the semester grade average. The final exam is comprehensive. It will consist of mult<br />
true/false, and fill-in-the-blanks questions. Each question will have a 3-point value, and the total point-value o<br />
exam will be between 150 and 250 points. The grade will be based of a percent correct scale.
nclude<br />
ature, gas laws,<br />
, write and<br />
ctivity, and<br />
eir polarity.
ch question will<br />
ill be based on<br />
based on<br />
k. The lab<br />
iple choice,<br />
of the final
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Sharon Dennehy<br />
AD 158, <strong>Paris</strong>; 201 Greenville<br />
9037820321 (<strong>Paris</strong>) 9034549333 (GV<br />
sdennehy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Comm 1307<br />
Introduction to Mass Communication<br />
Description<br />
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an<br />
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For<br />
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. First Edition. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by<br />
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices. The<br />
course encourages students: • to understand how media target specific audiences via appropriate<br />
communication choices. • to participate effectively in group discussion with emphasis on listening,<br />
Week 1-Log into course, Orientation; Chapters 1, 2, 3; Exam 1, Chapters 1-3<br />
Week 2--Chapters 4, 5, 6. Exam 2, Chapters 4-6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8. Exam 3, Chapters 7-8<br />
Week 4-Final exam, cumulative, Chapters 1-8.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
3 online discussions@25 pts. each; 3 written unit assignments @ 25 pts. each; 3 online exams,<br />
proctored at a testing center, @100 pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. A: 550-495; B: 494-440; C: 439-<br />
385; D: 384-330; F: below 330
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Sharon Dennehy<br />
AD 158, <strong>Paris</strong>; 201 Greenville<br />
9037820321 (<strong>Paris</strong>) 9034549333 (GV<br />
sdennehy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Comm 1307<br />
Introduction to Mass Communication<br />
Description<br />
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an<br />
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For<br />
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. First edition. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by<br />
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices. The<br />
course encourages students: • to understand how media target specific audiences via appropriate<br />
communication choices. • to participate effectively in group discussion with emphasis on listening,<br />
Week 1-Log into course, Orientation; Chapters 1, 2, 3; Exam 1, Chapters 1-3<br />
Week 2--Chapters 4, 5, 6. Exam 2, Chapters 4-6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8. Exam 3, Chapters 7-8<br />
Week 4-Final exam, cumulative, Chapters 1-8.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
3 online discussions@25 pts. each; 3 written unit assignments @ 25 pts. each; 3 online exams,<br />
proctored at a testing center, @100 pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. A: 550-495; B: 494-440; C: 439-<br />
385; D: 384-330; F: below 330
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Sharon Dennehy<br />
AD 158, <strong>Paris</strong>; 201 Greenville<br />
9037820321 (<strong>Paris</strong>) 9034549333 (GV<br />
sdennehy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Comm 1307<br />
Introduction to Mass Communication<br />
Description<br />
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an<br />
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For<br />
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. First Edition. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by<br />
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices. The<br />
course encourages students: • to understand how media target specific audiences via appropriate<br />
communication choices. • to participate effectively in group discussion with emphasis on listening,<br />
critical and reflective thinking, and responding. • to recognize and assume responsibility as citizens<br />
in a democratic society by learning to think critically about information consumed through the mass<br />
media.<br />
Completion of this course will provide the student with: 1. a broad understanding of the history of<br />
mass media including the roles of books, magazines, newspapers, movies, radio, television, public<br />
relations, advertising, and the Internet, in our everyday lives; 2. an overview of mass media and how<br />
it affects our society. 3. the ability to be critical consumers of mass media.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Log into course, Orientation; Chapters 1, 2, 3; Exam 1, Chapters 1-3<br />
Week 2--Chapters 4, 5, 6. Exam 2, Chapters 4-6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8. Exam 3, Chapters 7-8<br />
Week 4-Final exam, cumulative, Chapters 1-8.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
3 online discussions@25 pts. each; 3 written unit assignments @ 25 pts. each; 3 online exams,<br />
proctored at a testing center, @100 pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. A: 550-495; B: 494-440; C: 439-<br />
385; D: 384-330; F: below 330
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Sharon Dennehy<br />
AD 158, <strong>Paris</strong>; 201 Greenville<br />
9037820321 (<strong>Paris</strong>) 9034549333 (GV<br />
sdennehy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Comm 1307<br />
Introduction to Mass Communication<br />
Description<br />
Study of the media by which entertainment and information messages are delivered. Includes an<br />
overview of the traditional mass media: their functions, structures, supports, and influences.For<br />
journalism majors and non-majors. Core curriculum satisfied for Humanities<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mass Media Revolution, J. Charles Sterin. First edition. ISBN: 978-0-20559148-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will demonstrate the ability to evaluate mass media messages in a democratic society by<br />
understanding audience and purpose when making appropriate mass communication choices. The<br />
course encourages students: • to understand how media target specific audiences via appropriate<br />
communication choices. • to participate effectively in group discussion with emphasis on listening,<br />
Week 1-Log into course, Orientation; Chapters 1, 2, 3; Exam 1, Chapters 1-3<br />
Week 2--Chapters 4, 5, 6. Exam 2, Chapters 4-6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 8. Exam 3, Chapters 7-8<br />
Week 4-Final exam, cumulative, Chapters 1-8.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
3 online discussions@25 pts. each; 3 written unit assignments @ 25 pts. each; 3 online exams,<br />
proctored at a testing center, @100 pts. each; final exam, 100 pts. A: 550-495; B: 494-440; C: 439-<br />
385; D: 384-330; F: below 330
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Marjorie Pannell<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong> Office AS 140<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Extended Phone 903 782 0360<br />
Section 65 email mpannell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Intro to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Overview of computer systems ‐ hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application<br />
software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and<br />
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the histroy and use of<br />
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied.<br />
Textbooks<br />
ISBN: 978‐1‐4390‐7842‐6<br />
Microsoft Office 2010, BRIEF<br />
ISBN: 978‐0‐5387‐5188‐9<br />
SAM 2010 Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations.<br />
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.<br />
Week 1: Orientation & Computer Fundamentals and Concepts<br />
Weeks 2: Office 2010 and Windows 7 Concepts<br />
Weeks 3 ‐ 4: Word Processing and Exam I<br />
Weeks 5 ‐ 6: Presentation Graphics and Exam II<br />
Week 7 ‐ 8: Spreadsheets and Exam III<br />
Week 9 ‐ 10: Database Management and Exam IV<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
40% EXAMS<br />
35% Lab Project<br />
25% Quizzes
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term 123S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Introduction to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams: 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term 124S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Introduction to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams: 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2011<br />
Office<br />
Term 123S<br />
Phone<br />
Section G2 email<br />
Julie Eckhardt<br />
Office 209<br />
903-457-8716<br />
jeckhardt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Introduction to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Study of basic hardware, software, operating systems, and current applications in various segments<br />
of society. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society and the history and use of<br />
computers are also studied. Labs may include but are not limited to introductions to operating<br />
systems, the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, databases, and programming concepts with<br />
emphasis on critical thinking/problem solving. This course is intended for non-Business and non-<br />
Computer Science majors.<br />
Credits: 4 SCH = 3 lecture and 3 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief (Shelley Cashman Series)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to computers, MS Word<br />
Week 2- MS Excel<br />
Week 3- MS Access<br />
Week 4- MS PowerPoint<br />
Week 5- Final Projects<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course absolutely requires keyboarding skills.<br />
Grading:<br />
Attendance & Behavior: 15%<br />
Final Project: 20%<br />
Quizzes & Assignments: 35%<br />
Exams: 30%<br />
Grade scale is based on a calculated average: A (90-100); B (80-89); C (70-79); D (60-69); F (0-<br />
59). 25% of the final grade includes attendance and participation. Fifty points are awarded for<br />
acceptable behavior/participation in class and fifty points are awarded for attendance, a total 100<br />
points. A percentage will be calculated of the number of attended class periods divided by total<br />
class periods. This percentage will then be multiplied by the possible 50 points for attendance. The<br />
50 points for behavior/participation are subject to the instructor's decision. 25% of the possible 100<br />
points will then be added to the final grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Marjorie Pannell<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong> Office AS 140<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I Phone 903 782 0360<br />
Section P1 email mpannell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Intro to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Overview of computer systems ‐ hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application<br />
software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets, presentation graphics, and<br />
databases. Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the histroy and use of<br />
computers in business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied.<br />
Textbooks<br />
ISBN: 978‐1‐4390‐7842‐6<br />
Microsoft Office 2010, BRIEF<br />
ISBN: 978‐0‐5387‐5188‐9<br />
SAM 2010 Projects v2.0 Printed Access Card<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations.<br />
Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.<br />
Week 1: Orientation, Computer Fundamentals and Concepts, and Office 2010 and Windows 7<br />
Concepts<br />
Weeks 2: Word Processing, Exam I, and Presentation Graphics<br />
Weeks 3: Presentation Graphics, Exam II, and Spreadsheets<br />
Weeks 4: Spreadsheets, Exam III, and Database Management<br />
Week 5: Database Management and Exam IV<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
40% EXAMS<br />
35% Lab Project<br />
25% Quizzes
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012 - <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Mei-Ying (Elaine) Lin<br />
Sulphur Springs Campus 103<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
mlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
COSC 1401<br />
Introduction to Computing<br />
Description<br />
Overview of computer systems - hardware, operating systems, and microcomputer application<br />
software, including the Internet, word processing, spreadsheet, presentation graphics, and database.<br />
Current issues such as the effect of computers on society, and the history and use of computers in<br />
business, educational, and other modern settings are also studied.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Microsoft Office 2010: Brief by Shelly & Vermaat;<br />
ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-7842-6 or<br />
ISBN-10: 1-4390-7842-4<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations. Demonstrate knowledge of computer industry terminology and jargon.<br />
Week 1 - Class Introduction; Office 2010 & Windows 7: Essential Concepts & Skills<br />
Week 2 - Word 2010 - Ch1: Creating, Formatting, and Editing a Word Document with Pictures<br />
Word 2010 - Ch2: Creating a Research Paper with Citations & References<br />
Week 3 - PowerPoint 2010 - Ch1: Creating & Editing a Presentation with ClipArt<br />
PowerPoint 2010 - Ch2: Enhancing a Presentation with Pictures, Shapes, & Word Art<br />
Week 4 - Excel 2010 - Ch1: Creating a Worksheet and an embedded Chart<br />
Excel 2010 - Ch2: Formulas, Functions, and Formatting<br />
Week 5 - MS Access 2010 – Ch1: Databases & Database Objects: An Introduction<br />
MS Access 2010 – Ch2: Querying a Database<br />
Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance 10%<br />
In Class Activities 25%<br />
Assignments 45%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Grade Scale is based on a calculated average:<br />
A (90 – 100); B (80 – 89); C (70 – 79); D (60 – 69); F (0 – 59)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong> - 2014<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Doug Shuler<br />
AS101<br />
903-782-0497<br />
dshuler@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CRIJ-1301<br />
Introduction to Criminal Justice<br />
Description<br />
History and philosophy of criminal justice and ethical considerations; crime defined; its nature and<br />
impact; overview of criminal justice system; law enforcement; court system; prosecution and<br />
defense; trial process; corrections.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Criminal Justice Today - An Introductory Text for the 21st Century. Author: Schmalleger. Pearson<br />
Publication. ISBN 13:978-0-13-507409-1.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Describe and explain the history, philosophy and ethical considerations of criminal justice; define<br />
the nature and impact of crime on society and how it is integrated in to the criminal justice system;<br />
distinguish between the civil and criminal court systems; and interpret the relationship between the<br />
components of the criminal justice system.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-<br />
Week 2-<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-<br />
Week 5-<br />
History, structure and purpose of policing<br />
Legal Aspects, courts and jury<br />
Probation, parole and sentencing<br />
Jails and prison, appeals, habeas corpus=<br />
Differential Treatment / Wrongful Convictions
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated by examinations for summer courses.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Essie Moore<br />
Annex 1<br />
903-782-0250<br />
emoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CSME1531<br />
Principles of Nail Technology<br />
Description<br />
A course in the principles of nail technology, including topics such as, anatomy and physiology,<br />
theory, and skills related to nail technology.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, Cengage Learning, (2012). Milady Examination<br />
Review Booklet, 2012.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate Basic Manicure/Pedicures<br />
Discuss Anatomy & Physiology as it pertains to cosmetology.<br />
Week 1-<br />
Practical Schedule: Performs all skills learned on clients for (2) weeks, only. Beginning<br />
May 14-24.<br />
Shop Talk-<br />
Visit Salons in Sulphur Springs and Sherman Texas,(The BIG APPLE) . Prepare for<br />
Field trip scheduled for June 16 & 17, Dalls Texas "TEXAS BEAUTY SHOW".<br />
Theory: Review & Discuss General Anatomy & Physiology, Chapter 6.<br />
Pages 112-116,(Cells,Tissues,Organs & Body ststems, Skeletal system),<br />
126-127,(Nervous system),<br />
Week 2-<br />
137-141(Lymphatic/Immune System/Endocrine system,Digestive system,Excretory<br />
System,Respiratory system, Integumentary System, and the Reproductive System).<br />
Objectives:<br />
Week 3-Chapter Review and prepare for test.(A&P)<br />
Week 4-Review and Discuss Manicuring Chapter, pages 792-817.<br />
Week 5-Performance skills-Perform a Basic Manicure & Pedicure<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-
Evaluation methods<br />
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.<br />
Theory: Test are aministered online using Blackboard and some written test are required using<br />
scantrons.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Essie Moore<br />
Annex 1<br />
903-782-0250<br />
emoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CSME 2401<br />
Principles of Haircoloring & Related Theory<br />
Description<br />
Presentation of the theory and practice of hair color and chemistry. Topics include terminology,<br />
applications and workplace competencies related to color and chemistry.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, (2012). Cengage learning<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will know the principles of color theory and relate them to haircolor.<br />
Will be able to identify level and tonal value of a haircolor and demonstrate how to properly<br />
apply a haircolor.<br />
Demonstrate the use of accuracy when measuring chemicals to apply to the hair.<br />
Identify all safety precautions and sanitary measures before applying chemicals.<br />
Schedule Week 1 - Discuss Haircoloring Chapter, Page 626-664<br />
Week2-Discuss the chemistry of haircolor formulations, applications, tonal values and<br />
precautions.<br />
Week3-Hair facts, color theory, color wheel, and consultation<br />
Week 4- Discuss Safety & Sanitary rules as described in textbook and Tdlr.<br />
Review procedures and prepare for test<br />
Week5-Class begins at 7:30-4:30, Mon-Tr. Cycle for this class has ended
Evaluation methods<br />
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology and Prepare<br />
for Written Test on Blackboard.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Essie Moore<br />
Annex 1<br />
903-782-0250<br />
emoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
CSME 2430<br />
Nail Enhancements<br />
Description<br />
A course in the general principles of the theory and application of the artificial nails and related<br />
theory.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Milady's Standard Textbook of Cosmetology, (2012). Cengage Learning<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Demonstrate Acrylic nail application<br />
Demonstrate Gel Nails using the UV Light & Maintenance of nails and execute the proper<br />
application of nail wraps and tips.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-<br />
Discuss Chapter 28, pages 896-908 Monomer Liquid and Polymer Powder Nail Enhancements<br />
Chapter 29, UV Gels, pages, 924-935.<br />
Theory: Review Nail wraps, tips, and no-light gels from Previous Chapter.<br />
Objectives: (All students will need nail kits and facial mask)<br />
Week 1-Acrylic Nails Demonstration & student application.<br />
Week 2-UV Gels and nail enhancements demonstration and student application.<br />
Week 3-Odor acrylic and maintenance of artificial nails review.<br />
Week 4-Review procedures and prepare for test.<br />
Week 5-Class begins at 8:00-4:30, Mon.-Tr., Cycle for this class is complete.<br />
Lab: Rubrics are used to measure student performance in each area of cosmetology.<br />
Theory: Test are aministered online using Blackboard
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Chris Malone<br />
WTC - Room 1101<br />
903-782-0391<br />
cmalone@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DFTG 1380<br />
Cooperative Education - Drafting and Design Technology/Technician, General<br />
Description<br />
Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an<br />
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the<br />
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Book Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
As outlined in the learning plan, apply the theory, concepts, and skills involving specialized<br />
materials, tools, equipment, procedures, regulations, laws, and interactions within and among<br />
political, economic, environmental, social, and legal systems associated with the occupation and the<br />
business/industry and will demonstrate legal and ethical behavior, safety practices, interpersonal and<br />
teamwork skills, and appropriate written and verbal communication skills using the terminology of<br />
the occupation and the business/industry.<br />
Week 1-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 2-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 3-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 4-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 5-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 6-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 7-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 8-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 9-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 10-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 11-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 12-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 13-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 14-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 15-Students will engage in on the job training at a place of employment<br />
Week 16-Student evaluations and Submittals<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading Objectives: Evaluations:80%, Report: 20% of total grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Chris Malone<br />
WTC - Room 1101<br />
903-782-0391<br />
cmalone@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DFTG 1491<br />
Special Topics in Drafting and Design Technology/Technician, General<br />
Description<br />
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors<br />
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the<br />
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Book Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business and industry<br />
trends and will varies per class and student depending on each Topic covered<br />
Week 1-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 2-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 3-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 4-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 5-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 6-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 7-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 8-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 9-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 10-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 11-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 12-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 13-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 14-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 15-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Week 16-Schedule varies per class and student depending on Topic being reviewed<br />
Grading Objectives: Assignments:75%, Final Exam/Project: 25% of total grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
William Walker<br />
MB 106<br />
903-782-0488<br />
wwalker@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DRAM 1310<br />
Theatre Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre<br />
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the<br />
cooperative Fine Arts. Core curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts<br />
Textbooks<br />
Another Opening, Another Show Author: Tom Markus & Linda Sarver Publisher: McGraw-<br />
Hill Edition/Year: 2nd Edition ISBN: 978-0072562606 <br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will be able to identify the major states of development of dramatic theory through analysis<br />
of dramatic structure from the Greeks to the present day.<br />
Course is move at your own pace, with all assignments closing July 1, <strong>2013</strong> at 11:59 pm. Final<br />
exam will open June 29, <strong>2013</strong> at 6:00 am.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Evaluation:<br />
Chapter Quizzes ............ 25%<br />
Critique ......................... 50%<br />
Final Exam ................... 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Mini<br />
Phone<br />
Section 69 email<br />
William Walker<br />
MB 106<br />
903-782-0488<br />
wwalker@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DRAM 1310<br />
Theatre Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre<br />
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the<br />
cooperative Fine Arts. Core curriculum satisfied for Visual and Performing Arts<br />
Textbooks<br />
Another Opening, Another Show Author: Tom Markus & Linda Sarver Publisher: McGraw-<br />
Hill Edition/Year: 2nd Edition ISBN: 978-0072562606 <br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Students will be able to identify the major states of development of dramatic theory through analysis<br />
of dramatic structure from the Greeks to the present day.<br />
Course is move at your own pace, with all assignments closing May 25, <strong>2013</strong> at 11:59 pm. Final<br />
exam will open May 25, <strong>2013</strong> at 6:00 am.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Evaluation:<br />
Chapter Quizzes ............ 25%<br />
Critique ......................... 50%<br />
Final Exam ................... 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Donna Deverell<br />
903.454.9333<br />
ddeverell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DRAM 1310<br />
Theatre Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre<br />
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the<br />
cooperative Fine Arts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
There is no textbook requirement for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Identify the major stages of development in various dramatic forms in Western and Eastern<br />
cultures.<br />
Topics include Chapters 1 - 9, 11-17; a Group Project, and Final Exam [The course schedule is<br />
subject to change]<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Group Project ...................... 25%<br />
Attendance/Homework…... 10%<br />
Critiques ............................. 15% each<br />
Section Exams ……............ 10% each<br />
Final Exam ........................... 15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Donna Deverell<br />
903.454.9333<br />
ddeverell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
DRAM 1310<br />
Theatre Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
This course is intended to provide the student with a background understanding of the live theatre<br />
through its history, dramatic works, stage techniques, production procedures and relation to the<br />
cooperative Fine Arts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
There is no textbook requirement for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Identify the major stages of development in various dramatic forms in Western and Eastern<br />
cultures.<br />
Topics include Chapters 1 - 9, 11-17; a Group Project, and Final Exam [The course schedule is<br />
subject to change]<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Group Project ...................... 25%<br />
Attendance/Homework…... 10%<br />
Critiques ............................. 15% each<br />
Section Exams ……............ 10% each<br />
Final Exam ........................... 15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Jeff Tarrant<br />
GC 207<br />
(903) 457-8720<br />
jtarrant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Macroeconomics<br />
Description<br />
History, development, and application of macroeconomic and microeconomic theory underlying the<br />
production, distribution, and exchange of goods and services including the utilization of resources,<br />
analysis of value and prices, national income analysis, fiscal policies, monetary and banking theory<br />
and policy, distribution of income, labor problems, international economics, and economics<br />
systems. Attention given to the application of economic principles to economic problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Macroeconomics 19th Edition by McConnell, Brue, & Flynn, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 2012<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Economics, Supply and Demand<br />
Week 2: GDP, Growth and Instability<br />
Week 3: Macroeconomic Models, Fiscal Policy and Monetary Policy<br />
Week 4: Current Issues and International Economics<br />
Week 5: Final Exam<br />
Average of 3 Exams 50%<br />
Final Exam 30%<br />
Average of 2 Projects 10%<br />
Paper 10%<br />
Attendance<br />
Extra Credit<br />
Total Point Percentage Letter Grade<br />
90% – 100% A<br />
80% – 89% B<br />
70% – 79% C<br />
60% – 69% D<br />
0% 59% F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Economics<br />
Description<br />
An analysis of the economy as a whole including measurement and determination of Aggregate<br />
Demand and Aggregate Supply, national income, inflation, and unemployment. Other topics include<br />
international trade, economic growth, business cycles, and fiscal policy and monetary policy.<br />
Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.<br />
Prerequisite(s): None<br />
Textbooks<br />
Lecture notes provided online.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1 - Intro to study of Econ, Resources, Scarcity, Supply and Demand.<br />
Week 2 - Allocation methods, Business Cycle, Unemployment, Inflation.<br />
Week 3 - Money, Federal Reserve, Classical Economics, Keynesian Economics.<br />
Week 4 - Monetarist, Supply Side, Rational Expectations, Budget and Taxes, Economic Growth,<br />
Comparative Advanatage, International Trade, Final Exam<br />
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:<br />
Total points = 710<br />
639 and above = A<br />
568 - 638 = B<br />
497 - 567 = C<br />
426 - 496 = D<br />
Below 426 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2301<br />
Principles of Economics<br />
Description<br />
An analysis of the economy as a whole including measurement and determination of Aggregate<br />
Demand and Aggregate Supply, national income, inflation, and unemployment. Other topics include<br />
international trade, economic growth, business cycles, and fiscal policy and monetary policy.<br />
Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.<br />
Prerequisite(s): None<br />
Textbooks<br />
Lecture notes provided online.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1 - Intro to study of Econ, Resources, Scarcity, Supply and Demand.<br />
Week 2 - Allocation methods, Business Cycle, Unemployment, Inflation.<br />
Week 3 - Money, Federal Reserve, Classical Economics, Keynesian Economics.<br />
Week 4 - Monetarist, Supply Side, Rational Expectations, Budget and Taxes, Economic Growth,<br />
Comparative Advanatage, International Trade, Final Exam<br />
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:<br />
Total points = 710<br />
639 and above = A<br />
568 - 638 = B<br />
497 - 567 = C<br />
426 - 496 = D<br />
Below 426 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2302<br />
Principles of Economics (Micro)<br />
Description<br />
Analysis of the behavior of individual economic agents, including consumer behavior and demand,<br />
producer behavior and supply, price and output decisions by firms under various market structures,<br />
factor markets, market failures, and international trade.<br />
Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.<br />
Prerequisite(s): None<br />
Textbooks<br />
Lecture notes provided online.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1 - Intro to study of Econ, Resources, Scarcity, Supply and Demand.<br />
Week 2 - Elasticity, Comparative Advantage, Consumer Behavior<br />
Week 3 - Costs, Market Structures<br />
Week 4 - Antitrust, Factor Markets, Market Failure, Government Failure, Income Distribution<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:<br />
Total Points Available = 731<br />
657 and above = A<br />
584 - 656 = B<br />
511 - 583 = C<br />
438 - 510 = D<br />
Below 438 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Anthony Sawyer<br />
AS 151<br />
903-782-0318<br />
asawyer@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ECON 2302<br />
Principles of Economics (Micro)<br />
Description<br />
Analysis of the behavior of individual economic agents, including consumer behavior and demand,<br />
producer behavior and supply, price and output decisions by firms under various market structures,<br />
factor markets, market failures, and international trade.<br />
Credits: 3 SCH = 3 lecture and 0 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.<br />
Prerequisite(s): None<br />
Textbooks<br />
Lecture notes provided online.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluate economic data.<br />
Apply economic reasoning to analysis of current events.<br />
Demonstrate an understanding of economic terminology and concepts.<br />
Week 1 - Intro to study of Econ, Resources, Scarcity, Supply and Demand.<br />
Week 2 - Elasticity, Comparative Advantage, Consumer Behavior<br />
Week 3 - Costs, Market Structures<br />
Week 4 - Antitrust, Factor Markets, Market Failure, Government Failure, Income Distribution<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Letter grades will be assigned on the following scale:<br />
Total Points Available = 731<br />
657 and above = A<br />
584 - 656 = B<br />
511 - 583 = C<br />
438 - 510 = D<br />
Below 438 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Sheila Reece<br />
Alford Center<br />
903-782-0211<br />
sreece@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center - Room 105<br />
903-782-0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Keitha Carlton<br />
Administration Bldg.-Rm. 136<br />
903-782-0289<br />
kcarlton@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Evan Moore<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-457-8730<br />
emmoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
John Shasteen<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-454-2518<br />
jshasteen@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Andrew Fisher<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
afisher@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
Tasha Whitaker<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
twhitaker@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Blaine Jones<br />
WTC 1044<br />
903-782-0734<br />
bjones@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EMSP 2143<br />
Assessment Based Management<br />
Description<br />
A capstone course covering comprehensive, assessment based patient care management. Includes<br />
specific care when dealing with pediatric, adult, geriatric, and special-needs patients.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook and Workbook, 4th edition, ISBN: 978-0-323-07275-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.<br />
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:<br />
Management of mass casualty incidents and rescue operations, utilize air medical resources; and<br />
identify hazardous materials and major incidents.<br />
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the <strong>Summer</strong> semester<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams - 75%<br />
Homework and Quizzes - 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Blaine Jones<br />
WTC 1044<br />
903-782-0734<br />
bjones@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EMSP 2160<br />
Clinical - Emergency Medical EMT Paramedic<br />
Description<br />
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized<br />
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is proviced by the clinical professional<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook and Workbook, 4th edition, ISBN: 978-0-323-07275-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.<br />
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.<br />
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients with<br />
special needs)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:<br />
Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,<br />
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,<br />
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,<br />
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma<br />
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams - 75%<br />
Homework and Quizzes - 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Blaine Jones<br />
WTC 1044<br />
903-782-0734<br />
bbolton@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
EMSP 2266<br />
Title<br />
Practicum (or Field Experience - Emergency MedicalTechnology/Technician (EMT<br />
Paramedic<br />
Description<br />
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the<br />
employer, college, and student<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook and Workbook, 4th edition, ISBN: 978-0-323-07275-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.<br />
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.<br />
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients with<br />
special needs.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:<br />
Trauma Systems, MOI, Hemorrhage and Shock,<br />
Soft Tissue Trauma & Musculoskeletal, Burns,<br />
Head and Face Trauma and Spinal Trauma,<br />
Thoracic Trauma and Abdominal Trauma<br />
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the Spring semester<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams - 75%<br />
Homework and Quizzes - 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Blaine Jones<br />
WTC 1044<br />
903-782-0734<br />
bjones@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EMSP 2330<br />
Special Populations<br />
Description<br />
A detailed study of the knowledge and skills necessary to reach competence in the assessment and<br />
management of ill or injured patients in non traditional populations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook 4th edition, ISBN: 978-0-323-07275-5<br />
Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) Textbook, American Heart Association, ISBN: 978-1-<br />
61669-112-7<br />
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.<br />
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.<br />
3. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for patients in special populations. (OB, Pediatric, Geriatric, and Patients with<br />
special needs.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Neoatology/Pediatrics<br />
Week 2-Pediatrics<br />
Week 3-Pediatrics<br />
Week 4-Geriatrics<br />
Week 5-Abuse/Assault<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams 75%. Homework and Quizzes 25%.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Blaine Jones<br />
WTC 1044<br />
903-782-0734<br />
bjones@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EMSP 2338<br />
EMS Operations<br />
Description<br />
A detailed study of the knowledge and skills to safely manage the scene of an emergency.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Mosby’s Paramedic Textbook and Workbook, 4th edition, ISBN: 978-0-323-07275-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a medical emergency.<br />
2. Upon completion of the program, the graduate will demonstrate competency and the knowledge<br />
to recognize and care for a trauma emergency.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-16: *Content covered in this course is as follows:<br />
Management of mass casualty incidents and rescue operations, utilize air medical resources; and<br />
identify hazardous materials and major incidents.<br />
*Scheduling of Content and Exams vary throughout the <strong>Summer</strong> semester<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams - 75%<br />
Homework and Quizzes - 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pamela Smith<br />
AD 125/129<br />
903-782-0225<br />
psmith@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0101.<br />
Development in Writing I<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Dictionary<br />
Folder or 3 ring binder of some type<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
Schedule<br />
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)<br />
Week 1:<br />
Wed.--June 5<br />
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)<br />
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)<br />
Thur. --June 6<br />
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37<br />
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49<br />
Week 2:<br />
Mon.--June 10<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 13 & 14: Omitted Commas p. 153-163<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 1 & 2: Sentence Fragments and Run-On Sentences, p. 53-67<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 2, Part 1: Purpose, Audience, and Voice p. 100-121<br />
“Space to Sing” p. 128-130<br />
Tue. --June 11<br />
Vocabulary 2 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 4, Part 1: Writing with Examples 218-235<br />
Wed.--June 12<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 3: Lack of Subjective/Verb Agreement p, 69-78<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 4: Incorrect Verb Forms, p. 81-91<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 1: The Topic Sentences and Paragraphs 28-53<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio 10%<br />
In-class exercises 25%<br />
Paragraphs & Essays + 40%<br />
100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0101.<br />
Development in Writing I<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Dictionary<br />
Folder or 3 ring binder of some type<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Toni Taherzadeht<br />
GC<br />
903-454-9333<br />
ttaherzadeht@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0101 / 0301<br />
Development in Writing I (and Lab)<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Dictionary<br />
Folder or 3 ring binder of some type<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Allyson Jones<br />
201<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
allysonleejones@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0101<br />
Development in Writing I<br />
Description<br />
Laboratory instructions designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills. Fee charged. May not<br />
be used to satisfy degree requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Wingersky, Joy, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading,<br />
Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-59194-200-9<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course 2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. 3. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences. 4. Students should be able to create reasonably correct simple,<br />
Week 1- Introduction to course, Confusing Words, The Basic Sentence: vocabulary 1 definitions<br />
due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 2- Topic Sentences and Paragraphs; Purpose, Audience, and Voice; Thesis Statements;<br />
Writing with Examples: vocabulary 2, 3, and 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 3- Introductory and Concluding Sentences: vocabulary 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 4- Selected readings and in-class writing activities; review for exit exam<br />
Week 5- Exit exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary definitions/spelling/quizzes: 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio: 10%<br />
In-class exercise: 25%<br />
Paragraphs and essays: 40%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Patti Laeding<br />
Classroom<br />
903--430-6154 ext 457<br />
plaeding@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENG 0301 / 0101<br />
Basic English I LAB<br />
Description<br />
English 0301 will concentrate upon writing, and grammar skills. Class time will include lecture,<br />
demonstration, paractice and quizzes over scheduled lessons. The accompaning lab, English 0101<br />
will provide additional time for practice with grammar skills and teacher-assisted correction of<br />
writing assignments.<br />
Textbooks<br />
0301-978-0-312-459-5 Foundations First: Sentences and Paragraphs with Readings.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences.<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics and Assignments may include:<br />
Topic Sentences, Paragraph Structure<br />
Nouns, Unified Paragraphs<br />
Writing Simple Sentences, Exemplification Paragraph<br />
Subject-Verb Agreement, Narration Paragraph<br />
Run-Ons, Fragments, Decription Paragraph<br />
Verbs Tenses, Process Paragraph<br />
Pronouns, Cause and Effect Paragraph<br />
Adjectives and Adverbs, Comparison and Contrast Paragraph<br />
Compound, Complex Sentences, Classification Paragraph<br />
Illogical Shifts, Definition Paragraph<br />
Using Parallelism, Argument Paragraph<br />
Writing an Essay, Exit Practice Paragraph<br />
Using commas, Using apostrophes, Exit Practice Paragraph<br />
Understanding Mechanics and Spelling<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Compositions 60 %, Daily work and attendance 15 %, Lab quizzes and writing corrections 25 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pamela Smith<br />
AD 125/129<br />
903-782-0225<br />
psmith@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0102.<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0302.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
Schedule<br />
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)<br />
Week 1:<br />
Wed.--June 5<br />
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)<br />
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)<br />
Thur. --June 6<br />
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37<br />
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49<br />
Week 2:<br />
Mon.--June 10<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 13 & 14: Omitted Commas p. 153-163<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 1 & 2: Sentence Fragments and Run-On Sentences, p. 53-67<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 2, Part 1: Purpose, Audience, and Voice p. 100-121<br />
“Space to Sing” p. 128-130<br />
Tue. --June 11<br />
Vocabulary 2 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 4, Part 1: Writing with Examples 218-235<br />
Wed.--June 12<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 3: Lack of Subjective/Verb Agreement p, 69-78<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 4: Incorrect Verb Forms, p. 81-91<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 1: The Topic Sentences and Paragraphs 28-53<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio 10%<br />
In-class exercises 25%<br />
Paragraphs & Essays + 40%<br />
100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Ii <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0102.<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0302.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Toni Taherzadeht<br />
GC<br />
903-454-9333<br />
ttaherzadeht@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0102 / ENGL 0302<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0302.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Allyson Jones<br />
201<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
allysonleejones@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0102<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
Laboratory instruction designed to continue the instruction in ENGL 0101 and to reinforce those<br />
skills taught in ENGL 0302. Fee charged. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Wingersky, Joy, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading,<br />
Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-59194-200-9<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course 2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. 3. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences. 4. Students should be able to create reasonably correct simple,<br />
Week 1- Introduction to course, Confusing Words, The Basic Sentence: vocabulary 1 definitions<br />
due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 2- Topic Sentences and Paragraphs; Purpose, Audience, and Voice; Thesis Statements;<br />
Writing with Examples: vocabulary 2, 3, and 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 3- Introductory and Concluding Sentences: vocabulary 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 4- Selected readings and in-class writing activities; review for exit exam<br />
Week 5- Exit exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary definitions/spelling/quizzes: 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio: 10%<br />
In-class exercise: 25%<br />
Paragraphs and essays: 40%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carey Gable<br />
Online<br />
903-227-8806<br />
cgable@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 0302 & 0102<br />
Basic English II and Development of Writing II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
ENGL 0302 Basic English II (32.0108.53 12) 3.3.0<br />
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and<br />
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed<br />
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition<br />
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.<br />
Writing Paragraphs and Essays (6th Edition) by Wingersky, Boerner, and Holguin-Balogh<br />
ISBN# - 978-1-413-03346-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Tentative Class Schedule<br />
Day 1<br />
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions<br />
Day 2<br />
Why is Rhetoric important?,The Writing Process, The ART of Brainstorming<br />
Day 3<br />
Thesis Statements – the DRIVING Force, Writing an Introduction – Class assignment<br />
Day 4<br />
Creating Coherence, Writing the Conclusion, Writing a Conclusion, Introduction Due<br />
Day 5<br />
Checking Coherence, Developing an Idea and the Body – Yoga Writing, Conclusion Due<br />
Day 6<br />
Writing the Body of the Paper, Grammar Check<br />
Day 7<br />
Grammar, Editing and Revising, Adding Voice and Emotion, Body Due<br />
Day 8<br />
Typing the Paper and MLA, MLA Workshop<br />
Day 9<br />
Class Styles of Writing, Writing with Purpose and Audience in Mind, Informative vs. Persuasive,<br />
Five Paragraph Paper Due<br />
Day 10<br />
Writing the Informative Paper<br />
Day 11
Evaluation methods<br />
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED<br />
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and writing papers. There will be six<br />
(6) essays and a number of assessments.<br />
Essays (6) 15 points each<br />
Beginning - Introductions<br />
Endings - Conclusions<br />
Developing the Body<br />
Writing the 5 Paragraph Paper<br />
Writing for Specific Classes - Styles<br />
Writing the 3 Page Paper<br />
Assessments: (2) 5 points each
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pamela Smith<br />
AD 125/129<br />
903-782-0225<br />
psmith@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0301<br />
Development in Writing I<br />
Description<br />
Mastery of the skill of writing is essential to your success in college; therefore, English 0301/0302<br />
is designed to give you an opportunity to master this skill. Our objective in 0301 is for you to be<br />
able to structure a paragraph from a controlling idea to supporting details and/or examples.<br />
Students completing Engl 0301 should be able to state the main idea in a topic sentence, write a<br />
sentence outline, explain the topic sentence with supporting ideas and examples, and conclude each<br />
paragraph with a summary statement.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
taught in Developmental English 0301.<br />
6. To construct sentences utilizing vocabulary words.
Schedule<br />
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)<br />
Week 1:<br />
Wed.--June 5<br />
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)<br />
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)<br />
Thur. --June 6<br />
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37<br />
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49<br />
Week 2:<br />
Mon.--June 10<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 13 & 14: Omitted Commas p. 153-163<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 1 & 2: Sentence Fragments and Run-On Sentences, p. 53-67<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 2, Part 1: Purpose, Audience, and Voice p. 100-121<br />
“Space to Sing” p. 128-130<br />
Tue. --June 11<br />
Vocabulary 2 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 4, Part 1: Writing with Examples 218-235<br />
Wed.--June 12<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 3: Lack of Subjective/Verb Agreement p, 69-78<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 4: Incorrect Verb Forms, p. 81-91<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 1: The Topic Sentences and Paragraphs 28-53<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio 10%<br />
In-class exercises 25%<br />
Paragraphs & Essays + 40%<br />
100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0301<br />
Development in Writing I<br />
Description<br />
Mastery of the skill of writing is essential to your success in college; therefore, English 0301/0302<br />
is designed to give you an opportunity to master this skill. Our objective in 0301 is for you to be<br />
able to structure a paragraph from a controlling idea to supporting details and/or examples.<br />
Students completing Engl 0301 should be able to state the main idea in a topic sentence, write a<br />
sentence outline, explain the topic sentence with supporting ideas and examples, and conclude each<br />
paragraph with a summary statement.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
taught in Developmental English 0301.<br />
6. To construct sentences utilizing vocabulary words.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Toni Taherzadeht<br />
GC<br />
903-454-9333<br />
ttaherzadeht@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0101 / 0301<br />
Development in Writing I (and Lab)<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0101 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0101 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Dictionary<br />
Folder or 3 ring binder of some type<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Allyson Jones<br />
201<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
allysonleejones@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0301<br />
Basic English I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
A basic development course designed to improve students’ skills in formulating simple and<br />
compound sentences, basic subject-verb agreement, punctuation, and spelling rules. Students will<br />
also gain skills in writing clear logically developed paragraphs, using standard English. Designed<br />
for students seeking basic English usage as mandated by assessment. Students must take ENGL<br />
0101 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements.<br />
Wingersky, Joy, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading,<br />
Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-59194-200-9<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course 2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. 3. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences. 4. Students should be able to create reasonably correct simple,<br />
Week 1- Introduction to course, Confusing Words, The Basic Sentence: vocabulary 1 definitions<br />
due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 2- Topic Sentences and Paragraphs; Purpose, Audience, and Voice; Thesis Statements;<br />
Writing with Examples: vocabulary 2, 3, and 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 3- Introductory and Concluding Sentences: vocabulary 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 4- Selected readings and in-class writing activities; review for exit exam<br />
Week 5- Exit exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary definitions/spelling/quizzes: 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio: 10%<br />
In-class exercise: 25%<br />
Paragraphs and essays: 40%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Patti Laeding<br />
Classroom<br />
903--430-6154 ext 457<br />
plaeding@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENG 0301 / 0101<br />
Basic English I LAB<br />
Description<br />
English 0301 will concentrate upon writing, and grammar skills. Class time will include lecture,<br />
demonstration, paractice and quizzes over scheduled lessons. The accompaning lab, English 0101<br />
will provide additional time for practice with grammar skills and teacher-assisted correction of<br />
writing assignments.<br />
Textbooks<br />
0301-978-0-312-459-5 Foundations First: Sentences and Paragraphs with Readings.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences.<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics and Assignments may include:<br />
Topic Sentences, Paragraph Structure<br />
Nouns, Unified Paragraphs<br />
Writing Simple Sentences, Exemplification Paragraph<br />
Subject-Verb Agreement, Narration Paragraph<br />
Run-Ons, Fragments, Decription Paragraph<br />
Verbs Tenses, Process Paragraph<br />
Pronouns, Cause and Effect Paragraph<br />
Adjectives and Adverbs, Comparison and Contrast Paragraph<br />
Compound, Complex Sentences, Classification Paragraph<br />
Illogical Shifts, Definition Paragraph<br />
Using Parallelism, Argument Paragraph<br />
Writing an Essay, Exit Practice Paragraph<br />
Using commas, Using apostrophes, Exit Practice Paragraph<br />
Understanding Mechanics and Spelling<br />
FINAL EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Compositions 60 %, Daily work and attendance 15 %, Lab quizzes and writing corrections 25 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pamela Smith<br />
AD 125/129<br />
903-782-0225<br />
psmith@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0302.<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
Students completing 0302 should be able to complete a five paragraph essay by creating a thesis<br />
statement, stating the main topic in the introductory paragraphs and repeating key words throughout<br />
the essays to maintain unity. Engl 0302 students should be able to maintain focus and unity,<br />
organize their thoughts logically, and use detailed examples to support topic sentences. All students<br />
will use Standard Written English in essays, work in group settings, and work cooperatively with<br />
class members.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs
Schedule<br />
Tentative Due Dates (0301/0302)<br />
Week 1:<br />
Wed.--June 5<br />
Overview of the syllabus and get acquainted<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Confusing Words p. 435-452 (in class)<br />
Grammar Matters p. 3-13 (in class)<br />
Thur. --June 6<br />
Vocabulary 1 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Grammar Matters- Ch 3: The Basic Sentence p. 21-37<br />
Ch4: Building Sentences p.39-49<br />
Week 2:<br />
Mon.--June 10<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 13 & 14: Omitted Commas p. 153-163<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 1 & 2: Sentence Fragments and Run-On Sentences, p. 53-67<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 2, Part 1: Purpose, Audience, and Voice p. 100-121<br />
“Space to Sing” p. 128-130<br />
Tue. --June 11<br />
Vocabulary 2 definitions due; spelling & Quiz<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays-Introduction to Writing p. 2-19<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 4, Part 1: Writing with Examples 218-235<br />
Wed.--June 12<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 3: Lack of Subjective/Verb Agreement p, 69-78<br />
Grammar Matter-Error 4: Incorrect Verb Forms, p. 81-91<br />
Writing Paragraphs & Essays- Unit 1: The Topic Sentences and Paragraphs 28-53<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary Definitions/Spelling/Quizzes 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio 10%<br />
In-class exercises 25%<br />
Paragraphs & Essays + 40%<br />
100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Ii <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0302.<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
Students completing 0302 should be able to complete a five paragraph essay by creating a thesis<br />
statement, stating the main topic in the introductory paragraphs and repeating key words throughout<br />
the essays to maintain unity. Engl 0302 students should be able to maintain focus and unity,<br />
organize their thoughts logically, and use detailed examples to support topic sentences. All students<br />
will use Standard Written English in essays, work in group settings, and work cooperatively with<br />
class members.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for Assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Toni Taherzadeht<br />
GC<br />
903-454-9333<br />
ttaherzadeht@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0102 / ENGL 0302<br />
Development in Writing II<br />
Description<br />
• The main purpose of ENGL 0102 is to assist students with problems of grammar, spelling, and<br />
punctuation. This is a laboratory class designed to develop basic writing and grammar skills.<br />
• Another purpose of ENGL 0102 is to help with writing assignments for ENGL 0302.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Wingersky, Joy, Jan Boerner, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays:<br />
Integrating Reading, Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell. Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN # 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
Pens, pencils, highlighter, paper<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course.<br />
2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete the next<br />
sequential English course.<br />
3. Students should be able to identify topic sentences.<br />
4. Students should be able to create complete and meaningful sentences by correct use of:<br />
• End punctuation<br />
• Common rules of capitalization<br />
• Subject-verb agreement<br />
• Singulars and plurals of nouns<br />
• Present tense verb formation<br />
• Past tense verb formation<br />
• Formulation of simple sentences<br />
• Formulation of compound sentences<br />
5. To apply the principles necessary for writing grammatically correct sentences for the paragraphs<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Allyson Jones<br />
201<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
allysonleejones@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 0302<br />
Basic English II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and reinforcement of those skills<br />
taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs<br />
and short composition with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.<br />
Students must take ENGL 0102 concurrently. Essay Exit Exam required. May not be used to satisfy<br />
degree requirements. Prerequisite: ENGL 0301 or placement by department.<br />
Wingersky, Joy, and Diane Holguin-Balogh. Writing Paragraphs and Essays: Integrating Reading,<br />
Writing, and Grammar Skills. 6th ed. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 2009. ISBN: 978-1-59194-200-9<br />
Winkler, Anthony C., and Jo Ray McCuen-Metherell Grammar Matters: Sentence Basics and<br />
Essential Grammar. 1st ed. Boston: Prentice Hall, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-205-05705-4<br />
1. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of basic skills necessary to complete each<br />
developmental English course 2. Students should be able to demonstrate competency of skills<br />
necessary to complete the next sequential English course. 3. Students should be able to identify a<br />
thesis statement and topic sentences. 4. Students should be able to create reasonably correct simple,<br />
Week 1- Introduction to course, Confusing Words, The Basic Sentence: vocabulary 1 definitions<br />
due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 2- Topic Sentences and Paragraphs; Purpose, Audience, and Voice; Thesis Statements;<br />
Writing with Examples: vocabulary 2, 3, and 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 3- Introductory and Concluding Sentences: vocabulary 4 definitions due, spelling, and quiz<br />
Week 4- Selected readings and in-class writing activities; review for exit exam<br />
Week 5- Exit exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Vocabulary definitions/spelling/quizzes: 25%<br />
Cumulative portfolio: 10%<br />
In-class exercise: 25%<br />
Paragraphs and essays: 40%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carey Gable<br />
Online<br />
903-227-8806<br />
cgable@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 0302 & 0102<br />
Basic English II and Development of Writing II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
ENGL 0302 Basic English II (32.0108.53 12) 3.3.0<br />
A developmental writing course which continues the instruction and<br />
reinforcement of those skills taught in ENGL 0301. This course is designed<br />
to provide varied writing exercises on paragraphs and short composition<br />
with emphasis on clarity, coherence, and correction of usage and mechanics.<br />
Writing Paragraphs and Essays (6th Edition) by Wingersky, Boerner, and Holguin-Balogh<br />
ISBN# - 978-1-413-03346-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Tentative Class Schedule<br />
Day 1<br />
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions<br />
Day 2<br />
Why is Rhetoric important?,The Writing Process, The ART of Brainstorming<br />
Day 3<br />
Thesis Statements – the DRIVING Force, Writing an Introduction – Class assignment<br />
Day 4<br />
Creating Coherence, Writing the Conclusion, Writing a Conclusion, Introduction Due<br />
Day 5<br />
Checking Coherence, Developing an Idea and the Body – Yoga Writing, Conclusion Due<br />
Day 6<br />
Writing the Body of the Paper, Grammar Check<br />
Day 7<br />
Grammar, Editing and Revising, Adding Voice and Emotion, Body Due<br />
Day 8<br />
Typing the Paper and MLA, MLA Workshop<br />
Day 9<br />
Class Styles of Writing, Writing with Purpose and Audience in Mind, Informative vs. Persuasive,<br />
Five Paragraph Paper Due<br />
Day 10<br />
Writing the Informative Paper<br />
Day 11
Evaluation methods<br />
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED<br />
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and writing papers. There will be six<br />
(6) essays and a number of assessments.<br />
Essays (6) 15 points each<br />
Beginning - Introductions<br />
Endings - Conclusions<br />
Developing the Body<br />
Writing the 5 Paragraph Paper<br />
Writing for Specific Classes - Styles<br />
Writing the 3 Page Paper<br />
Assessments: (2) 5 points each
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Marian Ellis, M.Ed.<br />
LRC 128<br />
903-782-0421<br />
mellis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,<br />
paragraph organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse<br />
with emphasis on the writing of class themes. Individual conferences and required<br />
library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a grade of C or above, or placement by<br />
department (based on admission information). Note: Before entering ENGL 1301<br />
all students for whom English is a second or additional language must successfully<br />
complete ENGL 0302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.<br />
Textbooks<br />
• Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing. 12th ed. New York:<br />
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-69958-1).<br />
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2011. (ISBN: 978-0-<br />
312-60143-0).<br />
•Fitzgerald, F. Scott. The Great Gatsby. Any edition<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for <strong>College</strong>-level English Courses<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course introduction, Syllabus Quiz; The Writing Process; Reading Quiz 1; Narrative<br />
Writing, Essay #1 Due<br />
Week 2- Novel Quiz 1; Reading Quiz 2; Descriptive/Exemplification Writing Assingment, Essay 2<br />
Due; Cause & Effect Essay;<br />
Week 3- Comparison & Contrast Essay; Reading Quiz 3; Novel Quiz 2; Begin Research Paper.<br />
Week 4 - Complete Research Paper/ Argumentative Documented Essay Research Documentation;<br />
Novel Quiz 3;<br />
Week 5- Novel Exam 4; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
<strong>Semester</strong> Grade Determination:<br />
4 Essays 40%<br />
*Argumentation (Research) Essay (Required) 20%<br />
Quizzes, Homework, & In-Class Assignments 10%<br />
Novel Exam 10%<br />
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%<br />
*Final Exam (Required) 10%<br />
Total: 100%<br />
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F<br />
*Both the final exam and the documented argumentation essay are required; failure to complete<br />
either one will result in failure for the course.*<br />
*Your grade on each assignment as well as your current total grade points will be available to you<br />
through Blackboard so that you might monitor your status.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Diann V Mason, SPHR<br />
AD 133-B<br />
903.782.0374<br />
dmason@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition, Rhetoric, and Reading<br />
Description<br />
ENGL 1301 is a reading and writing intensive course; there will be lecture, group work, in-class<br />
activities, and research involved in producing essays during the semester according to the<br />
specifications outlined in each assignment, as well as the independent reading of an assigned novel.<br />
Credit value: Three hours. Prerequisites: based upon TSI placement.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
• Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing. 10th ed. New York:<br />
Bedford/St. Martins 2012. (ISBN: 9780312699581).<br />
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2011. (ISBN:<br />
9780312601430)<br />
Composition students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct<br />
forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper, will be able to identity, arrange, and<br />
evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statements, and will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, use transitional words and phrases<br />
effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week One: Review course syllabus, schedule and materials; diagnostic quizzes.<br />
Review reading quizzes, daily work, Blackboard and other online resources. Syllabus Quiz;<br />
“What’s in a Name?” (Kirszner 2-4); Basic Grammar; The Writing Process; Reading to Write:<br />
Becoming a Critical Reader; Invention; Basic Grammar; Planning; Description Narrative; Word<br />
Choice Grammar<br />
Week Two: Arrangement; Drafting and Revising; Grammar; Drafting and Revising; Grammar;<br />
Description paragraph due; Definition; Exemplification; Sentences; Writing Paragraphs; Sentences;<br />
Essay 1 (Narrative with Description) due; MLA; Novel reading; Editing and Proofreading; Working<br />
with Sources; Managing information and avoiding plagiarism; MLA paragraph with documentation<br />
Week Three: The Rhetorical Precis; Cause and Effect; Punctuation; continue novel; Combining the<br />
Patterns; Punctuation; Essay 2: Definition and Exemplification, with documentation due; Academic<br />
Writing; Punctuation; Comparison and Contrast<br />
Week Four: Argumentation; Researching; Punctuation; Diag Quiz; work on Essay 3; Essay 3<br />
(Cause/Effect) due; Structuring an Argumentation Essay.<br />
Week Five: Review draft of intro and bibliography due for Essay 4; Work on final essay; Review<br />
for final; Essay 4 (with précis and 3 documented sources); Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments and points:<br />
40% reading and grammar quizzes, and daily homework<br />
50% for 4 essays<br />
10% for the final exam test<br />
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F<br />
Your grade on each assignment as well as your current total grade points will be available to you<br />
through Blackboard so that you might monitor your status.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Miss Marsha Dennis<br />
AD 124<br />
903-782-0317<br />
mdennis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
ENGL 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through<br />
analysis of sentence structure, paragraph organization, and theme<br />
development. An analysis of written discourse with emphasis on<br />
the writing of themes. Library assignments and an introduction to<br />
reading the novel. Credit value: Three hours.<br />
Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing, 12th ed.<br />
Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2012. (ISBN-0-312-67684-0)<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference, 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.<br />
(ISBN-0-312-60143-3 )<br />
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for <strong>College</strong>-level English Courses<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
Week 1-June 6 First Class; Check Rolls; Go over Syllabus; Discuss pp. 11-16; 29-47; 51-79 in<br />
Patterns;<br />
handout on Tokens; Discuss Chapter 7 in Patterns; brainstorming for description ideas<br />
Library Orientation; Info on Diagnostic Test (must be taken by end of semester online)<br />
For Tuesday’s class, bring a copy of description (make 2 copies: one to keep; one to turn in)<br />
Also, read Chapter 6 Narration and Chapter 7 Description in Patterns<br />
Week 2- June 11 Go over paragraphs of description; Discuss reading assignments; Discuss format<br />
for papers; Discuss Research papers; Begin All the King’s Men (1&2); Huey Long Video (time<br />
permitting) For next class, read Chapter 8 Exemplification, pp. 211-224<br />
June 13-Narrative Paper due; Discuss reading assignments (exemplification)<br />
Documentation/Citation Work for Research papers<br />
Continue All the King’s Men (3&4).<br />
For next class, read Chapter 11 Comparison and Contrast, pp. 371-390<br />
Week 3- June 18 Exemplification Paper due; Discuss reading assignment (comparison and<br />
contrast) Documentation/Citation work continued<br />
Continue All the King’s Men (5&6)<br />
For next class read Chapter 13 Definition pp 489-502<br />
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments: Major compositions, including<br />
final exam (50%); daily work, such as quizzes, documentation exercises, research preparations, etc.<br />
(20%); class participation (10%) and research paper (20%). Note: Although the final exam counts<br />
as a major composition, it is not optional. Failure to take the final exam will result in failure of the<br />
course. The student’s final letter grade will be determined as follows:<br />
100-90=A 89-80=B 79-70=C 69-65=D 64-0=F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Constance Hyde<br />
GC 204<br />
903-454-9333<br />
conhyde@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition & Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A beginning freshman course in writing with emphasis on paragraphs and the whole composition.<br />
Selected readings, theme writing, a short (3-4 pages) term paper. Emphasis is on the novel and<br />
reading for detail.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical Reader & Guide, 12 edition<br />
A Writer’s Reference by Diana Hacker<br />
The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn by Mark Clemens<br />
Schedule<br />
June 6: Begin novel/Start textbook/Essays<br />
late June: Midterm over text<br />
late June - early July - 9th: "Huck Finn" text and final exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
FINAL GRADE WILL BE DETERMINED BY:<br />
60% papers, quizzes, test<br />
20% Term paper on "The Civil War at 150" or "AIDS Turns 30"<br />
20% Final Exam on all films, stories and poems
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER 2<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Christopher Nichols<br />
GC 210<br />
903-457-8714<br />
cnichols@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Engl 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph<br />
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of<br />
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a<br />
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information). Note: Before<br />
entering ENGL 1301 all students for whom English is a second or additional language must<br />
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. 1951. ISBN 978-1-4516-7331-9 Hacker, Diana and Nancy<br />
Sommers. A Writer’s Reference. 6th edition. Boston: Bedford/St. Martins, 2009. Print. ISBN 978-<br />
0-312-59335-3 Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing. 11th<br />
edition. Boston: Bedford/St. Martins, 2010. Print. ISBN 978-0-312-60152-2<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement. 2.<br />
Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms ofEnglish<br />
most widely accepted as clear and proper. 3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
phrases effectively.<br />
Week 1 – Review Course and Syllabus, Complete Infosheets, Sign Contract, ASSIGN ALL<br />
ESSAYS, Learn Narrative, Invention/Arrangement/Description ESSAY 1 - NARRATIVE ESSAY<br />
DUE<br />
Week 2 –Learn Cause/Effect, MLA, Learn Comparison/Contrast,<br />
Exemplification/Classification/Division/Definition<br />
ESSAY 2 - CAUSE AND EFFECT ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 3 – Learn Comparison/contrast continued, Search Research Topics, Learn Logic and<br />
Argument, Annotated Bibliography, ESSAY 3 - COMPARISON/CONTRAST ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 4 – Fahrenheit 451, RESEARCH PAPER PLANNING DUE , Learn Writing Self-analysis,<br />
Research Paper, Presentations, Revision discussion<br />
ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY DUE , RESEARCH PAPER DUE<br />
Week 5 - RESEARCH PRESENTATIONS, Grade notifications, Final Exam Review FINAL<br />
EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Connection (Discussion, Quizzes, MLA work, etc.) 25%<br />
3 Essays 30% (10% apiece)<br />
Research Planning and Presentation 5%<br />
Annotated Bibliography for Research Paper 5%<br />
Research Paper 30%<br />
Final 5%<br />
Total 100%<br />
This will be based on a point system, for which the student can calculate his/her grade at any time.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Christopher Nichols<br />
GC 210<br />
903-457-8714<br />
cnichols@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Engl 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph<br />
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of<br />
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a<br />
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information). Note: Before<br />
entering ENGL 1301 all students for whom English is a second or additional language must<br />
Bradbury, Ray. Fahrenheit 451. 1951. ISBN 978-1-4516-7331-9 Hacker, Diana and Nancy<br />
Sommers. A Writer’s Reference. 6th edition. Boston: Bedford/St. Martins, 2009. Print. ISBN 978-<br />
0-312-59335-3 Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing. 11th<br />
edition. Boston: Bedford/St. Martins, 2010. Print. ISBN 978-0-312-60152-2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement. 2.<br />
Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms ofEnglish<br />
most widely accepted as clear and proper. 3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 – Review Course and Syllabus, Complete Infosheets, Sign Contract, ASSIGN ALL<br />
ESSAYS, Learn Narrative, Invention/Arrangement/Description ESSAY 1 - NARRATIVE ESSAY<br />
DUE<br />
Week 2 –Learn Cause/Effect, MLA, Learn Comparison/Contrast,<br />
Exemplification/Classification/Division/Definition<br />
ESSAY 2 - CAUSE AND EFFECT ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 3 – Learn Comparison/contrast continued, Search Research Topics, Learn Logic and<br />
Argument, Annotated Bibliography, ESSAY 3 - COMPARISON/CONTRAST ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 4 – Fahrenheit 451, RESEARCH PAPER PLANNING DUE , Learn Writing Self-analysis,<br />
Research Paper, Presentations, Revision discussion<br />
ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY DUE , RESEARCH PAPER DUE<br />
Week 5 - RESEARCH PRESENTATIONS, Grade notifications, Final Exam Review FINAL<br />
EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Connection (Discussion, Quizzes, MLA work, etc.) 25%<br />
3 Essays 30% (10% apiece)<br />
Research Planning and Presentation 5%<br />
Annotated Bibliography for Research Paper 5%<br />
Research Paper 30%<br />
Final 5%<br />
Total 100%<br />
This will be based on a point system, for which the student can calculate his/her grade at any time.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Robin Presley<br />
SSC<br />
903-885-1232<br />
robinpresley@mac.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Engl 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Students will engage in coursework that will help them gain the necessary skills (within a context) to<br />
manage the complexities of writing. Although writing is context specific, students will learn to read<br />
critically, evaluate texts, make judgments, and provide a rationale on their judgments to help with<br />
comprehension. In writing your papers, or anything for that matter, it helps to know what a writer is<br />
trying to say in a given text—to evaluate. Once you have an understanding then you can draw some<br />
kind of conclusion—to judge, and then provide a reason or support your conclusion—a rationale.<br />
Throughout the semester you will engage in exercises that will promote critical thinking and<br />
Kirszner, Laurie and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns For <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical<br />
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford, 2007. Print.<br />
Feed by M.T. Anderson. Cambridge: Candlewick Press, 2002. Print.<br />
Graff, Gerald and Cathy Birkenstein. They Say, I Say: The Moves That Matter in<br />
Academic Writing. New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2006. Print. (This book will be<br />
referred to as They Say/I Say).<br />
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for <strong>College</strong>-level English Courses:<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term summer I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
Mylissa Bailey<br />
WR<br />
903-885-1232<br />
mbailey@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph<br />
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing<br />
of class themes. Individual conferences and required library work.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Krszner, Laurie G.< and Stephen R. Mandell Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Wrighting: A Rhetorical<br />
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston/St. Martin's, 2011. ISBN#978-0-312-60152-2<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 11th Ed. Boston: Bedford/St.<br />
Martin’s, 2007. 1301 978-0-312-48841-3 Steinbeck, John. Of Mice and Men.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The general course goals of 1301 are to have students gain more confidence in their writing abilities<br />
and improve their proficiency in critical reading and in writing nonfiction prose, with emphasis on<br />
narration, exposition and persuasion.<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
First Day of Class<br />
Introduction<br />
Audience (p.19), Exercise 2 (p. 21)<br />
Unit1 Read: Narration (p. 83 - 93 ) “Only Daughter” (p. 97)<br />
Read: “Shooting an Elephant” (p. 126) Checking for format (p. 77-79)<br />
MLA Format Example Assign Essay #1 Page 141 Workshop Essay # 1<br />
Bring 2 copies for your essay to class with you for a writer’s workshop<br />
Unit 2: Read: Description (p. 143-160) Read: “Ground Zero” (p. 167-170) “Words Left<br />
Unspoken” (p. 172-174)<br />
Unit 3:Cause and Effect (p. 321-336) Collaborative Cause and Effect Project<br />
Unit 4: Argumentation (p. 547-572) “Debate: Is Wal-Mart good for America” (p. 629-634)<br />
Assign Essay #3 (essay with documentation) MLA Lessons Example Research Paper<br />
Unit 5: Read: Process (p. 263 - 279) “How to Escape a Bad Date” (291 - 296)<br />
Collaborative Process Project<br />
Unit 6: Read: Definition (p. 505 - 516), “I Want a Wife” (p. 520) Nov 9 Read: “Wife Beater”
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will write the following essays: Narration, Description, Definition, Persuasive, Cause an<br />
Effect, and Process<br />
Class Participation 30%<br />
Reading quizzes 20%<br />
Essays 50%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Evelyn Kattes<br />
SSHS 208<br />
903.885.2158<br />
ekattes@ssisd.net<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
English 1301 will help students develop and hone their writing skills as well as improve their<br />
proficiency in critical reading. Both skill are necessary to fulfill writing requirements for future<br />
college demands.<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 7th ed.<br />
Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical Reader<br />
and Guide. 11th ed. 978-0-312-48841-3<br />
Shakespeare, William. Othello.<br />
Topics and assignments may include:<br />
Course description, course rationale, policies and procedures<br />
Prewriting, peer workshops, revising<br />
Sentence patterns, sentence structure<br />
Responses to assigned outside readings from Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing<br />
Introduction to qualities in a leader<br />
Introduction to the epic, Anglo Saxon Period and Beowulf<br />
Use and definition of rhetorical strategies<br />
Purpose, ideas and development, organizations, and conventions, voice, word choice<br />
Responses to assigned outside readings from Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing<br />
Descriptive/narrative essay<br />
Responses to assigned outside reading from Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing and literary pieces<br />
Compare and contrast essay<br />
Premise and development, organization and voice, word choice and sentence structure, and<br />
conventions<br />
Final Examination:<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Final grade depends on a combination of:<br />
The quality/quantity of writing (including five finished essays) 40%<br />
Class assignments, quizzes, reading responses 20%<br />
Participation in class activities and preparedness for class/attendance 20%<br />
Final Examination 20%<br />
The letter grade means:<br />
A: Excellent overall<br />
B: Mostly adequate with some excellent aspects<br />
C: Adequate<br />
D: Mostly adequate with some unacceptable aspects<br />
F. Unacceptable overall
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
English Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
English 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,<br />
paragraph organization, and theme development. It includes analysis of<br />
writtten discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.<br />
This section of English 1301 is an on-line class involving writing assignments, reading, discussion<br />
forums, chat sessions, quizzes, and PowerPoints.<br />
Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical<br />
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2010.<br />
ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.<br />
Composition students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct<br />
forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper, will be able to identify, arrange, and<br />
evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement, and will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor was not assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please contact<br />
the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Rhonda Armstrong<br />
Office C (SSC)<br />
903.885.1232 (SSC)<br />
rarmstrong@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
English Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
English 1301 is a study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,<br />
paragraph organization, and theme development. It includes analysis of<br />
writtten discourse with emphasis on the writing of class themes.<br />
This section of English 1301 is an on-line class involving writing assignments, reading, discussion<br />
forums, chat sessions, quizzes, and PowerPoints.<br />
Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical<br />
Reader and Guide. 11th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2010.<br />
ISBN: 0-312-48841-6.<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2011.<br />
Composition students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct<br />
forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper, will be able to identify, arrange, and<br />
evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement, and will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
Week 1: Introduction; The Writing Process; Reading to Write<br />
Invention; Arrangement; Drafting and Revising; Editing and Proofreading<br />
Narration; Cisneros, “Only Daughter”;Edmundson, “Pink Floyd Night School”<br />
Week 2: Description; Lahiri, “Rice”; Essay 1 DUE<br />
Berne, “Ground Zero”; Exemplification; Staples, “Just Walk on By”;<br />
Birnbaum, “The Catbird Seat”<br />
Cause and Effect; Cousins, “Who Killed Benny Paret?”;<br />
Cox, “The Case against Air Conditioning”<br />
Week 3: Writing<br />
Argumentation; “CASEBOOK: How Can We Address the Shortage of<br />
Organ Donors?”; Essay 2 DUE; Discussion of Casebook<br />
Documentation<br />
Week 4: Classification and Division; Tan, “Mother Tongue”; Definition;<br />
Brady, “I Want a Wife”; DUE: Essay #3 (typed)<br />
Comparison and Contrast; Mukherjee, “Two Ways to Belong in America”;<br />
Essay #4 DUE; Novel Exam (Fahrenheit 451)<br />
Week 5: Novel
Evaluation methods<br />
Students must successfully complete the writing process for at least five essay-length<br />
prose compositions. Essays will be typed and will be submitted on-line. Students will<br />
also be required to complete a novel exam, to complete reading and other writing assignments, to<br />
participate in class discussion forums and chat sessions. The novel<br />
exam will be taken on one of our three campuses in a supervised environment and is a<br />
required component of the course. Non-PJC students may request permission to test on<br />
their campuses. Students will write and submit essays for the final.<br />
Essay 1, 10%<br />
Essay 2, 10%<br />
Essay 3, 15% (documented essay; required)<br />
Essay 4, 10%<br />
Essay 5, 12% (counts as the final exam; required)<br />
Novel Exam, 10% (MUST be taken when scheduled)<br />
Reading/Grammar Quizzes, 15%<br />
Discussion/Chat, 13%<br />
On-line Diagnostic Exams (in Blackboard), 5%<br />
No more than one late paper shall be allowed; submit within 24 hours of the missed<br />
deadline. The grade deduction will be 15 points.<br />
Students should submit work within the availability windows for each assignment and<br />
exam.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 67 email<br />
Marian Ellis, M.Ed.<br />
LRC 128<br />
903-782-0421<br />
mellis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1301<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure,<br />
paragraph organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse<br />
with emphasis on the writing of class themes. Individual conferences and required<br />
library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a grade of C or above, or placement by<br />
department (based on admission information). Note: Before entering ENGL 1301<br />
all students for whom English is a second or additional language must successfully<br />
complete ENGL 0302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Written Communication.<br />
Textbooks<br />
• Kirszner, Laurie G. and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing. 12th ed. New York:<br />
Bedford/St. Martins 2010. (ISBN: 978-0-312-69958-1).<br />
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 7th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2011. (ISBN: 978-0-<br />
312-60143-0).<br />
•Fitzgerald, F. Scott. The Great Gatsby. Any edition<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs) for <strong>College</strong>-level English Courses<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course introduction, Syllabus Quiz; The Writing Process; Reading Quiz 1; Narrative<br />
Writing, Essay #1 Due<br />
Week 2- Novel Quiz 1; Reading Quiz 2; Descriptive/Exemplification Writing Assingment, Essay 2<br />
Due; Cause & Effect Essay;<br />
Week 3- Comparison & Contrast Essay; Reading Quiz 3; Novel Quiz 2; Begin Research Paper.<br />
Week 4 - Complete Research Paper/ Argumentative Documented Essay Research Documentation;<br />
Novel Quiz 3;<br />
Week 5- Novel Exam 4; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
<strong>Semester</strong> Grade Determination:<br />
4 Essays 40%<br />
*Argumentation (Research) Essay (Required) 20%<br />
Quizzes, Homework, & In-Class Assignments 10%<br />
Novel Exam 10%<br />
Participation/Attendance (includes in-class work) 10%<br />
*Final Exam (Required) 10%<br />
Total: 100%<br />
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F<br />
*Both the final exam and the documented argumentation essay are required; failure to complete<br />
either one will result in failure for the course.*<br />
*Your grade on each assignment as well as your current total grade points will be available to you<br />
through Blackboard so that you might monitor your status.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong>-2014<br />
Office<br />
Term MiniTerm<br />
Phone<br />
Section 69 email<br />
Ken Haley<br />
MS111D<br />
903.782.0311<br />
khaley@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1301.69<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
English 1301 is a study of composition and grammar through anaylysis of sentence structure,<br />
paragraph organization, and theme development.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Kirszner, Laurie G., and Stephen R. Mandell. Patterns for <strong>College</strong> Writing: A Rhetorical<br />
Reader and Guide. 12th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, 2012.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-312-67684-1.<br />
Hacker, Diana, and Nancy Sommers. A Writer's Reference. 7th ed. Boston:<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange, and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct<br />
forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
Lesson #1 Critical Reading/Invention, Resume and Cover Letter/Lesson #2 Clause Structure<br />
Lesson #3 The Narrative/Lesson #4 Sentence Types<br />
Lesson #5 Parts of an Essay/Lesson #6 The Outline<br />
Lesson #7 Grammar: Fused Sentence and Comma Splice/Lesson #8 Persuasive Paper<br />
Lesson #9 Common Word Usage Problems<br />
Lesson #10 Descriptive Essay/ Lesson #11 Subject/Verb Agreement Lesson #12 the Documented<br />
Essay<br />
Lesson #13 The Novel/Lesson #14 The Final
Evaluation methods<br />
One major exam will require a campus visit, the final. Writing=60%, Quizzes=20%, Final<br />
Exam=20%, Discussions as extra credit (5 points possible)<br />
Essay Grading Rubric<br />
Quiz Essays: Essay responses written for quizzes, when required, are expected to be at least one<br />
good paragraph in length, more if needed. Include enough detail to answer the question. Single<br />
sentence responses will not be considered adequate.<br />
Exam Essays: Exam essay responses are expected to be a bit longer and more detailed than those for<br />
quizzes. Remember that an essay question is your chance to show what you know, so show me.<br />
Don't short yourself by writing a brief response. See the descriptions below for more detail on<br />
grades for written papers.<br />
Grading Rubric: Letter Grade Description<br />
For Written Papers and Essay Exams:<br />
The "A" Essay: An "A" essay is error free or nearly so in grammar. It addresses the topic directly<br />
and in detail. It provides very good, clear examples and illustrations. It provides enough elaboration<br />
to cover the topic and does so in an easy-to-read manner without straying from the topic.<br />
Grading Rubric: Letter Grade Description<br />
The "B" Essay: The "B" essay response is well written and contains few grammar problems. It<br />
addresses the topic adequately and provides some illustrations or examples. It provides a good level<br />
of detail, but not as much as the "A" paper. It may stray a little from the topic, but is generally on<br />
track.<br />
Grading Rubric: Letter Grade Description<br />
The "C" Essay: The "C" essay likely contains some substantial grammar problems, and it does not<br />
have the level of detail desired for an essay response. It may provide something in the way of<br />
illustration or example, but not as much as needed or the examples used may not be so good. It may<br />
stray from the topic or not address it as directly as desired.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section English .01 email<br />
Joan Mathis<br />
AD 125<br />
903.782.0314<br />
jmathis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1302.<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A Continuation of English 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary<br />
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library reading, research essay, and themes.<br />
Prerequisites: Successful completion of English 1301 or its equivalent.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer's Reference. 7th ed. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin's, 2011. ISBN# 978-0-312-<br />
(1).The student will write critically about literature, demonstrating the following characteristics: a<br />
clear focus or theme; a well organized essay, convincing explanations and quotes that support the<br />
topic sentences. (2) The student will explain the literary work, including literary examples from the<br />
selection (s) being discussed.<br />
Week 1-Introduction to the course: Discussion of Reading and Writing about Fiction; Reading<br />
critically short stories and applying the fictional elements to the stories; Completion of the short<br />
story unit with an objective and written exam; Editing the First draft of the Fiction Essay and<br />
Writing and Editing the Final Draft<br />
Week 2-Begin the Poetry Unit: -Study Roethke's and Browning's Poetry, focusing on the poetical<br />
elements; Study the Poetry of Shelley, Hughes, Plath, and Donne; Completion of the Poetry Unit<br />
and Unit Exam<br />
Week 3: Begin the study of drama: Discussion of August Wilson's "Fences";<br />
Discuss Doubt: A Parable; Discussion of Trifles by Susan Glaspell; and The Drama Unit Exam<br />
Week 3 - The Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
EXAMS 50% (Poetry, Drama, Short ); PRESENTATION=10% (Students will choose to act out a<br />
scene in a drama. Dress up as their favorite character (s); Final exam = 15% will consist of<br />
questions from the three genres, an in--class essay; Quizzes and in-class assignments=15%; Class<br />
ParticiAttendance=, including arriving on time and remaining in the class until the instructor has<br />
dismissed class.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Diann V Mason, SPHR<br />
AD 133-B<br />
903.782.0374<br />
dmason@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1302<br />
COMPOSITION, RHETORIC, and READING<br />
Description<br />
A traditional lecture course continuing the development of skills learned in ENGL 1301. Emphasis<br />
is on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building, and use of library. Assigned literary<br />
study, library readings, research essay, and essays are required. Credit value: Three hours.<br />
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENGL 1301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
• Meyer, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature: Reading, Thinking, Writing. 9th ed.<br />
Boston: Bedford, 2011 ISBN: 978-0-312-60099-0<br />
• Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th ed. New York: Bedford/St Martins 2007. (ISBN: 978-<br />
0-312-45025-0).<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
These SLO’s will be measured on the ENGL 1301 Diagnostic Quiz.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week One: Course Orientation; Reading Poetry; Poetry in Popular Forms;<br />
Basic Grammar; Word Choice, Order, Tone<br />
Week Two: Figures of Speech; Grammar; MLA; Library Orientation; The Rhetorical Precis;<br />
Symbol, Allegory, and Irony; Rhetorical Precis for poetry essay due;<br />
Week Three: Reading Fiction; Character, Plot ; Poetry Essay due; Point of View, Sentence<br />
Structure; Researching; Symbolism, Style, Tone, and Irony ; Writing About Fiction Punctuation;<br />
research bibliography.<br />
Week Four: Theme; Reading Drama; Elements of Drama ; Punctuation; drama exercise; research;<br />
Research (SF) essay due midnight; discuss play and drama essay<br />
Week Five: Discuss play and drama essay; work on essay précis in class; Drama Essay due; Review<br />
for final exam; Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The semester grade will be based on the following assignments and points:<br />
30% reading quizzes and daily homework<br />
30% literary essays (poetry, drama)<br />
30% research essay<br />
10% final exam objective test<br />
100% total<br />
90-100 = A, 80 – 89 = B, 70 – 79 = C, 65-69 = D, below 65 = F<br />
Students are encouraged to monitor grades on the Blackboard My Grades module and notify the<br />
instructor of missing grades.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Allyson Jones<br />
201<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
allysonleejones@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1302<br />
Composition, Rhetoric and Reading<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of ENGL 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary<br />
building, and use of library. Assigned literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
• The Bedford Introduction to Literature. Ninth Edition. Ed. Michael Meyer. Bedford/St. Martins,<br />
2011. ISBN: 978-0-312-60099-0<br />
• A Writer’s Reference. Seventh edition. Diana Hacker and Nancy Sommer. Bedford/St. Martin’s,<br />
ENGL 1302 students will improve attitudes towards written communication, refine writing skills for<br />
college level discourse, increase critical reading skills, build analytical thinking skills, successfully<br />
complete argumentative essays, respond to literature and criticism, successfully complete a properly<br />
documented research paper, and identify and utilize MLA style for citing sources.<br />
Week 1- Introduction to reading and writing about literature: in-class writing assignment<br />
Week 2- short story: peer review #1, essay #1 due<br />
Week 3- Poetry: peer review #2<br />
Week 4- Drama, Essay #4 due, revisions due<br />
Week 5- Final exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Participation, Daily Work, Reading Quizzes, Homework 20 pts.<br />
Peer Reviews 20 pts.<br />
Essay #1 20 pts.<br />
Essay #2 20 pts.<br />
Final Exam 20 pts.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Constance Hyde<br />
GC 201<br />
903-454-9333<br />
conhyde@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGLISH 1302<br />
Composition, Rhetoric and Reading II<br />
Description<br />
The continued development of skills acquired in English 1301 and development of skills in<br />
argumentation and analysis. Study of various types of literature, extensive writing, study of research<br />
methods and materials, preparation of the documented paper, individual conferences.<br />
Credit Hours: 3<br />
Pre-Requisite: English 1301<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, 9TH edition, Michael Meyer, ed.<br />
A WRITER’S REFERENCE BY DIANA HACKER<br />
6th ed.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Understand and demonstrate writing processes through invention, organization, revision<br />
and editing.<br />
2. Understand the importance of specifying audience and purpose and selecting appropriate<br />
communication choices.<br />
3. Understand and appropriately apply modes of expression, i.e., descriptive, expositive,<br />
narrative in written communication.<br />
4. Participate individually and in groups with emphasis on reading, critical thinking, and<br />
responding.<br />
5. Understand and apply basic principles of critical thinking, problem solving, and technical<br />
proficiency in the development of exposition and argument as they relate to the study of literature.<br />
6. Develop the ability to research and write a documented paper.<br />
7. Develop an awareness and understanding of cultural diversity through literature by writing<br />
analytical essays that respond to various issues and genres of literature, one of which will be an<br />
American film.<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA
Evaluation methods Daily work, quizzes, character/poetry charts, small tests, 4 essays 60%<br />
TERM PAPER ON “THE AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE” 20%<br />
FINAL EXAM 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
R Partin<br />
GC<br />
903-454-9333<br />
rpartin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1302<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph<br />
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of<br />
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a<br />
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information).<br />
Textbooks<br />
TBD<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Topics may include the following:<br />
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions, Writing about Short Stories, Literary Theory, Review<br />
MLA, Short Story Paper, Writing about Non-Fiction, Non-Fiction Paper, Fiction<br />
Fiction Paper, Intro to the Poetry Project, Poetry Studies, Poetry Project, Writing about<br />
Drama, Film Theory, Drama Paper, Intro to Research Paper, Research Cards, Writing an Annotated<br />
Bibliography, How to write the Rough Draft and Organizing, Presentations and Editing, Revising<br />
and Editing<br />
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED<br />
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and research paper. There will be<br />
four (4) essays, two (2) tests, a creative writing project, and a major research paper.<br />
Essays (4) 10 points each<br />
Poetry Project 10 points<br />
Tests (2) 5 points each<br />
Research Paper 40 point total<br />
Research cards 5 points<br />
Bibliography 5 points<br />
Rough Draft 10 points<br />
Final Draft 20 points
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term summer I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Robin Presley<br />
robinpresley@mac.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1302<br />
Composition, Rhetoric, and Research<br />
Description<br />
Composition, Rhetoric, and Research is a research and methodology course that uses literature to<br />
engage students in rigourous critial analysis as well as build research skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The<br />
The Bedford Introdu Bedford<br />
Students will engage in coursework that will help them gain the necessary skills to:<br />
1). Manage the complexities of literary analysis.<br />
2). Learn to read critically, evaluate texts, make judgments, and provide a rationale on their<br />
judgments to help with problem solving and scholarship skills.<br />
3). To conduct critical research using primary, secondary, and tertiary sources.<br />
4). To become conversant on a given subject through procedural research techniques such as<br />
annotated bibliographies, literature reviews, and bibliographic essays.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1<br />
June 5<br />
Introduction to coursework, procedures, and classroom protocols. Discussion on what is research,<br />
what are credible sources, and methodology. Discuss primary, secondary, and tertiary sources.<br />
Homework: read The Story Of An Hour by Kate Chopin and the sample paper Differences in<br />
Responses to Kate Chopin’s “The Story of an Hour,” pages 15-22 in TB. Write a one-page response<br />
to the primary reading, and a one-page response to the secondary reading/source. Due 6-6-13.<br />
June 6<br />
Homework due. Discuss readings.<br />
Homework: read Good Country People by Flannery O’Conner, pages 460-473 in TB. Write a onepage<br />
response to reading, due 6-10-13.<br />
Week 2: Annotated Bibliography<br />
June 10<br />
Homework due. Discuss reading and model annotated bibliography<br />
Homework: read A Rose For Emily by William Faulkner, pages 91-97 in TB. Write a one-page<br />
response to reading, due 6-11-13.<br />
June 11<br />
H k d d di di i fi t h lf f l S d h lf f l d di t d t h
Evaluation methods<br />
How your grade will be assessed depends on:<br />
1). Active participation in class, which means you answer questions and engage in class discussion.<br />
2). Complete and turn in all homework. The assigned homework prepares you for the next class<br />
period. So, don’t be clueless. If you do not turn in your homework you will receive a failing grade.<br />
3). You must complete all the reading assignments.<br />
4). You must complete all reading response papers.<br />
5). You must complete and turn in all writing assignments.<br />
6). How thorough your annotated bibliography and literature review is in terms of:<br />
• Produced required number of sources<br />
• Adequate representation of sources<br />
• Student analysis of sources<br />
• Proposal clearly delineates intention<br />
• Adequate defense of proposal<br />
5). Attendance—if you are not in class you cannot participate and you will miss out on important<br />
instructional information.<br />
6). All assignments must be turned in on time, on the due date, the moment you walk into class. No<br />
exceptions. If you submit your work via e-mail, you must get in on or before the due date.<br />
Furthermore, make sure you get an e-mail from me confirming that I received your work.<br />
7). You will use Standard American English.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carey Gable<br />
Online<br />
903-227-8806<br />
cgable@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1302<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of grammar and composition through analysis of sentence structure, paragraph<br />
organization, and theme development. Analysis of written discourse with emphasis on the writing of<br />
class themes. Individual conferences and required library work. Prerequisite: ENGL 0302 with a<br />
grade of C or above, or placement by department (based on admission information).<br />
Textbooks<br />
TBD<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms of<br />
English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish appropriate modes of<br />
communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Topics may include the following:<br />
Syllabus, Course Procedures, Introductions, Writing about Short Stories, Literary Theory, Review<br />
MLA, Short Story Paper, Writing about Non-Fiction, Non-Fiction Paper, Fiction<br />
Fiction Paper, Intro to the Poetry Project, Poetry Studies, Poetry Project, Writing about<br />
Drama, Film Theory, Drama Paper, Intro to Research Paper, Research Cards, Writing an Annotated<br />
Bibliography, How to write the Rough Draft and Organizing, Presentations and Editing, Revising<br />
and Editing<br />
HOW YOUR COURSE GRADE WILL BE CALCULATED<br />
Grades will be determined by your writing, participation, tests, and research paper. There will be<br />
four (4) essays, two (2) tests, a creative writing project, and a major research paper.<br />
Essays (4) 10 points each<br />
Poetry Project 10 points<br />
Tests (2) 5 points each<br />
Research Paper 40 point total<br />
Research cards 5 points<br />
Bibliography 5 points<br />
Rough Draft 10 points<br />
Final Draft 20 points
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
J. Thomas<br />
SSC<br />
903-885 -1232<br />
jthomas@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 1302<br />
Composition, Rhetoric and Reading<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of 1301. Emphasis on critical reading, competent writing, vocabulary building and<br />
use of library. Assigned Literary study, library readings, research essay, and themes.<br />
Credits: 3 hours<br />
Textbooks<br />
Meyers, Michael. The Bedford Introduction to Literature 9th Edition<br />
ISBN#978-0-312-60099-0<br />
Hacker, Diana. A Writer’s Reference. 6th Ed. Boston: Bedford/St.<br />
Martin’s, 2007. ISBN # 978-0-312-45025-0<br />
Schedule<br />
TBA<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Tina Shelby<br />
Online<br />
903-785-7661<br />
tshelby@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1302<br />
Comp/Rhetoric/Read<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read<br />
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,<br />
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5<br />
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker and Nancy Sommers, Bedford/St. Martin's, 7th edition, 2011,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-312-60143-0<br />
Schedule<br />
WEEK 1 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for literature. This lesson<br />
will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as writing about literature.<br />
TERMS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,<br />
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-98; “Word Choice,<br />
Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-806. See Study Links 1.1x. Note: The “x” indicates there are<br />
several links (e.g., 1.11, 1.12, etc.). Read the assigned pages and learn the terms listed under Terms<br />
in the syllabus; some of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View PPT presentations<br />
1.11 – Introduction to English and 1.13 - Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry Quiz 1.1, available June 5<br />
at 8 a.m. until June 9 at 11:59 p.m. Make discussion postings on 1.1 - Explication.<br />
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write an explication of approximately 500 words on William<br />
Shakespeare's poem "My mistress’ eyes are nothing like the sun" pp. 976-77. See instructions under<br />
Essay Assignment #1 under Lesson 1.1 on Blackboard. THIS PAPER IS DUE BY MIDNIGHT,<br />
SUNDAY, JUNE 9.<br />
Students will learn how to properly document a paper in MLA style.<br />
TERMS: MLA documentation, thesis, plagiarism, quotations, summary, paraphrase, ellipsis marks<br />
In A Writer's Reference: pp. 355-69, 370-403, and 404-07. View the sample paper on pp. 408-12<br />
for formatting information. See Study Links 1.2x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation<br />
1.21 - Documentation and 1.22 - MLA Documentation. Take Documentation Quiz 1.2, available<br />
June 6 at 8 a.m. until June 10 at 11:59 p.m. There is no discussion posting for this lesson.<br />
MAKE AN APPOINTMENT NOW TO TAKE MAJOR EXAM I, which is scheduled for June 10-<br />
14.<br />
Students will learn to recognize and understand different images and figures of speech used in<br />
poetry.<br />
TERMS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of Speech" pp. 864-69.<br />
See Study Links 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation 1.31 - Image, Simile,<br />
Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3, available June 7 at 8 a.m. until June 11 at 11:59 p.m. Make<br />
discussion postings on 1.3 – Image, Simile, Metaphor.
Evaluation methods<br />
There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the<br />
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail<br />
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the<br />
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO<br />
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER<br />
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.<br />
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be<br />
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions of<br />
the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.<br />
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph<br />
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least<br />
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,<br />
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt.<br />
Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or<br />
some similar comment.<br />
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during<br />
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion<br />
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’<br />
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.<br />
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an<br />
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to<br />
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. <strong>Paris</strong> -<br />
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT<br />
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO<br />
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.<br />
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.<br />
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily<br />
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to<br />
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a specified<br />
task.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Tina Shelby<br />
Online<br />
903-785-7661<br />
tshelby@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1302<br />
Comp/Rhetoric/Read<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read<br />
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,<br />
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5<br />
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker and Nancy Sommers, Bedford/St. Martin's, 7th edition, 2011,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-312-60143-0<br />
Schedule<br />
WEEK 1 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for literature. This lesson<br />
will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as writing about literature.<br />
TERMS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,<br />
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-98; “Word Choice,<br />
Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-806. See Study Links 1.1x. Note: The “x” indicates there are<br />
several links (e.g., 1.11, 1.12, etc.). Read the assigned pages and learn the terms listed under Terms<br />
in the syllabus; some of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View PPT presentations<br />
1.11 – Introduction to English and 1.13 - Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry Quiz 1.1, available June 5<br />
at 8 a.m. until June 9 at 11:59 p.m. Make discussion postings on 1.1 - Explication.<br />
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write an explication of approximately 500 words on William<br />
Shakespeare's poem "My mistress’ eyes are nothing like the sun" pp. 976-77. See instructions under<br />
Essay Assignment #1 under Lesson 1.1 on Blackboard. THIS PAPER IS DUE BY MIDNIGHT,<br />
SUNDAY, JUNE 9.<br />
Students will learn how to properly document a paper in MLA style.<br />
TERMS: MLA documentation, thesis, plagiarism, quotations, summary, paraphrase, ellipsis marks<br />
In A Writer's Reference: pp. 355-69, 370-403, and 404-07. View the sample paper on pp. 408-12<br />
for formatting information. See Study Links 1.2x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation<br />
1.21 - Documentation and 1.22 - MLA Documentation. Take Documentation Quiz 1.2, available<br />
June 6 at 8 a.m. until June 10 at 11:59 p.m. There is no discussion posting for this lesson.<br />
MAKE AN APPOINTMENT NOW TO TAKE MAJOR EXAM I, which is scheduled for June 10-<br />
14.<br />
Students will learn to recognize and understand different images and figures of speech used in<br />
poetry.<br />
TERMS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of Speech" pp. 864-69.<br />
See Study Links 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation 1.31 - Image, Simile,<br />
Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3, available June 7 at 8 a.m. until June 11 at 11:59 p.m. Make<br />
discussion postings on 1.3 – Image, Simile, Metaphor.
Evaluation methods<br />
There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the<br />
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail<br />
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the<br />
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO<br />
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER<br />
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.<br />
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be<br />
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions of<br />
the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.<br />
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph<br />
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least<br />
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,<br />
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt.<br />
Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or<br />
some similar comment.<br />
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during<br />
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion<br />
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’<br />
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.<br />
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an<br />
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to<br />
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. <strong>Paris</strong> -<br />
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT<br />
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO<br />
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.<br />
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.<br />
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily<br />
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to<br />
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a specified<br />
task.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Tina Shelby<br />
Online<br />
903-785-7661<br />
tshelby@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ENGL 1302<br />
Comp/Rhetoric/Read<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory literature course that also includes a research paper. Students will read<br />
poetry, drama, and short stories in addition to writing papers.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Bedford Introduction to Literature, Michael Meyer, ed., Bedford/St. Martin’s, 9th edition,<br />
2011. ISBN: 0-312-53921-5<br />
A Writer's Reference, Diana Hacker and Nancy Sommers, Bedford/St. Martin's, 7th edition, 2011,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-312-60143-0<br />
Schedule<br />
WEEK 1 - Students will begin reading poetry to develop an appreciation for literature. This lesson<br />
will also introduce the idea of an explication and close reading, as well as writing about literature.<br />
TERMS: Poetry, explication, close reading, diction, poetic diction, formal diction, middle diction,<br />
informal diction, denotation, connotation, persona, ambiguity, syntax, tone.<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: “Writing About Poetry” pp. 790-98; “Word Choice,<br />
Word Order, and Tone” pp. 799-806. See Study Links 1.1x. Note: The “x” indicates there are<br />
several links (e.g., 1.11, 1.12, etc.). Read the assigned pages and learn the terms listed under Terms<br />
in the syllabus; some of these terms will appear on your quizzes and exams. View PPT presentations<br />
1.11 – Introduction to English and 1.13 - Rhyme and Meter. Take Poetry Quiz 1.1, available June 5<br />
at 8 a.m. until June 9 at 11:59 p.m. Make discussion postings on 1.1 - Explication.<br />
ESSAY ASSIGNMENT #1: Write an explication of approximately 500 words on William<br />
Shakespeare's poem "My mistress’ eyes are nothing like the sun" pp. 976-77. See instructions under<br />
Essay Assignment #1 under Lesson 1.1 on Blackboard. THIS PAPER IS DUE BY MIDNIGHT,<br />
SUNDAY, JUNE 9.<br />
Students will learn how to properly document a paper in MLA style.<br />
TERMS: MLA documentation, thesis, plagiarism, quotations, summary, paraphrase, ellipsis marks<br />
In A Writer's Reference: pp. 355-69, 370-403, and 404-07. View the sample paper on pp. 408-12<br />
for formatting information. See Study Links 1.2x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation<br />
1.21 - Documentation and 1.22 - MLA Documentation. Take Documentation Quiz 1.2, available<br />
June 6 at 8 a.m. until June 10 at 11:59 p.m. There is no discussion posting for this lesson.<br />
MAKE AN APPOINTMENT NOW TO TAKE MAJOR EXAM I, which is scheduled for June 10-<br />
14.<br />
Students will learn to recognize and understand different images and figures of speech used in<br />
poetry.<br />
TERMS: Image, figures of speech, simile, metaphor, extended metaphor, controlling metaphor<br />
In The Bedford Introduction to Literature: "Images" pp. 837-40; "Figures of Speech" pp. 864-69.<br />
See Study Links 1.3x. Read the assigned pages. View PPT presentation 1.31 - Image, Simile,<br />
Metaphor. Take Poetry Quiz 1.3, available June 7 at 8 a.m. until June 11 at 11:59 p.m. Make<br />
discussion postings on 1.3 – Image, Simile, Metaphor.
Evaluation methods<br />
There are four (4) essay assignments and one research paper. Each paper will be typed per the<br />
specified essay guidelines, saved as a Microsoft® Word document, and submitted as an e-mail<br />
attachment through WebCT. I will send an acknowledgement when I have received and opened the<br />
document. I will grade the papers electronically and return them via WebCT e-mail. IF YOU DO<br />
NOT RECEIVE AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FROM ME WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER<br />
SUBMITTING YOUR PAPER, CONTACT ME BY PHONE.<br />
All papers have a specific due date and must be submitted on time. Late papers will only be<br />
accepted within 24 hours of the due date, with an automatic 10 point deduction. Late submissions of<br />
the Research Paper WILL NOT be accepted.<br />
Discussion postings are a required part of the course. In these discussions, post at least a paragraph<br />
(6-7 sentences) in response to the initial question/prompt. You will also post a response to at least<br />
one of your classmates' responses on each subject. Under "Communication" in the Course Menu,<br />
click "Discussions." Open the instructor posting, click "Reply," and respond to the question/prompt.<br />
Your response(s) to your classmates must be more substantive than “I agree” or “Good point” or<br />
some similar comment.<br />
There are no specific deadlines for the discussions; however, it would be best if you respond during<br />
the time period in which we are studying that particular section. The purpose of these discussion<br />
forums is to take the place of in-classroom discussions. Reading and responding to your classmates’<br />
postings can help you with quizzes and essays assigned in that section.<br />
Two of the three major exams are required to be proctored, which means they must be taken in an<br />
on-campus testing center. Students will contact the campus of their choice at least one week prior to<br />
the beginning date of each of the proctored exams to make an appointment to take the exams. <strong>Paris</strong> -<br />
(903) 782-0446; Greenville - (903) 454-9333; or Sulphur Springs - (903) 885-1232. DO NOT<br />
WAIT UNTIL THE LAST MINUTE TO ATTEMPT TO TAKE THESE EXAMS; I HAVE NO<br />
CONTROL OVER THE TESTING CENTER HOURS.<br />
The other major exam can be taken like the quizzes.<br />
Because this is a fully online class, it is imperative that you check the WebCT e-mail on a daily<br />
basis, as this is how I will provide you with important information throughout the course. Failure to<br />
read the e-mails is not a legitimate excuse for failing to follow instructions or performing a specified<br />
task.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Christopher Nichols<br />
GC 210<br />
903-457-8714<br />
cnichols@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Engl 2322<br />
Literature of England I<br />
Description<br />
A study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period beginning<br />
with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neoclassicism. Emphasis on the<br />
masterworks of principle authors. Collateral reading, class themes, research projects required.<br />
Prerequisite: ENGL 1302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Humanities.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Reidhead, Julia, eds. et al. Norton Anthology of English Literature: Major Authors. 8th ed. New<br />
York: Norton, 2006. Print. ISBN: 0-393-92829-2<br />
Shakespeare, William. King Lear. Ed. Sylvan Barnet. New York: Signet, 1998. Print. ISBN: 0-<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement. 2.<br />
Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms ofEnglish<br />
most widely accepted as clear and proper. 3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
phrases effectively.<br />
Week 1 – Review course and syllabus, complete infosheets, introductory writing, ASSIGN ALL<br />
ESSAYS, Review Acceptable Paper Formatting, Review Blackboard access, Read Beowulf 26-66<br />
Week 2 – Read Beowulf 66-97, Read Sir Gawain and the Green Knight 112-164, Read Canterbury<br />
Tales, “The General Prologue” 170-190, Read “Wife of Bath’s Prologue and Tale” 207-235,<br />
READER RESPONSE ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 3 – Read Shakespeare’s Sonnets (page 493) # 12, 15, 18, 23, 71, 94, 106, 116, 130, 138, 147,<br />
Read King Lear, Midterm Review, MIDTERM ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY DUE<br />
Week 4 – Read John Donne “The Flea” 603, “Sun Rising” 606, “Elegy 19” 618, “Holy Sonnet 10”<br />
623, “Meditation 17” 628, Ben Jonson “To My Book” 640, “On My First Daughter” 640, “To John<br />
Donne” 641, “On My First Son” 641, Paradise Lost, “Book 1” 726, Lines 1-26, “Book 2” 743-765,<br />
Read Paradise Lost, “Book 9” 811-835, “Book 10” 836-848, Read Gulliver’s Travels (through Part<br />
1) 974-1016, EXPLICATION ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 5 – Read Alexander Pope “An Essay on Criticism” 1123-1136, Thomas Gray “Ode on the<br />
Death of a Favorite Cat” 1331, “Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard” 1332, RESEARCH<br />
PRESENTATIONS, Final Exam Review, FINAL EXAM ALL FINAL PAPER REVISIONS DUE
Evaluation methods Discussion and Participation 20%<br />
Reader Response 10%<br />
Midterm 10%<br />
Annotated Bibliography 20%<br />
Explication 10%<br />
Research Presentation 20%<br />
Final 10%<br />
Total 100%<br />
This will be based on a point system, from which the student can calculate his/her grade:
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1 <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Rhonda Armstrong<br />
Office C (Sulphur Springs)<br />
903.885.1232 (SSC)<br />
rarmstrong@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 2322<br />
Literature of England 1<br />
Description<br />
This course is a study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period<br />
beginning with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neo-Classicism.<br />
Emphasis is on the masterworks of principal authors. The course will utilize reading assignments,<br />
class discussions, research, exams, powerpoints, live chat sessions.<br />
Credits: 3<br />
Textbooks<br />
Greenblatt, Stephen, eds. et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature:<br />
Major Authors, 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for<br />
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.<br />
Shakespeare, William. King Lear. Ed. Sylvan Barnet. New York: Signet, 1998.<br />
[Any edition will work.]<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to arrange a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to apply correct forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish<br />
appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule Week 1: Introduction; "The Dream of the Rood" (24-26).<br />
BEOWULF (31-97);the Epic.<br />
SIR GAWAIN AND THE GREEN KNIGHT (114-65); Romance.<br />
Exam 1<br />
Week 2: Essay; Chaucer (165-70); "The General Prologue"; "The Miller's Tale and Prologue";<br />
"The Wife of Bath's Tale and Prologue"; Fabliau<br />
Malory (299-301); MORTE DARTHUR (301-18)<br />
Bible (354); Spenser (365-69); THE FAERIE QUEENE (Book 2, Canto 12, pages 424-<br />
34); 16th/17th Centuries."<br />
Exam 2.<br />
Week 3: Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 1, 2)<br />
Shakespeare's KING LEAR (Acts 3, 4, 5); Tragic Hero<br />
On-campus Exam 3<br />
Week 4: Milton (pp. 693-96); PARADISE LOST (pp. 723-24; Book 1--p. 726, lines 1-26; Book 2--<br />
pp. 743-65; Book 9--pp. 811-35; Book 10--pp. 836-48); Epic<br />
Swift (971-73); GULLIVER'S TRAVELS (Part 3, Chapter 2, "The Flying Island of Laputa"--<br />
1056-61; Part 3, Chapter 10, "The Struldbruggs"--1064-69); Satire<br />
On-campus Exam 4<br />
Week 5--prepare for final; Choose topic, research, prepare and submit ppt.<br />
-PowerPoint Final
Evaluation methods<br />
The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in class discussion forums<br />
and chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a PowerPoint research project, and<br />
perform satisfactorily on examinations. He/She will take four unit exams concerned with ideas<br />
presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature, biographical information on authors,<br />
and historical perspective.<br />
Discussion forums/chat sessions--13%; exams, 60%--15% each; the PowerPoint project, 12%;<br />
personal response essay, 15%.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER 2<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Christopher Nichols<br />
GC 210<br />
903-457-8714<br />
cnichols@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Engl 2323<br />
Literature of England II<br />
Description<br />
A study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Romantic period through the 20th<br />
century. Emphasis on the masterworks of principle authors. Collateral reading, class themes,<br />
research projects required. Prerequisite: ENGL 1302. Core Curriculum satisfied for Humanities.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Reidhead, Julia, eds. et al. Norton Anthology of English Literature: Major Authors. 8th ed. New<br />
York: Norton, 2006. Print. ISBN: 0-393-92829-2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Students will be able to identify, arrange and evaluate the effectiveness of a thesis statement. 2.<br />
Students will be able to identify Standard Written English (SWE) and apply correct forms ofEnglish<br />
most widely accepted as clear and proper. 3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an<br />
essay, distinguish appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and<br />
Week 1 - Review course and syllabus, complete infosheets, introductory writing, ASSIGN ALL<br />
ESSAYS, Review Acceptable Paper Formatting, Review Blackboard access, Read William Blake<br />
Read Robert Burns<br />
Week 2 – Read William Wordsworth Read Samuel Taylor Coleridge Read Lord Byron Percy<br />
Bysshe Shelley READER RESPONSE ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 3 – Read John Keats Read Alfred, Lord Tennyson Robert Browning Matthew Arnold<br />
Christina Rosetti Gerald Manley Hopkins Midterm Review, MIDTERM<br />
ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY DUE<br />
Week 4 – Read William Butler Yeats “Easter, 1916” 2397, “The Second Coming” 2402, “Sailing to<br />
Byzantium” 2406, – Read James Joyce “The Dead” 2507, Read T.S. Eliot “The Love Song of J.<br />
Alfred Prufrock” 2610, “The Waste Land” 2614, Read T.S. Eliot continued<br />
EXPLICATION ESSAY DUE<br />
Week 5 – Read W.H. Auden “As I Walked Out One Evening” 2691, “Musee de Beaux Arts” 2693,<br />
“In Memory of W.B. Yeats” 2693, Read Dylan Thomas “Do Not Go Gentle into That Good Night”<br />
2710, Philip Larkin “Church Going” 2711, “This Be The Verse” 2716, RESEARCH<br />
PRESENTATIONS, Final Exam Review, FINAL EXAM ALL FINAL PAPER REVISIONS DUE
Evaluation methods Discussion and Participation 20%<br />
Reader Response 10%<br />
Midterm 10%<br />
Annotated Bibliography 20%<br />
Explication 10%<br />
Research Presentation 20%<br />
Final 10%<br />
Total 100%<br />
This will be based on a point system, from which the student can calculate his/her grade:
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 2, <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Rhonda Armstrong<br />
On-line<br />
903.885.1232 (SS)<br />
rarmstrong@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 2323<br />
Literature of England 2<br />
Description<br />
This course is a study of the masterworks of the literature of England from the Anglo-Saxon period<br />
beginning with the epic tradition as illustrated by Beowulf, to the decline of Neo-Classicism.<br />
Emphasis is on the masterworks of principal authors. The course will utilize reading assignments,<br />
class discussions forums, chat sessions, emails, research projects/PowerPoints, exams, instructorprovided<br />
PowerPoints.<br />
Credits: 3 (= 3 lecture hours)<br />
Textbooks<br />
Greenblatt, Stephen, eds. et al. The Norton Anthology of English Literature:<br />
Major Authors. 8th ed. New York: Norton, 2006. [This is a one-volume edition and will be used for<br />
ENGL 2322/2323.] ISBN#: 0-393-92829-2.<br />
Hardy, Thomas. The Mayor of Casterbridge. [Any 1818 edition will work.]<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Students will be able to arrange a thesis statement.<br />
2. Students will be able to apply correct forms of English most widely accepted as clear and proper.<br />
3. Students will be able to identify the specific parts of an essay, distinguish<br />
appropriate modes of communicating an idea, and use transitional words and phrases effectively.<br />
Schedule<br />
Unit 1-Romantic Period; Smith; Blake; Blake; Burns; Wollstonecraft; Wordsworth; Coleridge;<br />
Exam 1<br />
Unit 2- Byron; P. Shelley; Essay due; Keats; M. Shelley; Victorian Age; Carlyle; Exam 2<br />
Unit 3-E.B. Browning; Tennyson; R. Browning; E. Bronte; Arnold; Carroll; Exam 3<br />
Unit 4-Wilde; 20th Century; Hardy; exam 4<br />
Unit 5-Yeats; Woolf; Lawrence--PowerPoint Research Project/Final
Evaluation methods<br />
The student will be required to complete reading assignments, participate in discussion forums and<br />
live chat sessions, write an essay over an assigned topic, submit a research project in PowerPoint<br />
form as the final exam, and perform satisfactorily on unit examinations. He/She will take four unit<br />
exams concerned with ideas presented by literature, techniques discovered in the literature,<br />
biographical information on authors, and historical perspective.<br />
Exams: 68% (17% each)<br />
Project: 14%<br />
Discussion Forums/Chat Sessions: 18 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Joan Mathis<br />
AD 125<br />
903-782-0314<br />
jmathis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 2327.<br />
Composition and Rhetoric<br />
Description<br />
A study of American literature masterworks from the Colonial Period until the beginning of the<br />
Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major writers and representative writers of the peiods,<br />
including collateral readings, class themes, projects and class reports. Successful completion of<br />
English 1301 and 1302 and their equivalent is required.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Belasco, Susan and Linck Johnson, eds., The Bedford Anthology of American Literature<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
(1).The student will write critically about literature, demonstrating the following characteristics: a<br />
clear focus or theme; a well organized essay, convincing explanations and quotes that support the<br />
topic sentences. (2) The student will explain the literary work, including literary examples from the<br />
selection (s) being discussed.<br />
Week 1-Literature to 1750: NativeAmerican Origin and Creation Stories; Explorations and Early<br />
Encounters; and Colonial Ssettlements<br />
Week 2-American Literature, 1750-1830: Writing Colonial Lives and Literature for a New Nation<br />
Week 3-American Literature, 1830-1865: The Era of Reform; American Facts and American<br />
Fiction and New Poetic Voices<br />
Week 4-Review for Final Exam that will cover each unit studied--Unit I, Unit II, and Unit III<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four grades ( Three Unit Exams and the Final) represent 25% each of the total 100% overall course<br />
grade. Each Unit Exam will include the historical/literary perspective, matching of each work with a<br />
appropriate thematic statement, and writing an essay that explains how selected unit works illustrate<br />
the literary characteristics of each period.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
*STAFF<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
English 2328<br />
The Literature of America<br />
Description<br />
A Study of American literature master works from the Twentieth Century, with emphasis on major<br />
writers of the periods. Core Curriculum satisfied for Humanities.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Belasco, Susan, and Linck Johnson. The Bedford Anthology of American Literature. Volume<br />
Two: 1865 to Present. Boston: Bedford, 2008. (ISBN 978-0-312-41208-1)<br />
Schedule<br />
*AT THE TIME SYLLABI WERE POSTED ONLINE, AN INSTRUCTOR HAD NOT BEEN<br />
ASSIGNED TO THIS COURSE. FOR INQUIRIES, PLEASE CONTACT THE ENGLISH<br />
DIVISION OFFICE AT 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation<br />
methods
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term summer I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Geol 1403<br />
General Geology I<br />
Description<br />
General Geology I is a laboratory science course that studies Earth materials, physical features, and the process<br />
them.<br />
Credits: 4<br />
Prerequisite(s): None<br />
Textbooks<br />
Essentials of Geology, 11th Ed. Lutgens, Tarbuck, & Tasa, ISBN 978-0-321-71472-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Explain why geologic study is nece<br />
Describe the physical properties of minerals 3. Explain the rock cycle and the formation and characteristics of<br />
Lesson 1 - Chapter 1 - Introducing Geology and an Overview of important Concepts. Lesson 2 - Chapter 2 - At<br />
elements, and Minerals. Lesson 3 - Chapter 3 - Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Ro<br />
Chapter 4 - Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks. Lesson 5 - Chapter 5 - Weathering and Soil. Lesson 6 - Chapter 6<br />
Sedimentary Rocks. Lesson 7 - Chapter 7 - Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks. Le<br />
Chapter 15 - Geologic Structures. Lesson 9 - Chapter 16 - Earthquakes. Lesson 10 - Chapter 17 - Earth's Interio<br />
Geophysical Properties
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam<br />
50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
ses that shape<br />
ssary. 2.<br />
igneous rocks.<br />
toms,<br />
ocks. Lesson 4 -<br />
6 - Sediment<br />
esson 8 -<br />
or and
s (10-12),
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term summer I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Michael Barnett<br />
M&S 210F<br />
903 782 0481<br />
mbarnett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Geol 1404<br />
General Geology II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
GEOLOGY 1404 IS A LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSE THAT STUDIES THE TOPICS OF GEOLOGI<br />
PLATE TECTONICS, THE EARTH'S CRUST, THE SEA FLOOR, ICE AND CLIMATE, WINDS AND DE<br />
WAVES, BEACHES AND COAST, STREAMS, MOUNTAIN BELTS , GROUNDWATER AND MINERAL<br />
ENERGY RESOURCES<br />
Credits: 4<br />
Essentials of Geology, 11th Ed. Lutgens, Tarbuck, & Tasa, ISBN 978-0-321-71472-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
After successful completion of this course the student should be able to: 1. Explain why geologic study is nece<br />
Describe the physical properties of minerals 3. Explain the rock cycle and the formation and characteristics of<br />
Lesson 1 - Time and Geology Lesson 2 - Mass Wasting Lesson 3 - Streams and Floods Lesson 4 - Ground Wat<br />
Glaciers and Glaciation Lesson 6 - Deserts and Wind Action Lesson 7 - Waves, Beaches, and Coasts Lesson 8<br />
Floor Lesson 9 - Plate Tectonics Lesson 10 - Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust. Lesson 11 - Geologic R<br />
**Note all of the policies and schedules above are subject to change without notice.**
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material. Lecture - exam<br />
50%, 25% daily grades (reviews, discussions, etc.) Laboratory – 25%
IC TIME,<br />
SERTS,<br />
L AN<br />
ssary. 2.<br />
igneous rocks.<br />
ter Lesson 5 -<br />
- The Sea<br />
Resources.
s (10-12),
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Richard Batty<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-029<br />
rbatty@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Govt. 2305<br />
US Govt.<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
American Democracy Now, second edition by Bridget Harrison and Jean Harris, McGraw Hill.<br />
ISBN 978-0-07-754784-4 available at PJC bookstore<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the U.S. political system<br />
with a focus on the growth of the legislative branch, the courts, and political parties. Students will<br />
comprehend the aspects of the U.S. political system with a focus on the U.S. Constitution. Students<br />
will comprehend the influence of interest groups, political parties, and the media on U.S. policy -<br />
Week 1<br />
Introduction<br />
Chapter1<br />
Week 2<br />
Chapter 2: Read 33-79<br />
Chapter 3: Read 81-109; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 4: Read 110-145; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 5: Read 146-181; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 6: Read 182-211; Daily Quiz; Review for Test<br />
Week 3<br />
Chapter 7: Read 212-241; Daily Quiz<br />
Exam 1<br />
Chapter 8: Read 242-269; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 9: Read 272-305; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 10: Read 306-333; Daily Quiz<br />
Week 4<br />
Chapter 11: Read 334-365; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 12: Read 366-399; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 13: Read 400-429; Daily Quiz<br />
Chapter 14: Read 431-461: Daily Quiz; Review for Test<br />
Chapter 15: Read 462-491; Daily Quiz; Review for Test<br />
Week 5<br />
Final Exam
Evaluation methods Participation 20%<br />
Daily Quizzes: 30%<br />
Exams 50%<br />
Grading Scale<br />
A - 90-100; B - 80-89; C - 70-79; D 60-69; F - below 60<br />
Participation will be depend upon the students activity in class. Every student must contribute to<br />
class discussion, and make an effort to maintain an environment that encourages learning about the<br />
topic discussed in the class.<br />
Students are allowed up to 3 absences. Upon the 4th absence there will be a 5% loss on the students
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section .40 email<br />
David Larkin<br />
Greenville Center 204<br />
(903) 457-8726<br />
dlarkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2305<br />
US Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial, and legislative<br />
powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies, economic and<br />
financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies; federal and<br />
interstate relations; close study of various current problems. Core Curriculum satisfied for Political<br />
Science/Government<br />
American Democracy Now, 2nd edition. ISBN: 0077550285. Any current source of articles on an<br />
aspect of the American Government for article review/discussion in class. Supplemental video clips<br />
and articles will be included on the instructor's Blackboard page for this class.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the U.S. political<br />
system with a focus on the growth of political institutions. 2.<br />
Students will comprehend the aspects of the U.S. political system with a focus on the U.S.<br />
Constitution.<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One; Chapter Two<br />
Week 2- Chapter Three; Chapter Four; Exam One (Chpts. 1-4); Chapter Five<br />
Week 3- Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Exam Two (Chpts. 6-8); Chapter Nine<br />
Week 4- Chapter Ten; Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve; Exam Three (Chpts. 10-12)<br />
Week 5- Chapter Thirteen; Chapter Fourteen; Chapter Fifteen; Exam Four (Chpts. 13-15)
Evaluation methods Four Exams 100 pts. Each (400 pts. total)<br />
Attendance; 4pts./class; 5pts./Exams<br />
(72 pts. total)<br />
Four Article Assignments (one/exam unit) 20 pts. Each (80 pts. total)<br />
Total 552 points.<br />
To receive an "A" you must have 496 - 552 points<br />
To receive a "B" you must have 441 - 495 points<br />
To receive a "C" you must have 386 - 440 points<br />
To receive a "D" you must have 331 - 385 points<br />
An "F" will be received if you have less than 430 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Frank Newhouse<br />
GC<br />
(903) 886-5712<br />
fnewhouse@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Govt-2305<br />
U. S. Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Gov't. 2305 <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> Colleg or American Democracy Now, 2nd Edition by Harrison and Harris<br />
with Deardoff<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student should have a firm understanding of how the political system in the U.S.operates and<br />
the factors that influence how decisions are made by the institutions of the U.S. government and<br />
political system. Students will gain the knowledge and develop the confidence to participate in the<br />
political process at the local, state and national levels.<br />
Week 1- Introduction; Policy-making Process; U.S. Constitution<br />
Week 2- Federalism; TEST #1; Political Participation: Theory / Practice; Elections / Campaigns<br />
Week 3- Participation continued: Political Parties / Interest Groups; TEST #2;<br />
Week 4- Institutions: Congress. President Judiciary / Supreme Court; TEST #3<br />
Week 5- Civil Liberties / Civil Rights------FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods<br />
Read: You are expected keep up with the reading assignments in your textbook. It will be much<br />
easier to take good notes if you have read your text before class and are familiar with the<br />
vocabulary. You should also read to keep up with current events. I will use POP TESTS to<br />
encourage you to read your text. I also strongly recommend you bring your text to class as I often<br />
point out important information covered on the tests.<br />
Outside Written: Each student will be responsible for completing 1-3 written assignments outside<br />
of class. The requirements for each assignment will be discussed in greater detail in class. Students<br />
will have several topics to choose from for completing these assignments. These assignments will<br />
be graded pass or fail. Passing 3 will equal a test grade of A (95), 2= B (85), 1= C (75), submitting<br />
all 3, but failing to pass any = D (65) and submitting none = 0.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Barbara Lenington<br />
GC 201<br />
903-454-9333<br />
blenington@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Govt-2305<br />
U. S. Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Gov't. 2305 <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> Colleg or American Democracy Now, 2nd Edition by Harrison and Harris<br />
with Deardoff<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student should have a firm understanding of how the political system in the U.S.operates and<br />
the factors that influence how decisions are made by the institutions of the U.S. government and<br />
political system. Students will gain the knowledge and develop the confidence to participate in the<br />
political process at the local, state and national levels.<br />
Week 1- Introduction; Policy-making Process; U.S. Constitution<br />
Week 2- Federalism; TEST #1; Political Participation: Theory / Practice; Elections / Campaigns<br />
Week 3- Participation continued: Political Parties / Interest Groups; TEST #2;<br />
Week 4- Institutions: Congress. President Judiciary / Supreme Court; TEST #3<br />
Week 5- Civil Liberties / Civil Rights------FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods<br />
Read: You are expected keep up with the reading assignments in your textbook. It will be much<br />
easier to take good notes if you have read your text before class and are familiar with the<br />
vocabulary. You should also read to keep up with current events. I will use POP TESTS to<br />
encourage you to read your text. I also strongly recommend you bring your text to class as I often<br />
point out important information covered on the tests.<br />
Outside Written: Each student will be responsible for completing 1-3 written assignments outside<br />
of class. The requirements for each assignment will be discussed in greater detail in class. Students<br />
will have several topics to choose from for completing these assignments. These assignments will<br />
be graded pass or fail. Passing 3 will equal a test grade of A (95), 2= B (85), 1= C (75), submitting<br />
all 3, but failing to pass any = D (65) and submitting none = 0.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Barbara Lenington<br />
GC 201<br />
903-454-9333<br />
blenington@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Govt-2305<br />
U. S. Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Gov't. 2305 <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> Colleg or American Democracy Now, 2nd Edition by Harrison and Harris<br />
with Deardoff<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student should have a firm understanding of how the political system in the U.S.operates and<br />
the factors that influence how decisions are made by the institutions of the U.S. government and<br />
political system. Students will gain the knowledge and develop the confidence to participate in the<br />
political process at the local, state and national levels.<br />
Week 1- Introduction; Policy-making Process; U.S. Constitution<br />
Week 2- Federalism; TEST #1; Political Participation: Theory / Practice; Elections / Campaigns<br />
Week 3- Participation continued: Political Parties / Interest Groups; TEST #2;<br />
Week 4- Institutions: Congress. President Judiciary / Supreme Court; TEST #3<br />
Week 5- Civil Liberties / Civil Rights------FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods<br />
Read: You are expected keep up with the reading assignments in your textbook. It will be much<br />
easier to take good notes if you have read your text before class and are familiar with the<br />
vocabulary. You should also read to keep up with current events. I will use POP TESTS to<br />
encourage you to read your text. I also strongly recommend you bring your text to class as I often<br />
point out important information covered on the tests.<br />
Outside Written: Each student will be responsible for completing 1-3 written assignments outside<br />
of class. The requirements for each assignment will be discussed in greater detail in class. Students<br />
will have several topics to choose from for completing these assignments. These assignments will<br />
be graded pass or fail. Passing 3 will equal a test grade of A (95), 2= B (85), 1= C (75), submitting<br />
all 3, but failing to pass any = D (65) and submitting none = 0.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Charles McCoy<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
cmccoy2@leomail@tamuc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Govt-2305<br />
U. S. Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Gov't. 2305 <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> Colleg or American Democracy Now, 2nd Edition by Harrison and Harris<br />
with Deardoff<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student should have a firm understanding of how the political system in the U.S.operates and<br />
the factors that influence how decisions are made by the institutions of the U.S. government and<br />
political system. Students will gain the knowledge and develop the confidence to participate in the<br />
political process at the local, state and national levels.<br />
Week 1- Introduction; Policy-making Process; U.S. Constitution<br />
Week 2- Federalism; TEST #1; Political Participation: Theory / Practice; Elections / Campaigns<br />
Week 3- Participation continued: Political Parties / Interest Groups; TEST #2;<br />
Week 4- Institutions: Congress. President Judiciary / Supreme Court; TEST #3<br />
Week 5- Civil Liberties / Civil Rights------FINAL EXAM
Evaluation methods<br />
Read: You are expected keep up with the reading assignments in your textbook. It will be much<br />
easier to take good notes if you have read your text before class and are familiar with the<br />
vocabulary. You should also read to keep up with current events. I will use POP TESTS to<br />
encourage you to read your text. I also strongly recommend you bring your text to class as I often<br />
point out important information covered on the tests.<br />
Outside Written: Each student will be responsible for completing 1-3 written assignments outside<br />
of class. The requirements for each assignment will be discussed in greater detail in class. Students<br />
will have several topics to choose from for completing these assignments. These assignments will<br />
be graded pass or fail. Passing 3 will equal a test grade of A (95), 2= B (85), 1= C (75), submitting<br />
all 3, but failing to pass any = D (65) and submitting none = 0.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Corkill, John<br />
N/A<br />
N/A<br />
jcorkill@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2305<br />
United States Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
American Democracy Now by Harrison, Harris. 2nd Edition ISBN # 0077550285 McGraw-Hill<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion of GOVT 2305, the student will: • Increase their awareness of a<br />
citizen’s responsibility within a democracy. • Enhance his/her critical thinking skills and realize the<br />
implications of governmental structure on American society. • Understand the structure and the<br />
organization of the federal government; the functions and roles of the President, Congress, the<br />
Judiciary and the bureaucracy. • Increase his/her knowledge and understanding of the United States<br />
Constitution and federalism. • Understand the political environment; political parties, campaigns,<br />
elections and voting; the role of the media and public opinion.<br />
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1, 2, 3<br />
Week 2- Chapter 11, 12, 14<br />
Week 3- Mid-Term Exam; Chapter 4, 5<br />
Week 4- Chapter 6, 8, 9<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussion Board Posting 20%<br />
Mid-term 40%<br />
Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:<br />
F= 59 or below<br />
D= 60-69<br />
C= 70-79<br />
B= 80-89<br />
A= 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Corkill, John<br />
N/A<br />
N/A<br />
jcorkill@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2305<br />
United States Government<br />
Description<br />
GOVT 2305 is a study of the United States federal and constitutional systems; executive, judicial,<br />
and legislative powers and institutions; the United States Constitution, foreign and military policies,<br />
economic and financial development, formation and organization; political parties and ideologies;<br />
federal and interstate relations; close study of various current problems.<br />
Textbooks<br />
American Democracy Now by Harrison, Harris. 2nd Edition ISBN # 0077550285 McGraw-Hill<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion of GOVT 2305, the student will: • Increase their awareness of a<br />
citizen’s responsibility within a democracy. • Enhance his/her critical thinking skills and realize the<br />
implications of governmental structure on American society. • Understand the structure and the<br />
organization of the federal government; the functions and roles of the President, Congress, the<br />
Judiciary and the bureaucracy. • Increase his/her knowledge and understanding of the United States<br />
Constitution and federalism. • Understand the political environment; political parties, campaigns,<br />
elections and voting; the role of the media and public opinion.<br />
Schedule Week 1- Chapter 1, 2, 3<br />
Week 2- Chapter 11, 12, 14<br />
Week 3- Mid-Term Exam; Chapter 4, 5<br />
Week 4- Chapter 6, 8, 9<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussion Board Posting 20%<br />
Mid-term 40%<br />
Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:<br />
F= 59 or below<br />
D= 60-69<br />
C= 70-79<br />
B= 80-89<br />
A= 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2306<br />
State and Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
State and Local Government is a study of the legislative, executive and judicial systems in state and<br />
local governments in the US, with the emphasis on Texas. The course will cover the Texas sociopolitical<br />
culture, current issues in Texas government, the Texas Constitution and his history, the US<br />
Constitution as it pertains to state and local governments and their interaction with the federal<br />
government, political parties in Texas, elections, voting, special interest groups, and fiscal and<br />
economic policies. Credit: Three semester hours. Three lecture hours per week. TSI Requirement:<br />
MO, R2, W1. Prerequisite: None.<br />
Lyle C. Brown, Joyce A. Langenegger, Sonia R. Garcia, and Ted A. Lewis. Practicing Texas<br />
Politics: A Brief Survey by 13th Edition, Updated. Boston: Wadsworth/Cengage Learning, 2009.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Frank Newhouse<br />
GC<br />
(903) 886-5712<br />
fnewhouse@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Government 2306<br />
State & Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the<br />
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with<br />
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government<br />
in our federal system.<br />
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012, 14th Edition by Brown, Langenegger, Garcia,<br />
Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage Learning, publishers.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the<br />
following:<br />
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.<br />
2. the Texas governmental structure.<br />
UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism<br />
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”<br />
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"<br />
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties<br />
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"<br />
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”<br />
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions<br />
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"<br />
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"<br />
Chapter 8 "The Executive"<br />
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government<br />
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"<br />
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"
Evaluation methods Midterm 30% Paper 30% Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69<br />
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79<br />
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89<br />
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Frank Newhouse<br />
GC<br />
(903) 886-5712<br />
fnewhouse@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Government 2306<br />
State & Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the<br />
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with<br />
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government<br />
in our federal system.<br />
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012, 14th Edition by Brown, Langenegger, Garcia,<br />
Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage Learning, publishers.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the<br />
following:<br />
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.<br />
2. the Texas governmental structure.<br />
Schedule UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism<br />
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”<br />
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"<br />
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties<br />
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"<br />
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”<br />
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions<br />
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"<br />
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"<br />
Chapter 8 "The Executive"<br />
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government<br />
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"<br />
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"
Evaluation methods Midterm 30% Paper 30% Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69<br />
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79<br />
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89<br />
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Travis Grasser<br />
GC 123<br />
(903) 880-1600<br />
tgrasser@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Government 2306<br />
State & Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the<br />
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with<br />
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government<br />
in our federal system.<br />
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012, 14th Edition by Brown, Langenegger, Garcia,<br />
Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage Learning, publishers.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the<br />
following:<br />
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.<br />
2. the Texas governmental structure.<br />
Schedule UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism<br />
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”<br />
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"<br />
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties<br />
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"<br />
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”<br />
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions<br />
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"<br />
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"<br />
Chapter 8 "The Executive"<br />
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government<br />
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"<br />
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"
Evaluation methods Midterm 30% Paper 30% Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69<br />
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79<br />
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89<br />
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Travis Grasser<br />
GC 123<br />
(903) 880-1600<br />
tgrasser@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Government 2306<br />
State & Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
GOVT 2306 is a functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the<br />
legislative functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with<br />
an emphasis on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government<br />
in our federal system.<br />
Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, Updated 2011-2012, 14th Edition by Brown, Langenegger, Garcia,<br />
Lewis , and Biles. ISBN 978-0-49580284-6. Wadsworth. Cengage Learning, publishers.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
• Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will demonstrate a knowledge of the<br />
following:<br />
1. a citizen’s responsibility within a democracy.<br />
2. the Texas governmental structure.<br />
UNIT I: Texas Environment, Politics, Federalism, and Constitutionalism<br />
Chapter 1 "The Environment of Texas Politics”<br />
Chapter 2 "Federalism and The Texas Constitution"<br />
UNIT II: Texas Elections, Voting, and Political Parties<br />
Chapter 4 "Political Parties"<br />
Chapter 5 “Campaigns and Elections”<br />
UNIT III: Texas Government Legislative and Executive Institutions<br />
Chapter 7 "The Legislature"<br />
Chapter 6 "The Politics of Interest Groups"<br />
Chapter 8 "The Executive"<br />
UNIT IV: The Texas Judiciary and Local Government<br />
Chapter 10 "Laws, Courts, and Justice"<br />
Chapter 3 " Local Governments"
Evaluation methods Midterm 30% Paper 30% Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
FOR A GRADE OF D, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 60-69<br />
FOR A GRADE OF C, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 70-79<br />
FOR A GRADE OF B, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 80-89<br />
FOR A GRADE OF A, YOU MUST ACCUMULATE AN AVERAGE OF 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-13<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Charles McCoy<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
cmccoy2@leomail.tamuc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2306<br />
Texas State and Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
A functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the legislative<br />
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an emphasis<br />
on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and theposition of state government in our federal<br />
system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Note: It is recommended that students take both semesters of government at the same institution.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, 2011 - 2012 edition. ISBN: 9780495802846. Any current source of<br />
articles on an aspect of the Texas state Government for article review/discussion in class.<br />
Supplemental video clips and articles will be included on the instructor's Blackboard page for this<br />
class.<br />
1. <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the Texas political<br />
system with a focus on the growth of political institutions. 2.<br />
Students will comprehend the aspects of the Texas political system with a focus on the Texas<br />
Constitution.<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One<br />
Week 2- Chapter Two; Chapter Three; Exam One (Chpts. 1 - 3); Chapter Four<br />
Week 3- Chapter Five; Chapter Six; Exam Two (Chpts. 4 - 6); Chapter Seven<br />
Week 4- Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Exam Three (Chpts. 7 - 8)<br />
Week 5- Chapter Nine; Chapter Ten; Chapter Eleven
Evaluation methods Four Exams 100 pts. Each (400 pts. total)<br />
Attendance; 4pts./class; 5pts./Exams<br />
(80 pts. total)<br />
Four Article Assignments (one/Exam unit) 20 pts. Each (80 pts. total) Political<br />
Party Platform Assignment<br />
(50 pts. total)<br />
Total 610 points.<br />
To receive an "A" you must have 549 - 610 points<br />
To receive a "B" you must have 488 - 548 points<br />
To receive a "C" you must have 427 - 487 points<br />
To receive a "D" you must have 366 - 426 points<br />
An "F" will be received if you have less than 365 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-13<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
David Larkin<br />
Greenville Center 204<br />
(903) 457-8726<br />
dlarkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2306<br />
Texas State and Local Government<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
A functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the legislative<br />
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an emphasis<br />
on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and theposition of state government in our federal<br />
system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Note: It is recommended that students take both semesters of government at the same institution.<br />
Practicing Texas Politics, 2011 - 2012 edition. ISBN: 9780495802846. Any current source of<br />
articles on an aspect of the Texas state Government for article review/discussion in class.<br />
Supplemental video clips and articles will be included on the instructor's Blackboard page for this<br />
class.<br />
1. <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> students will comprehend the origins and evolution of the Texas political<br />
system with a focus on the growth of political institutions. 2.<br />
Students will comprehend the aspects of the Texas political system with a focus on the Texas<br />
Constitution.<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One<br />
Week 2- Chapter Two; Chapter Three; Exam One (Chpts. 1 - 3); Chapter Four<br />
Week 3- Chapter Five; Chapter Six; Exam Two (Chpts. 4 - 6); Chapter Seven<br />
Week 4- Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Exam Three (Chpts. 7 - 8)<br />
Week 5- Chapter Nine; Chapter Ten; Chapter Eleven
Evaluation methods Four Exams 100 pts. Each (400 pts. total)<br />
Attendance; 4pts./class; 5pts./Exams<br />
(80 pts. total)<br />
Four Article Assignments (one/Exam unit) 20 pts. Each (80 pts. total) Political<br />
Party Platform Assignment<br />
(50 pts. total)<br />
Total 610 points.<br />
To receive an "A" you must have 549 - 610 points<br />
To receive a "B" you must have 488 - 548 points<br />
To receive a "C" you must have 427 - 487 points<br />
To receive a "D" you must have 366 - 426 points<br />
An "F" will be received if you have less than 365 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Corkill, John<br />
N/A<br />
N/A<br />
jcorkill@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2306<br />
State and Local Government<br />
Description<br />
A functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the legislative<br />
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an emphasis<br />
on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government in our federal<br />
system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Practicing Texas Politics by Brown<br />
2011-2012 Edition ISBN# 0-495-80284-0<br />
Wadsworth Cengage Learning<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will:<br />
• Increase their awareness of a citizen’s responsibilities.<br />
• Enhance his/her critical thinking skills and realize the implications of governmental structure at the<br />
State and Local level.<br />
• Increase his/her knowledge and understanding of the Texas Constitution and federalism.<br />
• Understand the political environment; political parties, campaigns, elections and voting; the role of<br />
special interest groups.<br />
Schedule<br />
• Understand the structure and the organization of the State and Local government; the functions<br />
and roles of the Executive the Legislature and the Justice system<br />
Week 1- Chapter 1, 2<br />
Week 2- Chapter 3, 4, 5<br />
Week 3- Mid-Term Exam; Chapter 7, 8<br />
Week 4- Chapter 10, 6, 9<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussion Board Posting 20%<br />
Mid-term 40%<br />
Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:<br />
F= 59 or below<br />
D= 60-69<br />
C= 70-79<br />
B= 80-89<br />
A= 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Corkill, John<br />
N/A<br />
N/A<br />
jcorkill@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
GOVT 2306<br />
State and Local Government<br />
Description<br />
A functional study of the individual as a citizen, person, and voter. Attention to the legislative<br />
functions, administrative organization, and the judicial system in state government with an emphasis<br />
on Texas. Investigation of the Texas Constitution and the position of state government in our federal<br />
system. Consideration of the role played by local governments, counties, cities, and special districts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Practicing Texas Politics by Brown<br />
2011-2012 Edition ISBN# 0-495-80284-0<br />
Wadsworth Cengage Learning<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion of GOVT 2306, the student will:<br />
• Increase their awareness of a citizen’s responsibilities.<br />
• Enhance his/her critical thinking skills and realize the implications of governmental structure at the<br />
State and Local level.<br />
• Increase his/her knowledge and understanding of the Texas Constitution and federalism.<br />
• Understand the political environment; political parties, campaigns, elections and voting; the role of<br />
special interest groups.<br />
Schedule<br />
• Understand the structure and the organization of the State and Local government; the functions<br />
and roles of the Executive the Legislature and the Justice system<br />
Week 1- Chapter 1, 2<br />
Week 2- Chapter 3, 4, 5<br />
Week 3- Mid-Term Exam; Chapter 7, 8<br />
Week 4- Chapter 10, 6, 9<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Discussion Board Posting 20%<br />
Mid-term 40%<br />
Final 40%<br />
Total 100%<br />
Course grades will be assigned based in the following formula:<br />
F= 59 or below<br />
D= 60-69<br />
C= 70-79<br />
B= 80-89<br />
A= 90-100
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage<br />
on.<br />
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage<br />
off.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,<br />
run terminals.<br />
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solid-<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1391<br />
Special Topics in Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors<br />
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the<br />
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.<br />
Textbooks<br />
TBA<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to perform recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or<br />
attitudes and behaviors pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional<br />
development of the student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve<br />
student proficiency.
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage<br />
on.<br />
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage<br />
off.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,<br />
run terminals.<br />
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solid-<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1156<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1401<br />
Electricity Principles<br />
Description<br />
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning<br />
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and<br />
controls. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage<br />
on.<br />
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage<br />
off.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,<br />
run terminals.<br />
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solid-<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1152<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1401<br />
Electricity Principles<br />
Description<br />
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning<br />
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and<br />
controls. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of copper tubing. Economical planning and use of<br />
copper and silver solder.<br />
Week 3-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 4-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 5-Use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 6-Practice safe use of voltmeter and ammeter to take electrical measurements with voltage<br />
on.<br />
Week 7-Practice safe use of ohmmeter to take resistance and continuity measurements with voltage<br />
off.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking single phase motors for shorts and grounds; identifying common, start,<br />
run terminals.<br />
Week 9-Practice wiring and running shaded-pole motors; split-phase motors with current and solid-<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1401<br />
Electricity Principles<br />
Description<br />
Principles of electricity including proper use of test equipment, A/C circuits, and air conditioning<br />
and refrigeration control component theory and operation, single phase and three phase motors and<br />
controls. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair regrigerators and freezers.
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1403<br />
Control Principles<br />
Description<br />
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor<br />
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.<br />
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.<br />
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and<br />
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on<br />
training units as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormbsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1403<br />
Control Principles<br />
Description<br />
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor<br />
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.<br />
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.<br />
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and<br />
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on<br />
training units as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1403<br />
Control Principles<br />
Description<br />
A basic study of electrical, pressure and temperature controls including motor<br />
starting devices, operating relays, troubleshooting safety controls and devices.<br />
Emphasis on use of wiring diagrams to analyze high and low voltage circuits.<br />
A review of Ohm’s law as applied to A/C controls and circuits. Fee charged.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Practice wire basic control board. Practice adjusting temperature and pressure switches as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 2-Practice adjust electrical and electromechanical controls on lab training units as assigned.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting pressure switches on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting overloads and other electrical and<br />
temperature safety devices on training units as assigned.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting oil failure control on training units as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 6-Practice wiring, troubleshooting and adjusting electrical and electromechanical controls on<br />
training units as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice drawing schematic symbols and schematics of specific units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice programming thermostats. Wiring of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice installation, troubleshooting and repair of electronic and programmable controls as<br />
assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice control wiring on training units assigned
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1407<br />
Refrigeration Principles<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat<br />
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment<br />
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.<br />
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormbsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1407<br />
Refrigeration Principles<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat<br />
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment<br />
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.<br />
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-3380<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1407<br />
Refrigeration Principles<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An introduction to the refrigeration cycle, basic thermodynamics, heat<br />
transfer, temperature/pressure relationship, safety, refrigeration containment<br />
and refrigeration components. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 1-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 2-Cutting, swaging, flaring, soldering of steel tubing. Economical planning and use of copper<br />
and silver solder. Process tube adapter kit and leak checking with solution.<br />
Week 3-use of flare and compression fittings. Use of pinch-off tool to seal system with pressure on<br />
it.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring low side and high side measurements in PSIG; converting to PSIA.<br />
Week 5-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 6-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 7-Practice using recovery machine on training units assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice using vacuum pumps and vacuum gauges on training units assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice charging by vapor method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 10-practice charging by weight method on training units assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 12-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 13-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges.<br />
Week 14-Practice using thermometers to measure temperature of air and refrigerant; use of gauges
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1441<br />
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air<br />
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair<br />
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.<br />
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.<br />
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust<br />
system performance.<br />
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1441<br />
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air<br />
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair<br />
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.<br />
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.<br />
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust<br />
system performance.<br />
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
ChrisBardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1441<br />
Residential Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of components, applications and installation of mechanical air<br />
conditioning systems including operating conditions, troubleshooting, repair<br />
and charging of air conditioning systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service troubleshoot and repair refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat and heat pumps.<br />
Week 1-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic refrigerator defrost circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 4-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 5-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing domestic freezers.<br />
Week 6-Practice installation of assigned air conditioning systems. Use of psychrometrics to adjust<br />
system performance.<br />
Week 7-Practice use of electrical schematic to troubleshoot domestic refrigerators.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing compressors for domestic refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting, and repairing domestic icemakers.<br />
Week 10-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 11-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 12-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 13-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 14-Practice charging comfort cooling systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1445<br />
Gas and Electric Furnaces<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems<br />
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat.<br />
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1445<br />
Gas and Electric Furnaces<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems<br />
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat.<br />
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
ChrisBardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 1445<br />
Gas and Electric Furnaces<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the procedures and principles used in servicing heating systems<br />
including gas fired and electric furnaces. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat.<br />
Week 1-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking amperage and voltage in electric furnaces. Practice wiring simple electric<br />
furnace.<br />
Week 3-Practice measuring BTU output of electric furnace by converting watts on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Practice measuring air flow in electric furnaces using the sensible heat formula on assigned<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice measuring gas pressure in assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Practice adjusting combustion in gas furnaces as assigned.<br />
Week 7-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces assigned.<br />
Week 8-Practice wiring gas-fired boiler as assigned.<br />
Week 9-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 10-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 11-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 12-Practice troubleshooting gas furnaces and gas-fired boilers as assigned.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking air flow and air quality in assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2434<br />
Advanced Air Conditioning Controls<br />
Description<br />
Theory and application of electrical control devices, electromechanical controls and/or peumatic<br />
controls(direct digital controls, energy management).<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Book ISBN Number: 43047<br />
Author: Ralph Jensen<br />
Book Title: Control Systems<br />
Publisher: Schoolcraft Publishing<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair window unit air conditioners.<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair central air conditioning units<br />
using electric furnances, gas furnaces, or heat pumps. Graduates will be able to install, service,<br />
troubleshoot and repair commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment. Graduates will be able to<br />
demonstrate control sequence and operation of air conditioning and refrigeration equipment using<br />
direct digital controls. Graduates will be able to successfully complete section 608 EPA<br />
Certification exam<br />
Week 1- Terminology - Identification of Circuitry, Chiller Components<br />
Week 2- Chapter 1 - Wiring Basic Controls, Circuit Boards<br />
Week 3- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Controlling HVAC Systems<br />
Week 4- HVAC Basics: Interactive Disk, Wiring Circuit Boards<br />
Week 5- Test Chapter 1, Point Types<br />
Week 6- Terminology-Controlling HVAC Systems, Wiring Points<br />
Week 7- Wiring Window Unit-Controlling Window Units<br />
Week 8- Chapter 2-Wire Window Unit to 7718, Wire Ice Machines to 7718<br />
Week 9- Spring Break<br />
Week 10- Controlling Wall Packs-Wire Controls to 7718 Board<br />
Week 11- Test Chapter 2-System Points, Characteristics of Points<br />
Week 12- Chapter 3-Setpoints, Time Schedules, Temp. Controls, Calibration<br />
Week 13- Garphics Pages-Creating Graphics, Replacing Controllers<br />
Week 14- Test Chapter 3-Mechanics of Controllers, Install & Repair<br />
Week 15- Demonstrations-Board, Software, Unit Demonstrations<br />
Week 16- Final Exam
Evaluation methods Classroom and Testing 15%<br />
Lab 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2436<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of<br />
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components<br />
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial<br />
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.<br />
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air<br />
conditioning units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing<br />
of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormbsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2436<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of<br />
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components<br />
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial<br />
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.<br />
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air<br />
conditioning units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing<br />
of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2436<br />
Troubleshooting<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
An advanced course in application of troubleshooting principles and use of<br />
test instruments to diagnose air conditioning and refrigeration components<br />
and system problems including conducting performance tests.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using voltage-drop method on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Practice troubleshooting electric circuits using schematics and the "hop-skotch" method on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial<br />
refrigeration units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 4-Practice troubleshooting, repairing and adjusting defrost systems on assigned commercial<br />
units.<br />
Week 5-Practice charging and start-up of assigned commercial refrigeration systems.<br />
Week 6-Practice evaluating and adjusting evaporator performance on assigned commercial air<br />
conditioning units by measuring superheat.<br />
Week 7-Practice adjusting thermostatic expansion valves on assigned units. Practice bench testing<br />
of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 9-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice mechanical troubleshooting with gauges and thermometers on assigned units
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2438<br />
Installation and Service<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate<br />
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,<br />
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window<br />
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units<br />
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.<br />
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.<br />
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.<br />
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.<br />
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage<br />
transformers.<br />
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.<br />
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week<br />
14-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2438<br />
Installation and Service<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate<br />
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,<br />
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window<br />
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units<br />
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.<br />
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.<br />
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.<br />
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.<br />
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage<br />
transformers.<br />
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.<br />
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week<br />
14-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2438<br />
Installation and Service<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of air conditioning system installation, refrigerant piping, condensate<br />
disposal and air cleaning equipment with emphasis on service, troubleshooting,<br />
performance testing and repair techniques.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot, and repair refrigerators, freezers, Window<br />
ACs. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units<br />
using electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Install assigned window air conditioners.<br />
Week 2-Install assigned refrigerators and freezers.<br />
Week 3-Install split system with gas furnace.<br />
Week 4-Install split system with electric furnace.<br />
Week 5-Install heat pump system with auxiliary electric heating.<br />
Week 6-Install three-door medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 7-Install three-door low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 8-Install 12-foot medium-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 9-Add cooling system to existing heating system with emphasis on phasing of low voltage<br />
transformers.<br />
Week 10-Install roof-top package unit.<br />
Week 11-Install 12-foot low-temperature refrigeration system.<br />
Week 12-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 13-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week<br />
14-Check system performance on assigned systems.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2441<br />
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose<br />
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system<br />
installation procedures.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.<br />
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni<br />
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2441<br />
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose<br />
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system<br />
installation procedures.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.<br />
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni<br />
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2441<br />
Commercial Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
The student will demonstrate knowledge of systems components; diagnose<br />
and troubleshoot systems; describe system application and demonstrate system<br />
installation procedures.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Check evaporator superheat on assigned units.<br />
Week 2-Check evaporator performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 3-Check condenser sub-cooling on assigned units.<br />
Week 4-Check condenser performance on assigned units.<br />
Week 5-Adjust open compressor speed on assigned units.<br />
Week 6-Check compression ratio on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Perform bench testing of thermostatic expansion valves.<br />
Week 8-Adjust superheat on assigned high temperature systems.<br />
Week 9-Adjust evaporator pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 10-Adjust crankcase pressure regulators on assigned units.<br />
Week 11-Practice adjusting low pressure switches on assigned units.<br />
Week 12-Practice adjusting high pressure switches on assigned uni<br />
Week 13-Practice troubleshooting filter dryers on assigned units.<br />
Week 14-Practice system pump down on assigned units.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2445<br />
Air Conditioning System Design<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or<br />
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including<br />
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air<br />
system.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.<br />
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.<br />
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.<br />
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.<br />
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.<br />
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.<br />
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.<br />
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.<br />
Week 11-Manual J<br />
Week 12-Manual J<br />
Week 13-Manual D<br />
Week 14-Manual D<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2445<br />
Air Conditioning System Design<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or<br />
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including<br />
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air<br />
system.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.<br />
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.<br />
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.<br />
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.<br />
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.<br />
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.<br />
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.<br />
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.<br />
Week 11-Manual J<br />
Week 12-Manual J<br />
Week 13-Manual D<br />
Week 14-Manual D<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2445<br />
Air Conditioning System Design<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of the properties of air and results of cooling, heating, humidifying or<br />
dehumidifying; ACCA Manual J heat gain and heat loss calculations including<br />
equipment selection, ACCA Manual D duct design and balancing the air<br />
system.Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair central air conditioning units using<br />
electric or gas heat. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair<br />
commercial/industrial refrigeration equipment.<br />
Week 1-Practice with u-tube manometer.<br />
Week 2-Practice checking air flow with velometer.<br />
Week 3-Practice traversing duct with pitot tube.<br />
Week 4-Practice assembling round duct.<br />
Week 5-Practice installing flex duct.<br />
Week 6-Practice installing duct board.<br />
Week 7-Practice sizing duct using friction chart.<br />
Week 8-Practice sizing duct using duct calculator.<br />
Week 9-Practice evaluating building envelope R-values.<br />
Week 10-Practice air balancing using electronic velometer.<br />
Week 11-Manual J<br />
Week 12-Manual J<br />
Week 13-Manual D<br />
Week 14-Manual D<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Charlie Hodgkiss<br />
WTC 1056<br />
903-782-0465<br />
chodgkiss@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2449<br />
Heat Pumps<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary<br />
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air<br />
conditioning.<br />
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.<br />
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.<br />
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.<br />
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2449<br />
Heat Pumps<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary<br />
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air<br />
conditioning.<br />
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.<br />
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.<br />
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.<br />
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Chris Bardrick<br />
Greenville Campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
cbardrick@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2449<br />
Heat Pumps<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of heat pumps, heat pump control circuits, defrost controls, auxiliary<br />
heat, air flow and other topics related to heat pump systems. Fee charged.<br />
Credits: 4SCH = 2 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: N/A<br />
Prerequisite(s): Instructor approval<br />
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Technology, Sixth Edition<br />
Whitman, Johnson, Tomczyk, and Silberstein<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair heat pumps for central air<br />
conditioning.<br />
Week 1-Study heat pump piping and refrigerant flow with heat pump trainer.<br />
Week 2-Practice using schematics to determine component operation in heat pump circuits.<br />
Week 3-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with ICM defrost control.<br />
Week 4-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with Ranco E-15 defrost control.<br />
Week 5-Practice wiring heat pump circuit with G.E./Carrier mechanical defrost timer.<br />
Week 6-Practice troubleshooting reversing valve mechanically and electrically on assigned units.<br />
Week 7-Practice charging heat pumps in heating mode with manufacturer's charging charts on<br />
assigned units.<br />
Week 8-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 9-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 10-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 11-Practice calculating the balance point on assigned heat pumps.<br />
Week 12-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 13-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 14-Practice checking, troubleshooting and repairing defrost circuit on heat pumps.<br />
Week 15-Review<br />
Week 16-Final Test
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2480<br />
Cooperative Education - Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an<br />
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the<br />
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Includes<br />
a lecture component. Prerequisite: instructor approval<br />
Textbooks<br />
N/A<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair electric furnaces, gas furnaces and<br />
heat pumps for central air conditioning. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and<br />
repair commercial/industrial refrigeration systems. Graduates will be able to install, service,<br />
troubleshoot and repair Refrigerators, freezers, and Window ACs.<br />
Week 1-Initial Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 2-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 3-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 4-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 6-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 7-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 8-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 9-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 10-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 11-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 12-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 13-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 14-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 15-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 16-Final Review with Student
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong> Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jenna Ormsbee<br />
WTC 1052<br />
903-782-0347<br />
jormsbee@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HART 2481<br />
Cooperative Education - Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration<br />
Description<br />
Career-related activities encountered in the student's area of specialization offered through an<br />
individualized agreement among the college, employer, and student. Under the supervision of the<br />
college and the employer, the student combines classroom learning with work experience. Includes<br />
a lecture component. Prerequisite: instructor approval<br />
Textbooks<br />
N/A<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and repair electric furnaces, gas furnaces and<br />
heat pumps for central air conditioning. Graduates will be able to install, service, troubleshoot and<br />
repair commercial/industrial refrigeration systems. Graduates will be able to install, service,<br />
troubleshoot and repair Refrigerators, freezers, and Window ACs.<br />
Week 1-Initial Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 2-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 3-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 4-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 6-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 7-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 8-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 9-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 10-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 11-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 12-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 13-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 14-Meeting with Student and Employer<br />
Week 15-Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Work<br />
Week 16-Final Review with Student
Evaluation methods Written Tests including Final 15%<br />
Lab Projects 85%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Daniel T. Caldwell<br />
WTC 1106<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
dcaldwell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
US History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history<br />
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America, Jennifer Keene et al, Pearson, <strong>2013</strong>, 2d ed, 978-0-205-25161-2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learning Outcomes:<br />
1. Students will: examine the various European powers roles and methods of exploration and<br />
conquest of the “New World”<br />
Week One<br />
Wednesday – June 5 – Introduction, Syllabus and What is History and Why Study it?<br />
Thursday – June 6 – People in Motion (Ch.1), Voices Of America pg1-32,<br />
Spanish Requirement of 1513 (handout)<br />
Week Two<br />
Monday – June 10 – Models of Settlement (Ch.2), VOA 34-62<br />
Tuesday – June 11 – Growth, Slavery, and Conflict (Ch. 3), VOA 64-93<br />
Wednesday – June 12 – The Beginning of the Revolution (Ch. 4 pt10), VOA 96-114, Appendix A-3<br />
–A-8, Reading Quiz at the beginning of class<br />
Thursday – June13 – Complete (Ch. 4 pt.2) The Revolution – Review for Exam 1<br />
Week Three<br />
Monday – June 17 – Exam 1 and A Virtuous Republic (Ch 5 pt1) VOA 128-142
Evaluation methods<br />
Assignment Explanations<br />
Exams:<br />
Students must complete all three exams. The format consists of Multiple Choice and Short Essay<br />
questions. Students are highly encouraged to not miss exams as a makeup exam consists of a<br />
complete essay examination given over the materials covered. It is the student’s responsibility to<br />
schedule and complete their makeup exams. There are no Exceptions! Failure to make up a Missed<br />
Exam Will Result in a Zero (0) for the Exam and a Failing grade for this course. Each exam will be<br />
worth 25% of the final course grade.<br />
Reading Assignments:
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
David Larkin<br />
Greenville Center 204<br />
903-457-8726<br />
dlarkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
US History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S.<br />
History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One; Chapter Two<br />
Week 2- Chapter Three; Exam One (Chpts. 1-3); Chapter Four; Chapter Five<br />
Week 3- Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Exam Two (Chpts. 4-7); Chapter Eight; Chapter Nine<br />
Week 4- Chapter Ten; Exam Three (Chpts. 8-10); Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve<br />
Week 5- Chapter Thirteen; Chapter Fourteen; Exam Four (Chpts. 11-14)<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four exams 100 pts. Each;<br />
Attendance 72 pts. (4pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)<br />
Four Chapter Assignments 20 pts. Each;<br />
Total 552 points.<br />
To receive an “A” you must have 496 – 552 points<br />
To receive a “B” you must have 441 – 495 points<br />
To receive a “C” you must have 386 – 440 points<br />
To receive a “D” you must have 331 – 385 points<br />
An “F” will be received if you have less than 330 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012- <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Matt White<br />
RM 211<br />
903 457 8712<br />
mwhite@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
U.S. History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history<br />
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-<br />
321-06687-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Day 1 Introduction<br />
Day 2 Chapter 1<br />
Day 3 Chapter 2<br />
Day 4 Chapter 3<br />
Day 5 Chapter 4<br />
Day 6 Chapter 5<br />
Day 7 Chapter 6<br />
Day 8 Mid-Term<br />
Day 9 Chapter 7<br />
Day 10 Chapter 8<br />
Day 11 Chapter 9<br />
Day 12 Chapter 10<br />
Day 13 Chapter 11<br />
Day 14 Chapter 12<br />
Day 15 Chapter 13-14<br />
Day 16 FINAL EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
90-100=A Evaluation rubric<br />
80-89=B<br />
70-79=C<br />
60-69=D<br />
0-59=F<br />
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as<br />
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term summer 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
john miller<br />
226<br />
903-454-9333<br />
jmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
1301<br />
United States History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
This is a survey course covering the political, constitutional, cultural, and economic development of<br />
the United States from pre-European exploration until the reconstruction perioed following the<br />
American Civil War.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: Second Edition ISBN 978-0-205-258161-2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The effect of the Enlightenment and Great Awakening on the founding fatheres and the documents<br />
that were the basis for the new country.<br />
The sectional differences that helped develop the new country, but also led to a terrible civil war.<br />
Week 1: Chapter 1 Early exploration, and intro to course<br />
Week 2. Chapters 2-6. Colonial life to independence<br />
Week 3. Chapters 7-10 Becoming an independent nation (ecomomically and politically)<br />
Week 4 Chapters 11-14 Slavery, war, and reconstruction
Evaluation methods 3 written exams 50%<br />
Geograph quiz 10%<br />
Final presentation 20%<br />
Participation 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Matt White<br />
C<br />
903 885 1232<br />
mwhite@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
U.S. History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
HIST 1301 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history<br />
of the United States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-<br />
321-06687-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Day 1 Introduction<br />
Day 2 Chapter 1<br />
Day 3 Chapter 2<br />
Day 4 Chapter 3<br />
Day 5 Chapter 4<br />
Day 6 Chapter 5<br />
Day 7 Chapter 6<br />
Day 8 Mid-Term<br />
Day 9 Chapter 7<br />
Day 10 Chapter 8<br />
Day 11 Chapter 9<br />
Day 12 Chapter 10<br />
Day 13 Chapter 11<br />
Day 14 Chapter 12<br />
Day 15 Chapter 13-14<br />
Day 16 FINAL EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
90-100=A Evaluation rubric<br />
80-89=B<br />
70-79=C<br />
60-69=D<br />
0-59=F<br />
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as<br />
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Anna Rhea<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 885-1232<br />
anna.m.rhea@gmail.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
US History to 1877<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S.<br />
History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter One; Chapter Two<br />
Week 2- Chapter Three; Exam One (Chpts. 1-3); Chapter Four; Chapter Five<br />
Week 3- Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Exam Two (Chpts. 4-7); Chapter Eight; Chapter Nine<br />
Week 4- Chapter Ten; Exam Three (Chpts. 8-10); Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve<br />
Week 5- Chapter Thirteen; Chapter Fourteen; Exam Four (Chpts. 11-14)<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four exams 100 pts. Each;<br />
Attendance 72 pts. (4pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)<br />
Four Chapter Assignments 20 pts. Each;<br />
Total 552 points.<br />
To receive an “A” you must have 496 – 552 points<br />
To receive a “B” you must have 441 – 495 points<br />
To receive a “C” you must have 386 – 440 points<br />
To receive a “D” you must have 331 – 385 points<br />
An “F” will be received if you have less than 330 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Lisa Johnson<br />
WTC 1014<br />
903-782-0752<br />
ljohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Title Experience History, 7th edition<br />
Author Davidson<br />
ISBN 1121504175 for PJC Bookstore / ISBN-13 9780073385679 for online and other retailers<br />
Publisher McGraw Hill, 2011<br />
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:<br />
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.<br />
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.<br />
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
Schedule 1. Unit 1: Exploration and Colonization Chapters 1-4 -- All Unit 1 Work Due by June 12 at 11:55<br />
p.m.<br />
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 1 The First Civilizations of North America in textbook.<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 1 Test.<br />
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 2 Old Worlds, New Worlds 1400-1600<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 2 Test.<br />
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 3 Colonization and Conflict in the South 1600 - 1750<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available Take graded Chapter 3 Test
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading Plan<br />
Chapter Tests (15 Chapters Assigned)<br />
20% of Course Grade<br />
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 100 points each. Chapter tests may be made up with<br />
significant point reductions for each day the test is late. Chapter tests will be averaged together to<br />
count as 20% of the final course grade.<br />
Unit Exams (4)<br />
80% of Course Grade<br />
Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each. Unit Exams missed may be made up
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section .65 email<br />
Lisa Johnson<br />
WTC 1014<br />
903-782-0752<br />
ljohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Title Experience History, 7th edition<br />
Author Davidson<br />
ISBN 1121504175 for PJC Bookstore / ISBN-13 9780073385679 for online and other retailers<br />
Publisher McGraw Hill, 2011<br />
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:<br />
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.<br />
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.<br />
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
1. Unit 1: Exploration and Colonization Chapters 1-4 -- All Unit 1 Work Due by June 12 at 11:55<br />
p.m.<br />
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 1 The First Civilizations of North America in textbook.<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 1 Test.<br />
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 2 Old Worlds, New Worlds 1400-1600<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 2 Test.<br />
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 3 Colonization and Conflict in the South 1600 - 1750<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available Take graded Chapter 3 Test
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading Plan<br />
Chapter Tests (15 Chapters Assigned)<br />
20% of Course Grade<br />
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 100 points each. Chapter tests may be made up with<br />
significant point reductions for each day the test is late. Chapter tests will be averaged together to<br />
count as 20% of the final course grade.<br />
Unit Exams (4)<br />
80% of Course Grade<br />
Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each. Unit Exams missed may be made up
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section .66 email<br />
Lisa Johnson<br />
WTC 1014<br />
903-782-0752<br />
ljohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1301<br />
HIST 1301 Beginnings to 1877<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from the discovery of America through Reconstruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Title Experience History, 7th edition<br />
Author Davidson<br />
ISBN 1121504175 for PJC Bookstore / ISBN-13 9780073385679 for online and other retailers<br />
Publisher McGraw Hill, 2011<br />
Upon completion of HIST1301, students will be able to:<br />
1. Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world.<br />
2. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures.<br />
3. Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
Schedule 1. Unit 1: Exploration and Colonization Chapters 1-4 -- All Unit 1 Work Due by June 12 at 11:55<br />
p.m.<br />
Assignment 1: Read Chapter 1 The First Civilizations of North America in textbook.<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 1 Test.<br />
Assignment 2: Read Chapter 2 Old Worlds, New Worlds 1400-1600<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available. Take graded Chapter 2 Test.<br />
Assignment 3: Read Chapter 3 Colonization and Conflict in the South 1600 - 1750<br />
Take Connect assignments, review chapter PowerPoint, video clips and lecture captures<br />
where available Take graded Chapter 3 Test
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading Plan<br />
Chapter Tests (15 Chapters Assigned)<br />
20% of Course Grade<br />
Each regular chapter test will be worth up to 100 points each. Chapter tests may be made up with<br />
significant point reductions for each day the test is late. Chapter tests will be averaged together to<br />
count as 20% of the final course grade.<br />
Unit Exams (4)<br />
80% of Course Grade<br />
Regular Unit Exams are worth a minimum of 100 points each. Unit Exams missed may be made up
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Allen Williams<br />
WTC 1006<br />
903 782 0724<br />
awilliams@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
US History 1877 to Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S. History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen<br />
Week 2- Chapter Eighteen; Exam One; Chapter Nineteen; Chapter Twenty<br />
Week 3- Chapter Twenty One; Chapter Twenty Two; Exam Two; Chapter Twenty Three<br />
Week 4- Chapter Twenty Four; Chapter Twenty Five; Chapter Twenty Six; Exam Three<br />
Week 5- Chapter Twenty Seven; Chapter Twenty Eight; Chapter Twenty Nine; Exam Four<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four exams 100 pts. Each;<br />
Attendance 80 pts. (4pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)<br />
Four Chapter Assignments 20 pts. Each;<br />
Total 560 points.<br />
To receive an “A” you must have 504 - 560 points<br />
To receive a “B” you must have 448 - 503 points<br />
To receive a “C” you must have 392 - 447 points<br />
To receive a “D” you must have 336 - 391 points<br />
An “F” will be received if you have less than 335 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Paul E. Sturdevant<br />
GC 201<br />
(903) 455-9333<br />
psturdevant@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
US History 1877 to Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S. History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Administration and Chapter 15<br />
Week 2- Chapters 16 - 19<br />
Week 3- Chapters 20 - 23<br />
Week 4- Chapters 24-27<br />
Week 5- Chapters 28 - 39<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be determined by four exams and reading assignments
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Matt White<br />
RM 211<br />
903 457 8712<br />
mwhite@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
US History 1877 to the Present<br />
Description<br />
HIST 1302 is a survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history<br />
of the United States from Reconstruction to the present.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Visions of America" by Jennifer D. Keene et al, Prentiss Hall Publishers, 2010 edition. ISBN 0-<br />
321-06687-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Day Introduction<br />
Day 2 Chapter 15<br />
Day 3 Chapter 16<br />
Day 4 Chapter 17<br />
Day 5 Chapter 18<br />
Day 6 Chapter 19<br />
Day 7 Chapter 20<br />
Day 8 Mid-Term<br />
Day 9 Chapter 21<br />
Day 10 Chapter 22<br />
Day 11 Chapter 23<br />
Day 12 Chapter 24<br />
Day 13 Chapter 25<br />
Day 14 Chapter 26<br />
Day 15 Chapter 27<br />
Day 16 FINAL EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
90-100=A Evaluation rubric<br />
80-89=B<br />
70-79=C<br />
60-69=D<br />
0-59=F<br />
There will be a mid Term evaluation (worth 40%) and a Final project (worth 40%) as well as<br />
random in class grades or daily quizzes (together worth 20%).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
John Miller<br />
Greenville Center 226<br />
903-454-9333<br />
jmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
US History 1877 to Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S. History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen<br />
Week 2- Chapter Eighteen; Exam One; Chapter Nineteen; Chapter Twenty<br />
Week 3- Chapter Twenty One; Chapter Twenty Two; Exam Two; Chapter Twenty Three<br />
Week 4- Chapter Twenty Four; Chapter Twenty Five; Chapter Twenty Six; Exam Three<br />
Week 5- Chapter Twenty Seven; Chapter Twenty Eight; Chapter Twenty Nine; Exam Four<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four exams 100 pts. Each;<br />
Attendance 80 pts. (4pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)<br />
Four Chapter Assignments 20 pts. Each;<br />
Total 560 points.<br />
To receive an “A” you must have 504 - 560 points<br />
To receive a “B” you must have 448 - 503 points<br />
To receive a “C” you must have 392 - 447 points<br />
To receive a “D” you must have 336 - 391 points<br />
An “F” will be received if you have less than 335 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
David Larkin<br />
Greenville Center 204<br />
903-457-8726<br />
dlarkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
US History 1877 to Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present. Core Curriculum satisfied for U.S. History<br />
Textbooks<br />
Visions of America: A History of the United States, Jennifer D. Keene, Saul Cornell, Edward T.<br />
O'Donnell, 1st ed. ISBN: 09780205251612.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Introduction to Class; Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen<br />
Week 2- Chapter Eighteen; Exam One; Chapter Nineteen; Chapter Twenty<br />
Week 3- Chapter Twenty One; Chapter Twenty Two; Exam Two; Chapter Twenty Three<br />
Week 4- Chapter Twenty Four; Chapter Twenty Five; Chapter Twenty Six; Exam Three<br />
Week 5- Chapter Twenty Seven; Chapter Twenty Eight; Chapter Twenty Nine; Exam Four<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Four exams 100 pts. Each;<br />
Attendance 80 pts. (4pts./class period; 5pts./exam period.)<br />
Four Chapter Assignments 20 pts. Each;<br />
Total 560 points.<br />
To receive an “A” you must have 504 - 560 points<br />
To receive a “B” you must have 448 - 503 points<br />
To receive a “C” you must have 392 - 447 points<br />
To receive a “D” you must have 336 - 391 points<br />
An “F” will be received if you have less than 335 points.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Angela Roberts<br />
N/A<br />
806-716-2456<br />
adroberts@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
HIST 1302 1877-Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present.<br />
Textbooks<br />
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,<br />
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.<br />
June 5 (Wed.) - First class day. All students must log into online classes. Please read and print out<br />
the syllabus. Also, please read and complete all assignments in the Course Introduction learning<br />
module found on the Course Content page.<br />
Introductory Unit opens —note: there are no writing assignment or weekly discussions due for the<br />
Introductory Unit.<br />
June 6 (Thurs.)<br />
Syllabus Quiz must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.<br />
Grading:<br />
There is a total of 362 points possible for the course. Grades will be determined as follows:<br />
Syllabus Quiz<br />
20<br />
Individual Writing Assignments (7 @ 10 points each)<br />
70<br />
Discussion Questions (6 @ 12 points each)<br />
72<br />
Examinations (4 @ 50 points each)<br />
200<br />
Total Points<br />
362
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Angela Roberts<br />
N/A<br />
806-716-2456<br />
adroberts@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
HIST 1302 1877-Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present.<br />
Textbooks<br />
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,<br />
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.<br />
June 5 (Wed.) - First class day. All students must log into online classes. Please read and print out<br />
the syllabus. Also, please read and complete all assignments in the Course Introduction learning<br />
module found on the Course Content page.<br />
Introductory Unit opens —note: there are no writing assignment or weekly discussions due for the<br />
Introductory Unit.<br />
June 6 (Thurs.)<br />
Syllabus Quiz must be submitted by 11:59 p.m. CST.<br />
Grading:<br />
There is a total of 362 points possible for the course. Grades will be determined as follows:<br />
Syllabus Quiz<br />
20<br />
Individual Writing Assignments (7 @ 10 points each)<br />
70<br />
Discussion Questions (6 @ 12 points each)<br />
72<br />
Examinations (4 @ 50 points each)<br />
200<br />
Total Points<br />
362
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HIST 1302<br />
HIST 1302 1877-Present<br />
Description<br />
A survey of the political, social, economic, military, cultural, and intellectual history of the United<br />
States from Reconstruction to the present.<br />
Textbooks<br />
All students will need the text, Experience History: Interpreting America's Past, Vol. II, 7th Ed.,<br />
published by McGraw-Hill. ISBN 978-0077368326<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse cultures. 2.<br />
Understand the evolution and current role of the U.S. in the world. 3.<br />
Recognize and apply reasonable criteria for the acceptability of historical evidence and social<br />
research.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mistie Ford<br />
Internet<br />
903-782-0734<br />
mford@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HITT 1301<br />
Health Data Content and Structure<br />
Description<br />
Introduction to systems and processes for collecting, maintaining, and disseminating primary and<br />
secondary health related information including content of health record, documentation<br />
requirements, registries, indices, licensing, regulatory agencies, forms, and screens.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Health Information Technology: An Applied Approach, 4th Edition, Merida L. Johns, AHIMA<br />
2011, ISBN # : 978-1-58426-352-4<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct DRG assignment.<br />
2. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct selection of the Principal<br />
Diagnosis.<br />
3. Analyze health records for documentation that reflects the correct discharge status.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Project 1, Chapter 1 and Hospital Oreintation<br />
Week 2- Chapters 2 & 3 Assignment and Power Point lecture, Project 2<br />
Week 3- Chapters 4 & 5 Assignment and Power Point lecture<br />
Week 4- Chapters 7 & 8 Assignments and Power Point lecture, Terminal Digit filing exercise<br />
Week 5- Comprehensive Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading Criteria: Exams are 60% of the final grade, Chapter reviews and Projects are 15% of the<br />
final grade, daily grades are 10% of the final grade and the final Exam is 15% of the final grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Ext<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mistie Ford<br />
By Appt.<br />
903-782-0734<br />
mford@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HITT 1305<br />
Medical Terminology<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
HITT 1305 Medical Terminology 3.3.2<br />
Instruction in the practical application of a medical vocabulary system. Topic<br />
include structure; recognition; analysis; definition; spelling; pronunciation;<br />
and combination of medical terms from prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining<br />
forms<br />
1. Mastering Healthcare Terminology, 4th Edition, Betsy J. Shiland<br />
ISBN: 978-0-3230-8032-3<br />
2. Access Code ISBN: 9780323055529<br />
3. If you buy the bundle of both the access code and book the ISBN:<br />
9780323085533<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. To define medical terminology words by decoding, using contextual clues, and recognizing word<br />
parts such as root words, prefixes, suffixes, and combining forms<br />
2. To demonstrate analytical and reasoning skills by correctly defining and utilizing medical<br />
terminology words that describe body structures, functions, conditions, disorders, and body regions.<br />
Week 1: Introduction to Healthcare Terminology / Body Structure and Directional Terminology<br />
Week 2: Musculoskeletal System / Integumentary System<br />
Week 3: Gastrointestinal System / Urinary System<br />
Week 4: Male Reproductive System / Female Reproductive System<br />
Week 5: Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems<br />
Week 6: Cardiovascular System<br />
Week 7: Respiratory System / Nervous System<br />
Week 8: Mental and Behavioral Health / Special Senses: Eye and Ear<br />
Week 9: Endocrine System / Oncology<br />
Week 10: Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Complete the text-workbook, Mastering Healthcare Termnilogy, 4th Edition, by Betsy J. Shiland.<br />
Complete the modules for each chapter contained under the Course Doucument on Blackboard.<br />
Each module contains lessons, activities, quizzes and exams. The student will do this for each<br />
chapter in the book—chapters 1 through 16.<br />
2. Complete the assignments for each chapter. These may be completed in the book as well as on
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Karen Powers<br />
WTC 1066<br />
903-782-0734<br />
kpowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HPRS 2300<br />
Pharmacology for Health Professions<br />
Description<br />
A study of drug classifications, actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration<br />
and calculation of dosages.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Pharmacology Clear & Simple (Make sure that the textbook has the accompanying CD), Nina<br />
Beaman, F.A. Davis, 1st edition, 2008 ISBN: 978-0-8036-1239-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
At the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate knowledge of drug classifications,<br />
actions, therapeutic uses, adverse effects, routes of administration and calculation of dosages.<br />
Week 1- Patient Safety, Laws and Regulations Related to Medications,<br />
Drug Sources and Actions, Drug Forms and Routes,<br />
Prescriptions and Drug Labeling<br />
Drug Resources, Medication Administration<br />
Week 2- Exam I, Review of Basic Math and Drug Measurement systems,<br />
Nervous System Medications, Cardiovascular Medications,<br />
Immunologic Medications, Integumentary Medications<br />
Week 3- Pulmonary Medications, Exam 2, Gastrointestinal Medications<br />
Dosage Calculations, Musculoskeletal Medications<br />
Endocrine Medications<br />
Week 4- Reproductive and Urinary Medications<br />
Eye and Ear Medications, Herbs, Vitamins and Minerals, Exam 3<br />
Week 5- Extra Credit Final<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Credits 3 sch. TSI: None Prerequisite(s): None<br />
The final grade in this course will consist of the following: Seven (7) CD-Learning Modules worth<br />
7% of the grade. Weekly assignments (14) are worth 15% of the grade and End of Chapter<br />
Activities (18) are worth 10% of the grade. There are also 3 exams worth 51% (17% each) of the<br />
grade. A Pharmacology Project worth 17% of the grade is also required. An opportunity to take an<br />
extra credit final exam is given; the score is multiplied by 0.05, which can add a maximum of 5%<br />
extra points to your final course grade. The extra credit final is the only opportunity for extra credit<br />
within the course. The following is the criteria for letter grades in this course: 90-100 points = A,<br />
80-89 = B, 70-79 = C, 60-69 = D, Below 60=F.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Donna Gatlin<br />
Internet<br />
903-782-0734<br />
dgatlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HPRS 2301<br />
Pathophysiology<br />
Description<br />
A study of the pathology and general health management of diseases and injuries across the life<br />
span. Topics include etiology, symptoms, and the physical and psychological reactions to diseases<br />
and injuries.<br />
Textbooks<br />
An Introduction to Human Disease Pathology and Pathophysiology Correlations , Leonard V.<br />
Crowley, Jones & Bartlett, Eighth Edition, ISBN:10: 0-7637-6591-0<br />
An Introduction to Human Disease: Student Workbook, Leonard V. Crowley, M.D., Jones and<br />
Bartlett, Eighth Edition, IBS:978-0-7637-7467-7<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
At the completion of this pathophysiology course, students will have a knowledge of both the<br />
structural and the functional changes caused by disease in tissues and organs. This will provide a<br />
basis for the understanding of the clinical manifestations and principles of treatment<br />
Week 1-Concepts of Disease, Cells & Tissues, Chromosomes, Genes, Inflammation<br />
Immunity, Hypersensitivity & Pathogens, Animal Parasites,<br />
Communicable Diseases<br />
Week 2-Congenital & Hereditary Diseases, Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood<br />
Coagulation & Circulation, Cardiovascular System, Hematopoietic<br />
and Lympatic Systems<br />
Week 3-Respiratory System, Breast, Female Reproductive<br />
Prenatal and Diseases Associated with Pregnancy, Urniary System,<br />
Male Reproductive System<br />
Week 4-Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas, Diabetes, Gastrointestinal Tract<br />
Fluid, Electolytes & Acid Base imbalance, Endocrine System and Nervous System<br />
Musculoskeletal System<br />
Week 5-Review and Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass HPRS 2301, the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. the<br />
final grade will consist of:<br />
4 Assignments: averaged 20%<br />
4 Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) 65%<br />
A Comprehensive Final Exam 15%<br />
(proctored at a testing center, not open book, averaged and timed)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Donna Gatlin<br />
Internet<br />
903-782-0734<br />
dgatlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HPRS 2301<br />
Pathophysiology<br />
Description<br />
A study of the pathology and general health management of diseases and injuries across the life<br />
span. Topics include etiology, symptoms, and the physical and psychological reactions to diseases<br />
and injuries.<br />
Textbooks<br />
An Introduction to Human Disease Pathology and Pathophysiology Correlations , Leonard V.<br />
Crowley, Jones & Bartlett, Eighth Edition, ISBN:10: 0-7637-6591-0<br />
An Introduction to Human Disease: Student Workbook, Leonard V. Crowley, M.D., Jones and<br />
Bartlett, Eighth Edition, IBS:978-0-7637-7467-7<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
At the completion of this pathophysiology course, students will have a knowledge of both the<br />
structural and the functional changes caused by disease in tissues and organs. This will provide a<br />
basis for the understanding of the clinical manifestations and principles of treatment<br />
Week 1-Concepts of Disease, Cells & Tissues, Chromosomes, Genes, Inflammation<br />
Immunity, Hypersensitivity & Pathogens, Animal Parasites,<br />
Communicable Diseases<br />
Week 2-Congenital & Hereditary Diseases, Neoplastic Disease, Abnormalities of Blood<br />
Coagulation & Circulation, Cardiovascular System, Hematopoietic<br />
and Lympatic Systems<br />
Week 3-Respiratory System, Breast, Female Reproductive<br />
Prenatal and Diseases Associated with Pregnancy, Urniary System,<br />
Male Reproductive System<br />
Week 4-Liver, Biliary system, Pancreas, Diabetes, Gastrointestinal Tract<br />
Fluid, Electolytes & Acid Base imbalance, Endocrine System and Nervous System<br />
Musculoskeletal System<br />
Week 5-Review and Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass HPRS 2301, the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. the<br />
final grade will consist of:<br />
4 Assignments: averaged 20%<br />
4 Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) 65%<br />
A Comprehensive Final Exam 15%<br />
(proctored at a testing center, not open book, averaged and timed)
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Tony Underwood<br />
AS 137<br />
(903)782-0383<br />
tunderwood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1301<br />
Jewelry Techniques I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
This course is a hands-on laboratory class that focuses on an introduction to the basic techniques of<br />
jewelry repair including layout, sawing, filing and emery with an emphasis on maintaining an<br />
industry standard. The course will be presented through lecture and demonstrations with<br />
predetermined lab time for the student to accomplish necessary skills to successfully complete the<br />
course. Prerequisite: none.<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing and drilling.<br />
3. Demonstrate a professional image<br />
May 13th through June 4th <strong>2013</strong>:<br />
Class date: Lecture: Project #<br />
May 13th Lay-out 90 degree #1 #101<br />
Lay-out 90 degree #2 #102<br />
May 14th Lay-out Geometric Shapes #103<br />
May 15th Sawing #1 (square and "L" shapes) #104<br />
May 16th Sawing #2 (curves) #105<br />
May 20th Filing #1 (L-shapes) #106<br />
May 21st Filing #2 (curve shapes) #107<br />
May 22nd Emery #1 (square) #108<br />
May 23rd Emery #2 (Triangle) #109<br />
May 28th Emery #3 (Hexagon) #110<br />
May 29th Emery Pierced Frame #111
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Tony Underwood<br />
AS 137<br />
(903) 782-0383<br />
tunderwood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1302<br />
Jewelry Techniques II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This course is a continuation of the Jewelry Techniques I course with an emphasis on finishing<br />
techniques. The course will be presented through lecture and demonstrations with predetermined<br />
lab time for the student to accomplish necessary skills to successfully complete all of the course<br />
projects. Prerequisite: Completion of HRGY 1301.<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing, drilling, finishing,<br />
polishing soldering and wire rolling.<br />
3. Demonstrate a professional image.<br />
June 5th through June 25th:<br />
Class date: Lecture: Project #<br />
June 5th Mfg. Lone Star Medallion #112<br />
June 10th Polish Pierced Frame #113<br />
June 12th Polish Lone Star Medallion #114<br />
June 17th Soldering Tree #115<br />
June 20th Soldering #1 Suitcase #116<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2011-2012<br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER<br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Shannon Calloway<br />
AS 126<br />
(903) 782-0249<br />
scalloway@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1303<br />
Jewelry Techniques III<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Jewelry Techniques II with an emphasis on rolling mill and wire drawing<br />
techniques, torch soldering, and ring fabrication. Prerequisite: Completion of HRGY 1302.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing and drilling, finishing,<br />
polishing, soldering, wire rolling and drawing. 3.<br />
Demonstrate a professional image.<br />
Week 1 Soldering Project #2 #117<br />
Week 2 Wedding Band #1 #118<br />
Wedding Band #2 #119<br />
Week 3 Charm Bracelet #120<br />
Soldering #121<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2011-2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Shannon Calloway<br />
AS 126<br />
(903) 782-0249<br />
scalloway@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1304<br />
Jewelry Techniques IV<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Jewelry Techniques III with emphasis on chain making, catch construction, ring<br />
sizing, and mass finishing. Prerequisite: Completion of HRGY 1303.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrate skills in metal fabrication techniques: lay-out, sawing, filing, drilling, finishing,<br />
polishing, soldering, shaping, forming, doming, wire rolling and drawing. 3.<br />
Demonstrate skills in jewelry repair: ring sizing, and box catch repair.<br />
4. Demonstrate a professional image.<br />
April 11th-May 10th, 2012<br />
Class Date Lecture Project #<br />
April 11th Ring Sizing #122<br />
April 12th Ring Sizing #123<br />
April 16th Fabrication #124<br />
April 25th Fabrication #125<br />
April 30th Repair #126<br />
May 1st Bracelet #127<br />
May 2nd Finishing #128<br />
May 10th Recognition Ceremony #129<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Shannon Calloway<br />
AS126<br />
903-782-0249<br />
scalloway@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1309<br />
Casting I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Emphasis on lost wax casting, both centrifugal and vacuum processes. Includes introduction to wax<br />
carving.<br />
Credits: 3SCH = 1 lecture and 8 laboratory hours per week, from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: xxx M, xxx R, xxx W.<br />
Prerequisite(s): There are no prerequisites<br />
Murry Bovin, Jewelry Casting, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979<br />
Tim McCreight, Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
Demonstrate skills in casting techniques: wax carving, injecting, spruing, treeing, investing, and<br />
WEEK 1 #28 GENTS FLAT TOP (4)<br />
#39 OVAL BEZEL RING (3)<br />
WEEK 2 #14 CHANNEL RING (10)<br />
WEEK 3 #1A SEVEN STONE CLUSTER TOP (3)<br />
#18 5 STONE FISHTAIL RING (10)
Evaluation methods<br />
The final semester grade for HRGY 1309 is complied as<br />
Daily Grades 05%<br />
Technical Average 75%<br />
Ethics 10%<br />
Written Final 10%<br />
Final <strong>Semester</strong> Grade 100%<br />
Grade scale:<br />
A: 90 - 100<br />
B: 80 - 89.5<br />
C: 70 -79.5
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1319<br />
Basic Horology I<br />
Description<br />
Introduction to disassembly, cleaning, and reassembly of the basic watch using time proven<br />
methods. Emphasis on nomenclature. Prerequisite: None<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student will disassemble and reassemble a standard watch; identify and order basic watch parts<br />
using available catalogues and bulletins; clean and overhaul a basic mechanical watch, fit crowns,<br />
crystals, and gaskets to specified cases; describe basic principles of hairspring manipulation.<br />
Week 1 - Orientation, Intro.to hand Tools, Measuring<br />
Week 1- 2 Devices Nomenclature Material Systems<br />
Week 2 -4 Crowns Crystals & Gaskets, Intro to Cleaning<br />
Week 4 Hairspring Theory
Evaluation methods Intro to Hand Tools ,Organization, Cooperation, paper work,Measuring Tools. Nomenclature,<br />
Accuracy Development of hand eye coordination, Part identification, avoiding broken or lost parts,<br />
Clean work, tools, bench lay out, Material Systems, Accurate watch identification, Part number<br />
identification, Clarity of paper work, Crowns, Crystals, Gaskets, Case tubes, Proper type and fit of<br />
crowns, Proper type and fit of gasket, Proper type and fit of gaskets, Proper type and fit of case<br />
tubes, Proper appearance with case style, ~~ Intro to Cleaning Lecture/Written test questions<br />
Hairspring Theory Lecture/Written test questions<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1320<br />
Basic Horology II<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Basic Horology I with emphasis on identification and functions of parts common to<br />
all mechanical watches. Prerequistie: HRGY 1319<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will name the parts and explain the functions of the power unit, winding mechanism, train<br />
wheels, escapement, dial train, and setting mechanism of a standard watch; identify symbols and all<br />
movement styles within the watch repair industry; identify type, style, and size of watch cases; and<br />
explain the techniques used in case part replacement.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-3<br />
Week 4<br />
Basic Cleaning and Overhauling<br />
Intro to Hairspring Truing<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Basic Cleaning and Overhauling Proper care and use of watch cleaning machines as per instruction.<br />
Layout of cleaning work area, Techniques for watch cleaning to industry standards with no dirt,<br />
residue, rust , foreign matter left on watches after cleaning and overhauling. Proper care of watch<br />
projects without loss or damage to components. General overall appearance of project when turned<br />
in. Introduction to Hairspring Truing Project hairsprings are first distorted by the instructor and<br />
must be formed back to original shape on frosted glass using tweezers. Grading is based on trueness<br />
in the round and in the flat of hairsprings corrected by the student. This will determine pass or fail<br />
of the project. The spring is either good or it is not. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy,<br />
cleanliness and the absence of scratches and other damage also affect the grade. Appearance is also<br />
important as is the neatness of the work area and tools. Written test questions<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1321<br />
Basic Horology III<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Basic Horology II. Emphasis on balance staff fitting and poising balance wheels.<br />
Prerequistie: HRGY 1320<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will name the parts and explain the functions of the power unit, winding mechanism, train<br />
wheels, escapement, dial train, and setting mechanism of a standard watch; identify symbols and all<br />
movement styles within the watch repair industry; identify type, style, and size of watch cases; and<br />
explain the techniques used in case part replacement.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 - Hairspring Truing Stage #2, Train Wheel Truing<br />
Week 2 - Balance Staff Fitting, Staff Removal, Balance Truing<br />
Week 3 - Poising, Fit Hairsprings, Balance Theory<br />
Week 4 - Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Hairspring Truing Stage#2. Grading is based on trueness in the round and in the flat of the finished<br />
wheel. Ture watch train wheels to industry standards. Attention to detail in the degree of accuracy.<br />
Staff Removal of Nine( 9 ) Wheels are used in this project. Accuracy, cleanliness, tool selection and<br />
organization are key points. Proper alignment of the installation, Accuracy, cleanliness, tool<br />
selection, tool use and organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage on<br />
projects will affect the grade. Balance Theory Lecture / Testable Staff 11 Ligne Mens Watch<br />
Replace the balance staff, Clean , Overhaul , and electronically time a 11 ½ ligne mechanical wrist<br />
watch. Accuracy in part ordering, installation of the staff cleanliness, tool selection, tool use and<br />
organization are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the grade. The<br />
overall appearance on projects and the daily rate and positional errors of the finished watch are also<br />
key grading factors.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1322<br />
Basic Horology IV<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Basic Horology III. Emphasis on replacement and repair of damaged parts in<br />
mechanical watches.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will true a train wheel; pin a hairspring to the collet and stud to achieve basic performance<br />
standards; discuss the use and limitations of a truing caliper; and identify correct specifications of a<br />
true wheel.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-2<br />
Week 2-3<br />
Week 3-4<br />
Staff 10 Ligne Mens Watch<br />
Ligne Ladies Watch<br />
Hairspring Pinning<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 10 ligne mechanical wrist watch. Accurate part ordering,<br />
installation of staff, cleanliness, tool selection and use and organization are key. Overall appearance<br />
on projects and the daily rate of the finished watch are also key factors. Staff 6 ¾ Ligne watch<br />
Replace the balance staff, Clean, Overhaul, electronically time a 6 ¾ ligne mechanical wrist watch.<br />
Part ordering, installation of the staff, cleanliness, tool selection use and rate of the finished watch<br />
are key factors Hairspring colleting and studing. Proper pinning of these components to assure a<br />
secure and accurate fit . Selection of component collet and studs, centering of the collet, leveling the<br />
spring at the collet, finishing, leveling of the stud are key factors. Removal of these components will<br />
then be performed. Accuracy , cleanliness, tool selection, use and organization and the overall<br />
appearance on projects are key points. Scratches, loss of parts and other damage will affect the<br />
grade.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1341<br />
Stone Setting I<br />
Description<br />
Focus on bead setting and bright cutting techniques.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
The student will demonstrate skills of : layout, sawing, filing, shaping, soldering. Lecture on<br />
gravers, pushers, burs and parts of stones. Bead set and bright cut stones into a square and hexagon<br />
plate, fabricate four prong rings and set stones and retip, reprong and rebead.<br />
Week 1: Syllabus and Classroom Guidelines<br />
Lecture on Safety and Honesty<br />
Separate castings into job envelopes<br />
Lecture: Gravers, Lecture: Parts of a faceted Stone and Burs<br />
Week 2: Cut and fit and solder 5 bright cut plates into rings. Bead set and bright cut stone<br />
into plate. Fabricate four prong rings.<br />
Weel 3: Set stones into four prong rings. Set stone into hexagon plate with bead set, brightcut<br />
method. Retip, reprong rings and rebead bright cut ring.<br />
Written final
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Raus, Ulla<br />
AS134<br />
903-782-0474<br />
uraus@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1342<br />
Stone Setting II<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Stone Setting I. Focus on prong setting, repronging, retipping, rebeading and<br />
reheading.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
The student will demonstrate the skill to set stones using the bead set bright-cut method into a<br />
double millgrain plate and bevel plate. Fabricate six prong rings, set stones and size one ring up.<br />
Fabricate Baker top rings and using two different setting techniques: saw-cut and chased-in<br />
methods.<br />
Week 4: Solder plate into top of ring and bead set and bright-cut double millgrain into plate.<br />
Fabricate six prong rings.<br />
Week 5: Set six prong rings and size one up. Solder plate into ring andbead set and bright-cut a<br />
bevel bright cut ring.<br />
Week 6: Fabricate Baker top rings and saw-cut prongs to set stones. Apply mizzy-wheel finish<br />
to one ring. Fabricate Baker top rings and chased-in method to set stones. Apply florentine<br />
finish to one ring.
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1343<br />
Stone Setting III<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Stone Setting II including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, and gypse sets.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
The student will demonstrate the skills to fabericate 7 stone cluster rings, four prong Fish tail rings<br />
and Illusion top rings and set stones in each style of ring. The student will demonstrate the skills to<br />
set stones in a channel ring and a 5 stone fishtail wedding band. Lecture: The property of<br />
gemstones as they pertains to stone setting.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 7- Solder 7 stone cluster plates into rings and set stones in cluster top.<br />
Week 8- Set 5 stones in 5 stone Fishtail wedding bands ,also set channel rings with 5 stones.<br />
Week 9- Fabricate 4 prong Fishtail rings and set stones. Lecture: Property of Gemstones as<br />
pertains to stone setting. Fabricate Illusion rings and set stones.
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1344<br />
Stone Setting IV<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Stone Setting III including fancy bright cuts, bezel sets, gypse sets, and the setting<br />
of multiple stones such as channel-setting, cluster setting, and fishtail setting.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
The student will demonstrate the skills to gypsy set oval stones and size one ring down. Solder<br />
tubes into freeform rings and set stones. Fabricate a four and six rings and set stones. Bead set<br />
bright-cut 3 stones into ribbone ring and bead set bright-cut a stone and cut a star. Fabricate an oval<br />
bearing bezel pendant, fabricate a rectangle bearing bezel pendant and set stone in each.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 10 Set oval stones Gypsy style and size one ring down. Solder tubing into freeform rings<br />
and set stones<br />
Week 11 Flat-set stones into freeform rings. Fabricate 4 and 6 prong rings and set stones.<br />
Bead set bright-cut 3 stones into ribbon ring. Bead set bright-cut stone and star cut around stone.<br />
Week 12 Fabricate oval bearing bezel pendant and set oval stone. Fabricate rectangular bearing<br />
bezel pendant and set rectangular stone.
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Tony Underwood<br />
AS 137<br />
903.782.0383<br />
tunderwood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1348<br />
Jewelry Repair I<br />
Description<br />
This course provides an emphasis on jewelry fabrication and the repair of jewelry. The student will<br />
be introduced to various equipment and techniques of the jewelry manufacturing processes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
1. Demonstrates knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrates skills in jewelry repair, ring sizing, jewelry fabrication, jewelry polishing and<br />
jewelry drilling techniques.<br />
May 13th through June 4th:<br />
Class date: Lecture: Project #<br />
May 13th Shape/Polish Gents Square-top Rings #201<br />
May 15th Shape/Polish Ladies Freeform Rings #202<br />
May 16th Drill Pilot Hole Patterns Gents Rings (3) #203<br />
May 20th Ring Sizing Gents Ring (Dove-tail) (2) #204<br />
May 21st Drill Pilot Holes into Wedding Bands #205<br />
May 22nd Re-shank Ladies Rings (2) #206<br />
May 23rd Fabrication "Cluster Pendant" #207<br />
June 3rd Assemble/Solder Ring Guard #208
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Tony Underwood<br />
AS 137<br />
903.782.0383<br />
tunderwood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 1349<br />
Jewelry Repair II<br />
Description<br />
This courses emphasis is upon techniques in the fabrication and repair of jewelry. Also the student<br />
will introduced to various equipment and the techniques associated with jewelry manufacturing.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Jewelry Making by Murray Bovin, The Complete Metal-smith by Tim McCreight, The Theory &<br />
Practice of Goldsmithing by Erhard Brephol<br />
1. Demonstrates knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
2. Demonstrates skills in jewelry repair, chain repair, fabrication, rsahanking or rings, and applying<br />
finishes.<br />
June 5th through June 25th:<br />
Class date: Lecture: Project #<br />
June 5th Chain repair/cable-curb, french rope, box, handmade<br />
rope, serpentine #210<br />
June 11th Assemble/solder jump-rings to serpentine #211<br />
June 11th Size down Ladies ring (butt-joint) (2) #212<br />
June 13th Prep/assemble/solder hinges Cast bracelet #213<br />
June 19th Fabrication of Flat hinge #214<br />
June 20th Re-tip/Re-prong 4 prong solitaire ring (2) #215<br />
June 24th Re-tip/Re-prong 6 prong solitaire ring (2) #216<br />
June 25th Size up Ladies rings (dove-tail) (2) #217<br />
June 25th Rotary tool textures and finishes #218<br />
June 25th Electroplating Gents Rings (2) #219
Evaluation methods<br />
Students are evaluated in three areas:<br />
Projects: Projects are graded to jewelry industry standards as established by the Industry Steering<br />
Committee. Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or higher. If a student’s<br />
project did not qualify to the required 70% competency level, the student must repeat the project<br />
until he or she acquires the skills set needed to meet the qualification. Each student must<br />
demonstrate a competent use and execution of skills to the 70 % rule in order to advance to the next<br />
course. Students will take a written final at the end of this course.<br />
Tests: Test and/or papers will be graded on the accuracy of the answers and content of a scale from<br />
0 to 100. Test and/or papers must be completed to pass the course. Expect a test the last day of<br />
each quarter!<br />
Workplace Ethics: Students will be graded in 10 different areas: appearance, attitude, interest in<br />
work, work habits, preparation, attentiveness, participation, following instructions, confidentiality,<br />
and attendance. Any one of these could cause a student to fail any one of the courses.<br />
Final Course Grades:<br />
Project average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Final Test 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2301<br />
Intermediate Horology I<br />
Description<br />
Introduction to the theroy, function and repair of watch escapements. Emphasis on roller jewel,<br />
pallet stones, guard fingers, pallet arbors and adjustments of the detached lever escapement in<br />
watches. Prerequisite:Completeion of HRGY 1322<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Student will describe the theory and functions of basic escapements.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-2<br />
Week 2-3<br />
Week 3-4<br />
Roller jewels<br />
Pallet jewels and guard fingers, pallet arbors<br />
Escapements<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Roller jewel selection, removal, installation and alignment, Pallet jewel selection, removal,<br />
installation and alignment, Guard Fingers Guard Finger selection, removal, installation and<br />
adjustment Guard fingers will be removed and installed. Time keeping of the finished watches will<br />
be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory installation. Neatness of the work area and<br />
cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will Scratches , damage, broken and lost parts.<br />
Having performed sequential repairs to escapement components the student will perform matched<br />
escapement set ups using a large scale model of the detached lever escapement. After satisfactory<br />
sequential adjustment of the escapement model the student will perform escapement<br />
repairs/adjustments on three ( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne Time<br />
keeping of the finished watches will be considered the ultimate test of a satisfactory repair<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%<br />
( 3 ) watches One 1 1 1/2 ligne ~ One 10 ligne ~ One 6 3/4 ligne
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2302<br />
Intermediate Horology II<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of IntermediateHorology I. Emphisis on hairsprings in the watch including<br />
overcoilsand friction jeweling. Prerequisite: HRGY 2301<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Describe the theory and functions of friction jeweling, hairspring adjustments, and forming overcoil<br />
hairsprings; describe the Swiss keys and regulating procedures of the basic watch; replace the roller<br />
jewel, pallet guard finger, and pallet jewels in standard watches within a specified time frame<br />
ensuring that they operate correctly; replace and adjust pallet arbors in standard watches within a<br />
specific time frame ensuring they operate correctly; and perform escapement adjustment to standard<br />
watches ensuring they operate correctly. Replace and adjust friction jewels common to the standard<br />
watch ensuring that it operates correctly; perform advanced hairspring manipulation in operating<br />
watches and correct overhaul and regulating procedures to standard watches; form overcoil<br />
hairsprings; and replace Swiss-style regulator keys.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1<br />
Week 2<br />
Week 3<br />
Hairspring Adjustments<br />
Regulator pin adjustment, Hairsprings in the watch<br />
Swiss key replacement , Friction jeweling<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The student will correct instructor introduced hairspring errors centering and leveling the hairspring<br />
to the balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjustment at the regulator pin<br />
and Swiss key and corrective bends. Regulator Pin Adjustments and trouble shooting problems of<br />
regulator pins. Swiss Key Function and Replacement Friction Jeweling. Neatness of the work area<br />
and cleanliness of the project will affect the grade as will scratches, damage, broken and lost parts<br />
will affect the project grade.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2303<br />
Intermediate Horology III<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of IntermediateHorology II. Emphisis on overcoil procedureson the standard watch<br />
and the sixteen piont check system. Prerequisite: HRGY 2302<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student will explain and perform overhaul procedures on the standard watch and the Sixteen Point<br />
Check System.<br />
Week 1- 4<br />
16 Point Check System<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
16 Point Check System Given various wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student<br />
will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for<br />
an actual paying customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time<br />
keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling, lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial<br />
and hands are to be considered. . The steps are to be listed from memory on the written final exam.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2304<br />
Intermediate Horology IV<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of IntermediateHorology III. Emphisis on vibrating a hairspring to a watch, adjusting<br />
an overcoil and dynamic timing. Prerequisite: HRGY 2303<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Describe the theory and function of overcoil hairsprings; form overcoil hairsprings and untangle<br />
hairsprings to watch repair industry standards; locate and correct problems in hairsprings occurring<br />
at the collet; and correct positional errors related to hairsprings and regulator pins; *( Recognise<br />
construction of gravers for lathe work.)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 *( Graver Sharpening ), Advanced Hairspring Work<br />
Week 2 Adjustment at Regulator, Correcting Hairspring Positional Errors<br />
Week 2-3 Vibrating a Hairspring To a Watch<br />
Week 4 Removal of Tangles , ( Graver Sharpening )<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Student will correct instructor introduced overcoil as well as flat hairspring errors to assure the<br />
watches proper time keeping as tested by electronic testing equipment . Designed to develop<br />
confidence and job speed this unit of instruction stresses centering and leveling the hairspring to the<br />
balance bridge, formation of the hairspring concentric curve, adjust regulator pins and swiss keys<br />
and corrective bends, remove tangles and knots from hairsprings without damage to the spring.<br />
Adjust the regulator pins and keys. Hairsprings will be adjust in project watches to compensate for<br />
errors in the watches position as checked on electronic testing equipment. Overcoils Overcoil<br />
hairsprings will be formed to blueprint specification using the Loosier Curve design. The student<br />
will vibrate the hairspring using a vibrating tool. The overall accuracy and neatness of the work and<br />
time keeping will affect the grade. *( Student will the process of graver sharpening and discuss the<br />
process in an essay.)<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2305<br />
Intermediate Horology V<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Continuation of IntermediateHorology Iv. Emphisis on shaping and sharpening wathemakers<br />
gravers and the use of the watchmakers latheto turn square sholder pivots. Prerequisite: HRGY<br />
2304<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will describe the functions of the watchmaker's lathe and demonstrate a thorough<br />
knowledge of its uses through practical application; describe and demonstrate construction of<br />
cutting tools and gravers to include the tempering process and the proper care and sharpening of<br />
gravers; exhibit an understanding of the theory and application of burnishers and polishing<br />
techniques; and properly remove balance staffs from balance wheels using the watchmaker's lathe.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 - Gravers, 4mm double shoulder brass<br />
Week 2 - 4mm double sholder steel, 0.5mm double shoulder brass<br />
Week 3 - 0.5mm double shoulder steel, 0.2mm double shoulder brass<br />
Week 4 - 0.2mm double shoulder steel<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Graver shaping, hardening and heat treating, lapping and mirror polishing 6 tool steel gravers for<br />
the watchmakers lathe. The gravers properly hardened tempered as to be able to cut drill rod<br />
steel,must be razor sharp. Lathe projects must be held to Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm ,<br />
- .10mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without scratches, dents or other surface<br />
irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2306<br />
Intermediate Horology VI<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of IntermediateHorology V. Emphisis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to turn<br />
conical pivots, balance staffs and stems. Prerequisite: HRGY 2305<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will describe the functions of the watchmaker's lathe and demonstrate a thorough<br />
knowledge of its uses through practical application; describe and demonstrate construction of<br />
cutting tools and gravers to include the tempering process and the proper care and sharpening of<br />
gravers; exhibit an understanding of the theory and application of burnishers and polishing<br />
techniques; and properly remove balance staffs from balance wheels using the watchmaker's lathe.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- 0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel<br />
Week 2-3 0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel, 12mm Balance Staff<br />
Week 3-4 6mm Balance Staff 21mm Stem in Brass<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Unless otherwise stated all watchmakers lathe projects must be held to blueprint specification of<br />
Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm , - .01mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without<br />
scratches, dents or other surface irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.<br />
0.5mm cone pivot brass, 0.5mm cone pivot steel<br />
0.2mm cone pivot brass, 0.2mm cone pivot steel<br />
12mm Balance Staff 6mm Balance Staff, 21mm Stem in Brass<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2307<br />
Intermediate Horology VII<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on the use of the watchmakers lathe to<br />
make a stem to fit a watch, balance staff removal, pivot burnishing and the use of the Jacot tool .<br />
Nomencature and material systems for Automatic and calendar watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2306<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Describe and demonstrate the theories and applications of pivot repair and polishing; exhibit a<br />
thorough understanding of the nomenclature of automatic winding watches and utilize the<br />
complicated watch material system to procure replacement parts as required; explain and<br />
demonstrate proper cleaning, overhaul, and repair procedures for automatic winding watches; and<br />
demonstrate proper repair procedures for small jobs common in the watch repair industry to include<br />
case polishing and repairs, removing broken screws, fitting spring bars, and dissolving screws with<br />
alum.<br />
Week 1 - 19mm Stem in Steel ,Stem for Watch<br />
Week 2 - Cut off Balance Hubs, Screwdriver Project /intro to repivoting<br />
Week 3 - Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool, Burnish Train wheel Pivots<br />
Week 4 Burnish Balance Pivots, Automatic Watch Nomenclature/Materials and<br />
ordering parts and Trouble Shooting Automatics<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Unless otherwise stated all watchmakers lathe projects must be held to blueprint specification of<br />
Tolerance : Diameters ~ .01 mm + .00mm , - .1mm Lengths ~ + - .10mm Projects must be without<br />
scratches, dents or other surface irregularities and must be polished unless stated otherwise.<br />
19mm Stem in Steel, Stem for Watch, Cut off Balance Hubs<br />
Screwdriver Project (intro to repivoting exercise)<br />
Pivot Repairs/ Jacot Tool : Burnish Train wheel Pivots Burnish Balance Pivots<br />
Automatic Watches Nomenclature/Materials and Ordering Parts<br />
Trouble Shooting Automatics<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2308<br />
Intermediate Horology VIII<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Intermediate Horology VI with emphasis on speed. Focus on disassembly, cleaning,<br />
and repair of automatic winding watches; and on precision timing including nomenclature, parts<br />
interchangeability, proper lubrication, and casing.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will describe and demonstrate the theories and applications of pivot repair and polishing;<br />
exhibit a thorough understanding of the nomenclature of automatic winding watches and utilize the<br />
complicated watch material system to procure replacement parts as required; explain and<br />
demonstrate proper cleaning, overhaul, and repair procedures for automatic winding watches; and<br />
demonstrate proper repair procedures for small jobs common in the watch repair industry to include<br />
case polishing and repairs, removing broken screws, fitting spring bars, and dissolving screws with<br />
alum.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-4 - Automatic and Calendar Wtches<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Given automatic wristwatches of different sizes and manufactures the student will perform the<br />
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying<br />
customer. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,<br />
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and<br />
strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the<br />
overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch. Quality of workmanship<br />
and difficulty of the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently.<br />
Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Shannon Calloway<br />
AS126<br />
903-782-0249<br />
scalloway@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2333<br />
Casting II<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Casting I. Includes instruction in mold making and vibratory finishing.<br />
Prerequisite(s): Completion of HRGY 1309<br />
Textbooks<br />
Murry Bovin, Jewelry Casting, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, N.Y. 1979<br />
Tim McCreight, Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1982<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate knowledge of the proper use and care of tools and equipment, materials, industry<br />
nomenclature, and ethics.<br />
Demonstrate skills in casting techniques: wax carving, injecting, spruing, treeing, investing, and<br />
WEEK 1 # 19A CLUSTER RING<br />
#21A BRIGHT CUT WEDDING BAND<br />
#9 BAKER TOP<br />
WEEK 2 #16 RING GUARD<br />
#31HEXAGONAL GENTS RING<br />
#42 FREEFORM RING<br />
WEEK 3 #11B LARGE RING SHANK<br />
#15 GENTS SQUARE TOP RING<br />
#8 BRACELET LINKS<br />
#2 SIX PRONG HEAD<br />
#3 FOUR PRONG V HEAD<br />
#4 CATHEDRAL BASKET HEAD<br />
#5 SPLIT PRONG FISHTAIL HEAD<br />
#6 FOUR PRONG ILLUSION TOP<br />
#7 PENDANT BAIL
Evaluation methods Daily Grades 05%<br />
Technical Average 75%<br />
Ethics 10%<br />
Written Final 10%<br />
Final <strong>Semester</strong> Grade 100%<br />
Grade scale: A: 90 - 100<br />
B: 80 - 89.5<br />
C: 70 - 79.5<br />
F: 0 - 69.5
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2335<br />
Precious Metals I<br />
Description<br />
Emphasis on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear, cushion, and emerald cut stones. Focus<br />
on utilization of commercial shop guidelines.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
The student will demonstrate skills to repair different types of chains. Cast ring and solder heads in<br />
place and set stones. Assemble head and shank and set stone, size and retip prongs. Cast channel<br />
ring and set stones. Cast ring and bead set brighto-cut 3 stones into ribbon. Cast ring multi stone<br />
strip and set stones. Cast ring and bead set bright-cut 4 stone in top. Cast ring solder bezel in place<br />
and set stones.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Repair different types of chains, fabricate jumps rings and attach, Cast ring solder heads in<br />
place and set stones and size. Assemble shank and head, set stone, size and retip three prongs. Cast<br />
ring channel set different size stones into channel and size.<br />
Week 2- Cast ring and bead set and bright cut stone into ring. Cast ring and multi stone strip and set<br />
stones in strip.<br />
Week 3- Cast ring and bead set bright cut four stones into top of ring. Cast ring and solder bezels in<br />
place and set stones.
Evaluation methods<br />
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.<br />
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better<br />
The course grade is compiled as follows:<br />
Technical Average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Written final 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Raus, Ulla<br />
AS134<br />
903-782-0474<br />
uraus@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2336<br />
Precious Metals II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of Precious Metals I. Focus on layout, bright cuts, baguettes, marquise, pear,<br />
cushion, and emerald cut stones as well as pave in precious metals. Includes utilization of<br />
commercial shop guidelines. Emphasis on speed.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The sudent will demonstrate the skill to cast and baguette stone. Cast ring and solder heads in<br />
place and set stones. Channel set stones into a cast ring. And solder posts to hollow earrings.Cast a<br />
wedding set and set stones, size and solder together. Bezel set oval stone, flush set stone on each<br />
side . Cast, assemble and set princess cut stone. Size platinum band<br />
Week 4-Cast and set three baguettes in a ring. Cast ring and solder heads into ring set stones and<br />
size. Cast channel ring and set round stones. Hollow dome earrings remove posts and resolder posts<br />
on.<br />
Week 5- Cast wedding set and set marquise center stone and tapered baguettes on side. Cast ring<br />
and bezel set center stone and flush set side stones.<br />
Week 6- Cast and set princess cut stone. Size and polish platinum band.
Evaluation methods<br />
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.<br />
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better<br />
The course grade is compiled as follows:<br />
Technical Average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Written final 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2337<br />
Precious Metals III<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Precious Metals II with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial shop<br />
practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck and<br />
cast findings. General review of bench techniques.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student will demonstrate the skills to cast and set round stone in center and a baguette on each<br />
side and set stones in the ring guard. Cast shanks and assemble pear and marquise heads and set<br />
stones. Cast and set channel set baguette stones, assemble shank and peg marquise head and set<br />
stone. Set stones in buttercup mountings earrings and pendant<br />
Week 7- Cast ring and set center stone and side stones. Cast each side of ring guard solder together<br />
and set stones. Set marquise shaped stone in six prongs, Set pear shape stone in six prongs.<br />
Week 8- Cast and set pave'. Set oval stone into basket head.<br />
Week 9- Channel set baguettes. Marquise stone in prongs set stone in earings and pendant.
Evaluation methods<br />
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.<br />
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better<br />
The course grade is compiled as follows:<br />
Technical Average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Written final 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section .01 email<br />
Harrison, Harrel<br />
AS116<br />
903-782-0451<br />
hharrison@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2338<br />
Precious Metals IV<br />
Description<br />
Continuation of Precious Metals III with emphasis on techniques and refinement of commercial<br />
shop practices including lost wax process of casting in precious metals and assembly of die- struck<br />
and cast findings. General review of bench techniques from fabrication of a platinum pendant to<br />
soldering die struck heads on mountings. Emphasis on speed.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bovin, Murray. Jewelry Making, Bovin Publishers, Forest Hill, NY 1979<br />
Brepohl, Erhard. The Theory and Practice of Goldsmithing, Brynmorgen Press,<br />
Portland, Main, 2001<br />
McCreight, Tim. The Complete Metalsmith, Davis Publications, Inc. Worcester, Mass., 1991<br />
Texas Institute of Jewelry Technology, Reference Manual of<br />
Jewelry Related Terms.<br />
Wooding, Robert. Diamond Setting, Dry Ridge Company, Erlanger, Kentucky, 2002<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student will demonstrate the skills to pave' set stones in ring. Cast and assemble emerald head<br />
and shank and set stone. Assemble cast parts and set multi stones. Cast and assemble pendant and<br />
set stone. Assemble cast parts and solder head in place set stone, size and solder together. Cast and<br />
channel set baguettes in ring. Jewelers of America Certification test.<br />
Week 10- Pave' stones into round top ring. Cast ring and set emerald cut stone.<br />
Week 11- Cast ring and set stones in waterfall top. Cast pendant and set stones.<br />
Week 12- Cast nugget ring and set stones. Cast wedding set stone, size and solder together.<br />
Jewelers of America Bench Certification test.
Evaluation methods<br />
Projects are graded to jewelry industry standard.<br />
Students must complete each project with a grade of “70” or better<br />
The course grade is compiled as follows:<br />
Technical Average 80%<br />
Workplace Ethics 10%<br />
Written final 10%<br />
Final course grade 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2341<br />
Advanced Horology Systems I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Course work includes lectures, demonstrations and practical hands-on training during the study of<br />
disassembly, cleaning, repair and adjustment of timers and simple chronographs. Prerequisite:<br />
HRGY 2308<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student will demonstrate cleaning, overhaul, and repair of complicated watches and watches with<br />
multiple complications to include automatic, calendar alarm, chronographic mechanisms, and<br />
timers.<br />
Week 1-2 Timers<br />
Week 2-4 Simple Chronograph<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Given various Stop Watches / Timers of different manufactures the student will perform the<br />
necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls Stop Watches / Timers and Simple Chronographs<br />
Given various Simple Chronographs of different manufactures. Attention to detail in the completion<br />
of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work<br />
and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage<br />
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. the student will perform the necessary<br />
sequential steps to complete overhauls as if they were being prepared for an actual paying customer.<br />
Written test questions<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2342<br />
Advanced Horology Systems II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems I. Emphasis on disaaembly, cleaning, repair and<br />
adjustment of multi function mechanical movements and automatic and calendat chronograph<br />
watches. Prerequisite: HRGY2341<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student will demonstrate cleaning, overhaul, and repair of complicated watches and watches with<br />
multiple complications to include automatic, calendar alarm, chronographic mechanisms, and<br />
timers; and describe the theory of basic electricity as it applies to troubleshooting, cleaning,<br />
overhaul, and repair of electric balance wheel watches and basic tuning fork watches.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-4<br />
Chronographs<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Given various Calendar and Automatic Chronographs of different manufactures the student will<br />
perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion<br />
of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, hairspring work<br />
and care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to be considered . Scratches, damage<br />
and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A Job work sheet is to be completed<br />
for each watch project. Watches that are not repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for<br />
grading.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2343<br />
Advanced Horology Systems III<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems II. Emphasis on electronic theroy related to<br />
quarzt analog watches. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Student will apply electronic theory to cleaning and overhauling simple quartz analog watches<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1<br />
Week 1-4<br />
Using Using Volt/Ohm Meter<br />
Quartz Analog Watches<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Using VOM The student will perform checks of of electronic components.Given various Quartz<br />
Analog Watches of different manufactures the student will perform the necessary sequential steps to<br />
complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the completion of the watch movement, its time keeping,<br />
cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band are to<br />
be considered . Scratches, damage and loss of parts will subtract from the overall project grade. A<br />
Job work sheet is to be completed for each watch project. Quality of workmanship and difficulty of<br />
the projects will be assessed as will the students ability to work independently. Watches that are not<br />
repaired to industry standards will not be accepted for grading.<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Frank Poye<br />
AS 132<br />
903 7820361<br />
fpoye@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
HRGY 2344<br />
Advanced Horology Systems IV<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of Advanced Horological Systems III. Emphisis on multi function quartz analog and<br />
quartz digital time pieces. Elective projects can include electronic tuning fork watches. This course<br />
is the culmination of all learned skills to prepare the individule for a career in the watchmaking<br />
industry. Prerequisite: HRGY 2343<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Watch Repaires Manual and Bench Practices for Watch and Clockmakers<br />
by Henry B. Fried<br />
Bestfit Encyclopedia of Watch Materials #1 and #2<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Student will describe and demonstrate the proper troubleshooting, cleaning, overhaul, and repair<br />
procedures for the LED quartz watch, LCD quartz watch, and step motor quartz analog watches.<br />
Week 1-2 Quartz Chronographs<br />
Week 3 Quartz Digital<br />
Week 3 Water Resistance Testing<br />
Week 4 Case and Band Repair<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Given various Quartz Chronograph and Quartz Digital Watches of different manufactures the<br />
student will perform the necessary sequential steps to complete overhauls. Attention to detail in the<br />
completion of the watch movement, its time keeping, cleanliness, proper oiling , lubricating, care of<br />
the crystal, case ,dial , hands and strap or band and Water Resistance are to be considered. Case and<br />
Band Repair The student will size and adjust standard watch bands and demonstrate refinishing<br />
procedures. Attention to detail in fitting of parts and the accuracy of the refinish/polishing will<br />
determine the grade of the projects. Electives : Projects Accutrons , Tuning Fork and Balance<br />
Wheel Electric Watches<br />
Written test questions<br />
a. Composite grade on all projects = 80%<br />
b. Work Ethics = 10%<br />
c. Composite grade on written final test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Marjorie Pannell<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong> Office AS 140<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II Phone 903 782 0360<br />
Section P1 email mpannell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
IMED 1316<br />
Web Page Design I<br />
Description<br />
Instruction in Web Design and related graphic design issues including mark‐up languages, web sites,<br />
and browsers.<br />
Textbooks<br />
New Perspectives HTML and CSS, Comprehensive 6th Ed.<br />
Patrick Carey<br />
ISBN: 9781111526443<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Utilize industry standard application software to produce personal, business, and academic reports<br />
and presentations.<br />
Recognize the interaction of stand‐alone and network devices, operating systems, and applications.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Orientation, Getting Started with HTML5, and Developing a Web Site<br />
Week 2: Designing a Web Page and Creating Page Layouts with CSS<br />
Week 3: Working with Tables and Columns and Creating a Web Form<br />
Week 4: Designing a Multimedia Web Site and Enhancing a Web Site with Advanced CSS<br />
Week 5: Working with XHTML and Present Final Project<br />
Evaluation methods Class Assignments ‐ 25%<br />
Projects ‐ 30%<br />
Quizzes ‐ 20%<br />
Final Project ‐ 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty Marjorie Pannell<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong> Office AS 140<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I Phone 903 782 0360<br />
Section 65 email mpannell@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ITSC 1301<br />
Introduction to Computers<br />
Description<br />
Overview of computer information systems. Introduces computer hardware, software, procedures,<br />
and human resources.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Discovering Computers ‐ Fundamentals, 2011 Edition<br />
Shelly/Vermaat<br />
ISBN: 1‐4390‐7945‐5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Identify the components of a computer system; use common applications; explain the impact of<br />
computers on society; identify computer careers; identify fundamental programming structures;<br />
identify ethical use of computers; and use basic operating system funcions.<br />
Week 1: Orientation, Getting Started with HTML5, and Developing a Web Site<br />
Week 2: Designing a Web Page and Creating Page Layouts with CSS<br />
Week 3: Working with Tables and Columns and Creating a Web Form<br />
Week 4: Designing a Multimedia Web Site and Enhancing a Web Site with Advanced CSS<br />
Week 5: Working with XHTML and Present Final Project<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
40% Assessment Quizzes<br />
30% Assignments<br />
30% Chapter Quizzes
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong>--Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jan Jordan<br />
AS 155<br />
903-782-0378<br />
jjordan@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
ITSC 1409<br />
Integration of Software Applications 1<br />
Description<br />
Integration of applications from popular business productivity software suites. Instruction in<br />
embedding data, linking and combining documents using word processing, spreadsheets, databases,<br />
and/or presentation media software.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Guidelines for Microsoft Office 2010 by Nancy Muir and Anita Verno. ISBN 978-0763843403<br />
Publisher: Paradigm Publishing.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student will be able to demonstrate proficiency in application software to produce personal,<br />
business, and academic documents.<br />
Week 1-Microsoft Office 2010 Suite Overview<br />
Word--Creating Documents<br />
Word--Formatting Documentsek<br />
Week 2-Word--Working with Tables and Objects<br />
Word--Finalizing and Sharing Documents (Word Production Exam)<br />
Creating an Excel Workbook<br />
Week 3-Excel--Working with Formulas and Functions<br />
Excel--Formatting Cells<br />
Excel--Working with Charts (Excel Production Exam)<br />
Week 4-Access--Working with Databases<br />
Access--Using Forms and Tables<br />
Week 5-Access--Working with Queries and Reports (Access Production Exam)<br />
Week 6-PowerPoint--Creating a Presentation/Working with Slide Masters and Handouts<br />
Week 7-PowerPoint--Adding Visual Elements & Sound/Completing, Running, Sharing Show<br />
Week 8-Integrating Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint<br />
Week 9-Final Production Exam (PowerPoint)<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
60% Hands-On Skills Reviews and Module Projects from Textbook<br />
30% Word, Excel, and Access Production Exams<br />
10% PowerPoint Final Production Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center Room 105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center Room 105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center Room 105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Sean Kennedy<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-454-9333<br />
skennedy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center Room 105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Sean Kennedy<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-454-9333<br />
skennedy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0301<br />
Reading II<br />
Description<br />
Learning Skills 0301 is designed to help students develop reading skills prerequisite to college<br />
success. Group instruction and lab activities are utilized. Critical and analytical reading skills<br />
are included at this level. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Improving <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-099-0 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will demonstrate<br />
college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and analytical reading<br />
skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss practice readings and written assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments. The fourth major test will be a common<br />
course final that all students enrolled in LSKL 0301 must take.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
30% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
20% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
105<br />
903.782.0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units will be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary
Evaluation methods<br />
Final course grades will be based upon the following:<br />
1. Test Grades: There will be 4 major test over reading skills discussed and studied during<br />
class discussions and on homework assignments.<br />
2. Daily Class Work: Daily assignments, activities, and quizzes will count toward final grade<br />
averages. Lowest 2 daily grades will be dropped.<br />
3. Homework Assignments: Homework assignments must be completed according to<br />
instructions and may be evaluated for grades. Lowest 2 homework grades will be<br />
dropped.<br />
4. Exit Exam: Students' having 70 or above final averages will be required to take this exam.<br />
A grade of 70% or above successfully completes the Exit Exam.<br />
The following formula will be used to derive your final grade average:<br />
50% = test grade average<br />
40% = in-class worksheets, daily quizzes, or special assignments<br />
10% = homework assignments<br />
Grading Scale:<br />
A = 90 - 100 C = 70 - 79 *F = 59 and below<br />
B = 80 - 89 *D = 60 - 69 W = Administrative Withdrawal<br />
*Note: Grades of D, F, or W do not count as successful completion of the course.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0310.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term SUMMER <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
R Wheat<br />
SSC<br />
903-885-1232<br />
rwheat@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Learning Skills 0302<br />
Reading III<br />
Description<br />
LSKL 0302 is designed to help students develop advanced reading skills and techniques<br />
prerequisite to college success. Three semester hours of credit. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Each student must have his/her own copy of the required text Ten Steps to Advancing <strong>College</strong><br />
Reading Skills, ISBN 1-59194-200-4 (fifth edition) by John Langan.<br />
Developmental Reading Program Student Learning Outcomes: (1) Students will develop basic<br />
basic reading skills; (2) Students will apply advanced reading skills; (3) Students will<br />
demonstrate college level reading comprehension; (4) Students will employ critical and<br />
analytical reading skills.<br />
Course Level Student Learning Outcomes: (1)Students will increase college level vocabularies;<br />
(2) Students will read with comprehension and retention; (3) Students will denote authors'<br />
writing styles; (4) Students will apply critical and analytical reading skills.<br />
Schedule<br />
The following learning units may be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 1, “Vocabulary<br />
In Context”<br />
Unit 2: Major and Minor Details When Reading<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 2, “Main Ideas,”<br />
Chapter 3, “Supporting Details,” and Chapter 4 “Implied Main Ideas”<br />
Unit 3: Paragraph Patterns and Major Types of Transitions<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercise in Chapter 5,<br />
“Relationships I,” and Chapter 6, “Relationships II”<br />
Unit 4: Fact and Opinion<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and work exercises concerning fact and opinion in<br />
Chapter 10, “Critical Reading”<br />
Unit 5: Critical Interpretation<br />
Assignment: Read, discuss, and complete exercises in Chapter 7, “Inferences,”<br />
and Chapter 8, “ Purpose and Tone”<br />
Unit 6: Combined Skills Application<br />
Assignment: Read, complete, and discuss 20 practice readings in “Part Three:<br />
Combined Skills Tests”<br />
The following learning units may be studied in sequential order as students master course content.<br />
Unit 1: Vocabulary<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Mallie Hood<br />
MS 111H<br />
903-782-0335<br />
mhood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
903-782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
903-782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Winfred Essix<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
winfredessix@yahoo.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Amy Davis<br />
adavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math 3.3.0<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a<br />
successful college experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed<br />
to identify areas of specific need and to facilitate individualized instruction.<br />
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayn Martin-Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISNB 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework. Student will evaluate fraction problems using the basic four math operations: addition,<br />
subtraction, multiplication, and division. Student will evaluate decimal problems using the same<br />
four operations.<br />
Topics and assignments may include:<br />
Introduction and Lab Visit<br />
Chapter 0<br />
Chapter 1<br />
Chapter 2<br />
Chapter 3<br />
Chapter 4<br />
Chapter 5<br />
Chapter 6<br />
Chapter 7<br />
Review for Final<br />
Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 10% each) ----30%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%<br />
3. Homework and Unit Tests --- 40%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Martha Young<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
myoung@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
Susan Cook<br />
SSC<br />
(903) 348-3522<br />
cook@1starnet.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Amy Davis<br />
GC<br />
(903) 454 0333<br />
adavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
LSKL 0306<br />
Skill Development in Math<br />
Description<br />
Designed to help students acquire the basic math skills prerequisite to a successful college<br />
experience. Includes an intensive testing program designed to identify areas of specific need and to<br />
facilitate individualized instruction. May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. May be<br />
repeated.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Custom Edition, Pearson, ISBN 10: 1-256-80238-7, ISBN 13:<br />
978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student will demonstrate mastery of basic math skills required for success in subsequent math<br />
coursework.<br />
Schedule<br />
TENTATIVE! ANY CHANGES WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN CLASS.<br />
Week 1-Sections 0.1 through 0.6<br />
Week 2-Sections 0.7 through 1.5, Test 1<br />
Week 3-Sections 2.1 through 3.6, Test 2<br />
Week 4-Sections 4.1 through 5.6, Test 3<br />
Week 5 -Sections 6.1 through 7.2, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be based on the following: 20% for www.mymathlab.com work, 60% for the three tests<br />
(20% for each test), 20% for the Departmental Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Chastity Woodson<br />
MS RM 111G<br />
903-782-0234<br />
cwoodson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0103.02<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear<br />
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.<br />
Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 8.1-8.5<br />
Week 2-Discuss Sections 8.6-8.8, Chapter 8 Test, Discuss Sections 9.1-9.6<br />
Week 3- Chapter 9 Test, Discuss Sections 10.1-10.7<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 10.8-10.10, Chapter 10 Test, Discuss Sections 13.1-13.4<br />
Week 5-Discuss Sections 13.5-13.6, Chapter 13 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6 -<br />
Week 7-<br />
Keep in mind that you will receive a grade for MATH 0103 independently of MATH 0300. The<br />
grade for the one-hour lab is based on your homework average in mymathlab.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear<br />
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.<br />
Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Jennifer Kornell<br />
MS 115<br />
(903) 782 - 0209 (Math department)<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations, linear inequalities, and polynomials.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1- 8.5<br />
Week 2: 8.6- 8.8, 9.1-9.6, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 10.1 -10.8, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.9, 10.10, 13.1-13.6, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: Chapter 13 Test, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Winfred Essix<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
wessix@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
John Sneed<br />
GC 201<br />
903-454-9333<br />
jsneed@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA LABORATORY<br />
Description<br />
Group laboratory instruction designed to develop mathematical skills necessary for academic<br />
success. Lab may not be used to satisfy degree requirements.<br />
Credits: One semester credit hour. Zero lecture hours and one laboratory hour per week.<br />
Prerequisite: Enrollment in Math 0300<br />
Textbooks<br />
No textbook required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to use arithentic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real<br />
world problems. The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and<br />
graphically. The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and<br />
symbolically.<br />
Students are required to attend the Math 0103.40 laboratory for one hour per week. The instructor<br />
will be present to clarify lecture discussion and to assist student with the completion of assignments.
Evaluation methods<br />
The grade for this class will be based soley on attendance and productive participation. Each<br />
absence will result in the loss of 5 points from your grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC 125<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH0300 and MATH0103<br />
Elementary Algebra and Math Lab<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,<br />
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and<br />
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory<br />
score on placement test.<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayn Martin-Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISNB 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
Topics include:<br />
Intro and Section 8.1-8.2 and Lab Visit<br />
8.3-8.5<br />
8.6-8.8<br />
9.1-9.2<br />
9.3-9.5<br />
9.6-10.2<br />
10.3-10.5<br />
10.6-10.8<br />
10.9-10.10<br />
11.1-11.3<br />
11.4-11.6<br />
11.7-11.8 and 12.1<br />
12.2 - 12.4<br />
Various Section Tests - TBA<br />
Review for Final and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests -------- 50%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%<br />
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%<br />
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Winfred Essix<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
wessix@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC 124<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,<br />
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and<br />
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory<br />
score on placement test.<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayn Martin-Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISNB 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
June 5: Chapter 8 All Sections<br />
June 10: Chapter 9 All Sections<br />
June 12: Sections 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4<br />
June 17: Sections 10.5, 10.6, 10.7<br />
June 19: Sections 10.8, 10.9, 10.10<br />
June 24: Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3<br />
June 26: Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7<br />
July 1: Chapter 12 All Sections and Review for Final Exam<br />
July 3: Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests -------- 50%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%<br />
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%<br />
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carolyn Davis<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
cdavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carolyn Davis<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
cdavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0103<br />
Elementary Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Terri Bowers<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
tbowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:<br />
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Homework 10% /Quizzes 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
903-782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1- Chapter 14 - Factoring Polynomials<br />
Week 2- Chapter 15 - Rational Expressions and Equations<br />
Week 3- Chapter 16 - Rational Exponents, Radicals, and Complex Numbers<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11 - Graphs and Introduction to Functions<br />
Week 5- Sections 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 - Quadratic Functions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for MyMathLab. The lab grade will be<br />
determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined by overall<br />
percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Terri Bowers<br />
MS 111<br />
903-782-0209<br />
tbowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301 (MATH 0106)<br />
Intermediate Algebra (MATH LAB)<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:<br />
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Homework 10% /Quizzes 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Chastity Woodson<br />
MS 111G<br />
903-782-0234<br />
cwoodson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Keep in mind that you will receive a grade for MATH 0106 independently of MATH 0301. The<br />
grade for this one-hour lab is based on your homework average in mymathlab.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,<br />
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Martyn-Gay (ISBN# 1-256-30930-3)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 11 sections 1-7: Rectangular Coordinate System; Linear Functions (slope,<br />
equations of lines, graphing); Function notation; Graphing Nonlinear functions<br />
Week 2-Exam 1; Chapter 14 sections 1-7: Factoring Polynomials; Solving Quadratic equations by<br />
factoring; Quadratic equations and problem solving<br />
Week 3-Exam 2; Chapter 15 sections 1-7: Simplifying Rational functions; Arithmetic with rational<br />
expressions; Solving Rational Equations; Solving Proportion Problems; Simplifying Complex<br />
Fractions<br />
Week 4-Exam 3; Chapter 16 sections 1-7: Radicals; Rational Exponents; Simplifying Radical<br />
Expressions; Rationalizing denominators; Radical Equations; Complex Numbers<br />
Week 5-Exam 4; Chapter 17 sections 1-3: Functions; Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing<br />
the Square; The Quadratic Formula; Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
4 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,<br />
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Martyn-Gay (ISBN# 1-256-30930-3)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 11 sections 1-7: Rectangular Coordinate System; Linear Functions (slope,<br />
equations of lines, graphing); Function notation; Graphing Nonlinear functions<br />
Week 2-Exam 1; Chapter 14 sections 1-7: Factoring Polynomials; Solving Quadratic equations by<br />
factoring; Quadratic equations and problem solving<br />
Week 3-Exam 2; Chapter 15 sections 1-7: Simplifying Rational functions; Arithmetic with rational<br />
expressions; Solving Rational Equations; Solving Proportion Problems; Simplifying Complex<br />
Fractions<br />
Week 4-Exam 3; Chapter 16 sections 1-7: Radicals; Rational Exponents; Simplifying Radical<br />
Expressions; Rationalizing denominators; Radical Equations; Complex Numbers<br />
Week 5-Exam 4; Chapter 17 sections 1-3: Functions; Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing<br />
the Square; The Quadratic Formula; Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
4 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Anne Marie Ward<br />
TANU-Commerce B-309<br />
903-454-9333<br />
award@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
This course is designed to help students on an individual basis with the math course in which they<br />
are enrolled for the semester, usually MATH 0301.<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Exponents, adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing polynomials, negative<br />
exponents,scientific notation, and factoring polynomials.<br />
Week 2-Solving quadratic equations by factoring, simplifying, multiply, dividing, adding and<br />
subtracting rational expressions, solving rational equations and simplifying complex functions.<br />
Week 3- radicals, radical functions; simplifying, adding, subtacting and multiplying radical<br />
expressions, rationalizing radical expressions,solving radical equations and complex numbers, the<br />
rectangular coordinate system, graphing linear equations, and intercepts and slope.<br />
Grades will be based on attendance. Each hour of attendance is worth 10% of the grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1- Chapter 14 - Factoring Polynomials<br />
Week 2- Chapter 15 - Rational Expressions and Equations<br />
Week 3- Chapter 16 - Rational Exponents, Radicals, and Complex Numbers<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11 - Graphs and Introduction to Functions<br />
Week 5- Sections 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 - Quadratic Functions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for MyMathLab. The lab grade will be<br />
determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined by overall<br />
percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Dr. Cynthia Steward<br />
C, Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
csteward@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0106<br />
Intermediate Algebra Lab<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, introduction into<br />
functions, rational expressions and equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-kGay. The text is required.<br />
ISBN 125675661X All homework for this class is done online and students are expected to<br />
purchase the online access code.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus,13.1-13.4<br />
Week 2: 13.5-14.6, Chapter 13 Test<br />
Week 3: 15.1-15.7, Chapter 14 Test<br />
Week 4: 16.1-17.2, Chapter 15 Test<br />
Week 5: 17.3, Chapter 16/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
20% Daily attendance and homework (all homework will be done online)<br />
60% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Stripland<br />
MS 111<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
jstripland@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Chastity Woodson<br />
MS RM 111G<br />
903-782-0234<br />
cwoodson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0300.02<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear<br />
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.<br />
Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 8.1-8.5<br />
Week 2-Discuss Sections 8.6-8.8, Chapter 8 Test, Discuss Sections 9.1-9.6<br />
Week 3- Chapter 9 Test, Discuss Sections 10.1-10.7<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 10.8-10.10, Chapter 10 Test, Discuss Sections 13.1-13.4<br />
Week 5-Discuss Sections 13.5-13.6, Chapter 13 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6 -<br />
Week 7-<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests (4 @ 15% each) -------- 60%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 20%<br />
3. Quizzes -------- 10%<br />
4. Homework-------10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of linear<br />
equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.<br />
Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
An instructor for this course has not been assigned at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Jennifer Kornell<br />
MS 115<br />
(903) 782 -0209 (Math department)<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations, linear inequalities, and polynomials .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 - 8.5<br />
Week 2: 8.6-8.8, 9.1-9.6, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 10.1 -10.8, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.9, 10.10, 13.1 - 13.6, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: Chapter 13 Test, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Winfred Essix<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
wessix@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
John Sneed<br />
GC Room 201<br />
903 454 9333<br />
jsneed@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities, application of<br />
linear equation, ratio and proportion, multiplication and division of polynomials, and factoring.<br />
May not be used to satisfy degree requirements. MUST take MATH 0103 as required lab.<br />
Prerquisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Title: Math Essenatials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayan Martin - Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The student is expected to use arithmentic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve real<br />
world problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Exponents; SquareRoots; Signed Numbers<br />
Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide Signed Numbers<br />
Order of Operation; Exponents; Scientific Notation; Real Numbers<br />
Week 2-Introduction to Variables; Solving Equations<br />
Solving Equations; Perimeter and Area<br />
Volume; Algebraic Equations<br />
Week 3-Properties of Equality: Linear Equations<br />
Problem Solving; Formulas and Percent and Mixture Problems<br />
Ratio and Proportion; Distance Problems<br />
Week 4-Linear Inequalities; Absolutic Value; Linear Graphs<br />
Intercept; Slope; Rata of Change<br />
Week 5-Function Notation; Graphing Linear and Non-Linear Functions<br />
System of Equations-Graph<br />
Week 6-System of Equations-Substitution Sysstem of Equations-Addition<br />
Use in Problem Solving<br />
Comprehensive Final<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components.<br />
1. Average of chapter tests------------60%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam--------20%<br />
3. Homework Average-----------------20%<br />
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC 125<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH0300 and MATH0103<br />
Elementary Algebra and Math Lab<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,<br />
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and<br />
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory<br />
score on placement test.<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayn Martin-Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISNB 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
Topics include:<br />
Intro and Section 8.1-8.2 and Lab Visit<br />
8.3-8.5<br />
8.6-8.8<br />
9.1-9.2<br />
9.3-9.5<br />
9.6-10.2<br />
10.3-10.5<br />
10.6-10.8<br />
10.9-10.10<br />
11.1-11.3<br />
11.4-11.6<br />
11.7-11.8 and 12.1<br />
12.2 - 12.4<br />
Various Section Tests - TBA<br />
Review for Final and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests -------- 50%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%<br />
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%<br />
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Winfred Essix<br />
GC Faculty Office<br />
(903) 366 9668<br />
wessix@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC 124<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Topics covered normally include real numbers, linear equations and inequalities,<br />
application of linear equations, ratio and proportion, multiplication and<br />
division of polynomials, and factoring. May not be used to satisfy degree<br />
requirements. MUST take LSKL 0103 as required lab. Prerequisite: LSKL 0306 or satisfactory<br />
score on placement test.<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Authors: Elayn Martin-Gay<br />
Publisher: Pearson<br />
ISNB 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student is expected to use arithmetic, algebraic and critical thinking to model and solve realworld<br />
problems.<br />
The student is expected to interpret basic mathematical information verbally and graphically.<br />
The student is expected to evaluate basic mathematical information numerically and symbolically.<br />
June 5: Chapter 8 All Sections<br />
June 10: Chapter 9 All Sections<br />
June 12: Sections 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4<br />
June 17: Sections 10.5, 10.6, 10.7<br />
June 19: Sections 10.8, 10.9, 10.10<br />
June 24: Sections 11.1, 11.2, 11.3<br />
June 26: Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7<br />
July 1: Chapter 12 All Sections and Review for Final Exam<br />
July 3: Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades will be derived from 3 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests -------- 50%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam -- 30%<br />
3. Quizzes & Homework -------- 20%<br />
Lab grade is based solely on attendance and participation.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carolyn Davis<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
cdavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Carolyn Davis<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
cdavis@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0300<br />
Elementary Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are exponents, square roots, signed numbers, the order of operations, first<br />
degree equations, inequalities, linear equations and linear inequalities inequalities .<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-Gay. The text is required. ISBN<br />
978-1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with basic algebra vocabulary and math<br />
skills.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus, 8.1 8.4<br />
Week 2: 8.5-9.3, Chapter 8 Test<br />
Week 3: 9.4-10.2, Chapter 9 Test<br />
Week 4: 10.3-11.1, Chapter 10 Test<br />
Week 5: 11.2-11.7, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
15% Online assignments<br />
15% Attendance, Quizzes and Reviews<br />
50% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Lana Steich<br />
MS 111F<br />
903-782-0336<br />
lsteich@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:<br />
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Homework 10% /Quizzes 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
903-782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1- Chapter 14 - Factoring Polynomials<br />
Week 2- Chapter 15 - Rational Expressions and Equations<br />
Week 3- Chapter 16 - Rational Exponents, Radicals, and Complex Numbers<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11 - Graphs and Introduction to Functions<br />
Week 5- Sections 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 - Quadratic Functions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for MyMathLab. The lab grade will be<br />
determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined by overall<br />
percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Terri Bowers<br />
MS 111<br />
903-782-0209<br />
tbowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:<br />
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Homework 10% /Quizzes 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Chastity Woodson<br />
MS 111G<br />
903-782-0234<br />
cwoodson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students’ skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success with MyMathLab; Martin-Gay, ISBN: 125675661X<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
Week 1-Syllabus, Discuss Sections 14.1-14.6<br />
Week 2-Discuss Section 14.7, Chapter 14 Test, Discuss Sections 15.1-15.3<br />
Week 3-Discuss Sections 15.4-15.7, Chapter 15 Test, Discuss Sections 16.1-16.2<br />
Week 4- Discuss Sections 16.3-16.7, Chapter 16 Test, Discuss Sections 11.1-11.3<br />
Week 5-Dicuss Sections 11.4-11.6, 17.1-17.3, Chapter 11/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Week 6-<br />
Week 7-<br />
Week 8-<br />
Week 9-<br />
Week 10-<br />
Week 11-<br />
Week 12-<br />
Week 13-<br />
Week 14-<br />
Week 15-<br />
Week 16-
Evaluation methods<br />
Your grade in this course will be calculated as follows:<br />
4 Exams @ 15% each 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Homework 10% /Quizzes 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,<br />
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Martyn-Gay (ISBN# 1-256-30930-3)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 11 sections 1-7: Rectangular Coordinate System; Linear Functions (slope,<br />
equations of lines, graphing); Function notation; Graphing Nonlinear functions<br />
Week 2-Exam 1; Chapter 14 sections 1-7: Factoring Polynomials; Solving Quadratic equations by<br />
factoring; Quadratic equations and problem solving<br />
Week 3-Exam 2; Chapter 15 sections 1-7: Simplifying Rational functions; Arithmetic with rational<br />
expressions; Solving Rational Equations; Solving Proportion Problems; Simplifying Complex<br />
Fractions<br />
Week 4-Exam 3; Chapter 16 sections 1-7: Radicals; Rational Exponents; Simplifying Radical<br />
Expressions; Rationalizing denominators; Radical Equations; Complex Numbers<br />
Week 5-Exam 4; Chapter 17 sections 1-3: Functions; Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing<br />
the Square; The Quadratic Formula; Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
4 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex numbers, linear equations and their graphs,<br />
introduction to functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success, Martyn-Gay (ISBN# 1-256-30930-3)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1-Chapter 11 sections 1-7: Rectangular Coordinate System; Linear Functions (slope,<br />
equations of lines, graphing); Function notation; Graphing Nonlinear functions<br />
Week 2-Exam 1; Chapter 14 sections 1-7: Factoring Polynomials; Solving Quadratic equations by<br />
factoring; Quadratic equations and problem solving<br />
Week 3-Exam 2; Chapter 15 sections 1-7: Simplifying Rational functions; Arithmetic with rational<br />
expressions; Solving Rational Equations; Solving Proportion Problems; Simplifying Complex<br />
Fractions<br />
Week 4-Exam 3; Chapter 16 sections 1-7: Radicals; Rational Exponents; Simplifying Radical<br />
Expressions; Rationalizing denominators; Radical Equations; Complex Numbers<br />
Week 5-Exam 4; Chapter 17 sections 1-3: Functions; Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing<br />
the Square; The Quadratic Formula; Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
4 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Anne Marie Ward<br />
TANU-Commerce B-309<br />
903-454-9333<br />
award@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
This course is designed to develop intermediate algebraic skills in preparation for college algebra.<br />
Topics covered include exponents and polynomials, factoring, rational expressions and equations,<br />
rational exponents, radical expressions and equations, complex numbers, linear graphs and solving<br />
quadratic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Title: Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success<br />
Author: Martin - Gay<br />
Publisher: Prentice Hall<br />
ISBN – 13: 978-1-256-80238-9<br />
The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Exponents, adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing polynomials, negative<br />
exponents,scientific notation, and factoring polynomials.<br />
Week 2-Solving quadratic equations by factoring, test #1, simplifying, multiply, dividing, adding<br />
and subtracting rational expressions, solving rational equations and simplifying complex functions.<br />
Week 3- radicals, radical functions; simplifying, adding, subtacting and multiplying radical<br />
expressions, rationalizing radical expressions,solving radical equations and complex numbers, test<br />
#2, the rectangular coordinate system, graphing linear equations, and intercepts and slope.<br />
Grades will be derived from 4 components:<br />
1. Average of major tests (3 @ 20each) ----------- 60%<br />
2. Comprehensive Final Exam ------------------------ 20%<br />
3. Quizzes -------------------------------------------------- 5%<br />
4. Homework ---------------------------------------------- 15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Jennifer Garrett<br />
GC<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
jgarrett@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered include factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, linear equations and inequalities and<br />
their graphs, introduction into functions, rational expressions, and fractional equations, and solving<br />
quadritic equations. Prerequisite MATH 0300 or satisfactory score on placement test. Lab consists<br />
of tutoring instruction designed to develop students' skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essentials for <strong>College</strong> Success; Pearson, ISBN: 1-256-75661-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.<br />
Week 1- Chapter 14 - Factoring Polynomials<br />
Week 2- Chapter 15 - Rational Expressions and Equations<br />
Week 3- Chapter 16 - Rational Exponents, Radicals, and Complex Numbers<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11 - Graphs and Introduction to Functions<br />
Week 5- Sections 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 - Quadratic Functions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
There will be three exams. Each exam will contribute 20% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 20%, leaving 20% for MyMathLab. The lab grade will be<br />
determinied by the average of all quizzes taken during lab. Grades will be determined by overall<br />
percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Dr. Cynthia Steward<br />
C, Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903.885.1232<br />
csteward@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 0301<br />
Intermediate Algebra<br />
Description<br />
The topics included are factoring, exponents, roots, radicals, complex, numbers, introduction into<br />
functions, rational expressions and equations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Math Essential for <strong>College</strong> Success with My Math Lab by Martin-kGay. The text is required.<br />
ISBN 125675661X All homework for this class is done online and students are expected to<br />
purchase the online access code.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to interpret and evaluate basic mathematical information verbally,<br />
numerically, graphically, and symbolically.<br />
2. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency with polynomials and rational expressions in<br />
evaluating, simplifying, and factoring.<br />
3. The student is expected to apply basic operations with polynomials and rational expression.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Syllabus,13.1-13.4<br />
Week 2: 13.5-14.6, Chapter 13 Test<br />
Week 3: 15.1-15.7, Chapter 14 Test<br />
Week 4: 16.1-17.2, Chapter 15 Test<br />
Week 5: 17.3, Chapter 16/17 Test, Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The primary instruction method in this class will be traditional lecture and guided practice. Peer<br />
tutoring, and drill and practice through homework will be crucial elements as well. In addition, the<br />
lab time will provide for individual instruction.<br />
Grading: Points will be based on the following breakdown:<br />
20% Daily attendance and homework (all homework will be done online)<br />
60% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Mallie Hood<br />
MS 111H<br />
903-782-0335<br />
mhood@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,<br />
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,<br />
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.<br />
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test<br />
Textbooks<br />
Text: <strong>College</strong> Algebra, Blitzer, 5th Edition, ISBN: 0-321-55983-5<br />
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.<br />
2. The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.<br />
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the<br />
inverse relationship between the two.<br />
Schedule Week 1- Syllabus, 1.2 - 1.5<br />
Week 2- 1.6 - 2.4<br />
Week 3- 2.6 - 3.3, Test 1<br />
Week 4- 3.4 - 4.1, Test 2<br />
Week 5- 5.2 - 6.5, Test 3, Final
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade Weighting System<br />
1st test – 20%<br />
2nd test – 20%<br />
3rd test – 20%<br />
Homework/Quizzes/Class Projects ─ 20%<br />
Final Exam ─ 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
(903) 782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,<br />
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,<br />
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.<br />
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test<br />
Textbooks<br />
Text: <strong>College</strong> Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5<br />
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The<br />
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The<br />
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the inverse<br />
relationship between the two.<br />
1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns.<br />
1.4 Complex Numbers & 1.5 Quadratic Eqns.<br />
1.6 Other Types of Equations & 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities<br />
2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs & 2.3 Linear Functions & Slope<br />
2.4 More On Slope & 2.6 Combinations of Functions; Composite Functions<br />
2.7 Inverse Functions & 2.8 Distance & Midpoint Formulas; Circles<br />
3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Polynomial Functions & Their Graphs<br />
3.3 Dividing Polynomials & 3.5 Rational Functions & Their Graphs<br />
4.1 Exponential Functions & 4.2 Logarithmic Functions<br />
4.3 Properties of Logarithms & 4.4 Logarithmic and Exponential Equations<br />
5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables<br />
Determinants, Cramer's Rule, Factorials and Summation Notation
Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for MyMathLab work. Grades will be<br />
determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
(903) 782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,<br />
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,<br />
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.<br />
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test<br />
Textbooks<br />
Text: <strong>College</strong> Algebra, Blitzer, 4th Edition, ISBN: 0-13-219141-5<br />
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The<br />
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The<br />
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the inverse<br />
relationship between the two.<br />
1.2 Linear Eqns. & Rational Eqns.<br />
1.4 Complex Numbers & 1.5 Quadratic Eqns.<br />
1.6 Other Types of Equations & 1.7 Linear Inequalities & Absolute Value Inequalities<br />
2.2 More on Functions and Their Graphs & 2.3 Linear Functions & Slope<br />
2.4 More On Slope & 2.6 Combinations of Functions; Composite Functions<br />
2.7 Inverse Functions & 2.8 Distance & Midpoint Formulas; Circles<br />
3.1 Quadratic Functions & 3.2 Polynomial Functions & Their Graphs<br />
3.3 Dividing Polynomials & 3.5 Rational Functions & Their Graphs<br />
4.1 Exponential Functions & 4.2 Logarithmic Functions<br />
4.3 Properties of Logarithms & 4.4 Logarithmic and Exponential Equations<br />
5.1 Systems of Linear Eqns. In Two Variables & 5.2/6.5 Systems in Three Variables<br />
Determinants, Cramer's Rule, Factorials and Summation Notation
Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for MyMathLab work. Grades will be<br />
determined by overall percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Lana Steich<br />
MS 111F<br />
903-782-0336<br />
lsteich@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered in this traditional lecture course normally include, but not limited to, equations,<br />
inequalities, mathematical models, functions, graphs, polynomial functions, rational functions,<br />
exponential functions, and logarithmic functions, system of equations and determinants.<br />
Prerequisite for this course is MATH 0301 or a satisfactory score on the placement test<br />
Textbooks<br />
Text: <strong>College</strong> Algebra, Blitzer, 5th Edition, ISBN: 0-321-55983-5<br />
You will need a scientific calculator or a graphing calculator for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.<br />
2. The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.<br />
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the<br />
inverse relationship between the two.<br />
Week 1- Syllabus, 1.2 - 1.5<br />
Week 2- 1.6 - 2.4<br />
Week 3- 2.6 - 3.3, Test 1<br />
Week 4- 3.4 - 4.1, Test 2<br />
Week 5- 5.2 - 6.5, Test 3, Final
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade Weighting System<br />
1st test – 20%<br />
2nd test – 20%<br />
3rd test – 20%<br />
Homework/Quizzes/Class Projects ─ 20%<br />
Final Exam ─ 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Study of quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential functions; systems of<br />
equations; progressions; sequences and series; and matrices and determinants.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra 5th edition, Blitzer (ISBN# 0-321-55983-5)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The<br />
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The<br />
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the inverse<br />
relationship between the two.<br />
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 2-4 - Linear, rational equations, complex numbers<br />
Chapter 1 sections 5, 6, & 7 - Quadratic, Radical, absolute value equations; Linear and absolute<br />
value inequalities; Chapter 2 sections 1-3 - Functions and their graphs; Linear functions and slope;<br />
Chapter 2 Chapter 2 section 4 - More on slope; Exam 1<br />
Week 2-Chapter 2 sections 5-8 - Transformations, combinations, composition of functions; inverse<br />
functions; distance, midpoint, equations of circles<br />
Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2 - Quadratic, polynomial functions and their graphs<br />
Chapter 3 sections 3-5 - Remainder and factor theorems; zeros of polynomial functions; rational<br />
functions and their graphs; Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2 - Exponential, logarithmic functionsChapter 4 sections 3 & 4 -<br />
Properties of logarithms; exponential, logarithmic equations; Chapter 5 Systems of linear equations;<br />
Week 4- Chapter 6 sections 1-3 Matrix solutions of linear systems;Chapter 6 section 5 Determinants<br />
and Cramer's rule; Exam 3<br />
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 1 - The ellipse; Chapter 7 sections 2 & 3 - Hyperbolas, parabolas;<br />
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
3 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jeff Norris<br />
GC - 210<br />
(903)457-8713<br />
jnorris@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Study of quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential functions; systems of<br />
equations; progressions; sequences and series; and matrices and determinants.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra 5th edition, Blitzer (ISBN# 0-321-55983-5)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. The<br />
student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions. The<br />
student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the inverse<br />
relationship between the two.<br />
Week 1-Introduction & Chapter 1 sections 2-4 - Linear, rational equations, complex numbers<br />
Chapter 1 sections 5, 6, & 7 - Quadratic, Radical, absolute value equations; Linear and absolute<br />
value inequalities; Chapter 2 sections 1-3 - Functions and their graphs; Linear functions and slope;<br />
Chapter 2 Chapter 2 section 4 - More on slope; Exam 1<br />
Week 2-Chapter 2 sections 5-8 - Transformations, combinations, composition of functions; inverse<br />
functions; distance, midpoint, equations of circles<br />
Chapter 3 sections 1 & 2 - Quadratic, polynomial functions and their graphs<br />
Chapter 3 sections 3-5 - Remainder and factor theorems; zeros of polynomial functions; rational<br />
functions and their graphs; Exam 2<br />
Week 3- Chapter 4 sections 1 & 2 - Exponential, logarithmic functionsChapter 4 sections 3 & 4 -<br />
Properties of logarithms; exponential, logarithmic equations; Chapter 5 Systems of linear equations;<br />
Week 4- Chapter 6 sections 1-3 Matrix solutions of linear systems;Chapter 6 section 5 Determinants<br />
and Cramer's rule; Exam 3<br />
Week 5-Chapter 7 section 1 - The ellipse; Chapter 7 sections 2 & 3 - Hyperbolas, parabolas;<br />
Review for Final Exam; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Homework 5%<br />
In-class Quizzes 10%<br />
3 Major Tests 60%<br />
Comprehensive Final Exam 25%<br />
Final course grades are assigned based on overall course average as follows:<br />
Course Average Course Grade<br />
90-100 A<br />
80-89 B<br />
70-79 C<br />
60-69 D
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Dr. Brian A. Smith<br />
Caddo Mills, TX<br />
(903) 456-2688<br />
basmith1@yahoo.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Following a short review of quadratic equations and inequalities, topics will normally include theory<br />
of equations, complex numbers, systems of equations, systems of quadratic equations, exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions, and sequences and series.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra, Robert Blitzer; 5th Edition<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.<br />
2. The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.<br />
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the<br />
inverse relationship between the two.<br />
Schedule June 6th Chapter 1 June 11th Chapter 2 June 13th Chapter 3 June 18th Midterm Exam<br />
June 20th Chapter 4 June 25th Chapter 5/6 June 27th Final Review July 2nd Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grading:<br />
Daily Work/Quizzes - 5 @ 20 points each 33%<br />
Daily assignments based on materials covered in class will be given. In addition, occassional<br />
quizzes on the assignments will be given. Students are expected to be in attendance in order to earn<br />
full credit.<br />
Exams - 2 @ 100 points each 67%<br />
A midterm exam will be administered during the course of the semester. In addition, a<br />
comprehensive final exam will be administered on the final evening of the class.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
Nikki Martin<br />
903-454-9333<br />
903-454-9333<br />
njones@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics covered normally include quadratics; polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential<br />
functions; systems of equations, progressions, sequences and series, and matrices and determinants.<br />
Prerequisite: MATH 0301 (Intermediate Algebra) or two years high school algebra and appropriate<br />
placement test.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra 5th Edition by Blitzer. ISBN-13: 978-0-321-55983-8<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form.<br />
2. The student is expected to analyze and interpret polynomials, rational, and exponential functions.<br />
3. The student is expected to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the<br />
inverse relationship between the two.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2- Chapters 1 and 2 Test, Chapter 3<br />
Week 3- Chapters 4, 5, and 6, Chapters 3 - 5 Test<br />
Week 4- Chapter 7, Chapters 6 and 7 Test<br />
Week 5- <strong>Semester</strong> Exam Review and Semseter Exam
Evaluation methods 1. Average of Major Tests - 50%<br />
2. Attendance - 15%<br />
3. Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam - 35%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term Spring<br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
Dr. Cynthia Steward<br />
C<br />
903.885.1232<br />
csteward@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MATH 1314<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra<br />
Description<br />
Topics include solving and graphing quadratics, polynomial, rational, logarithmic, and exponential<br />
functions; systems of equations, sequences, series, and determinants.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Algebra 5th Edition by Blitzer. ISBN 13: 978-0-321-55983-8 My MathLab will be used<br />
for homework.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to demonstrate proficiency in solving equations of the quadratic form. 2.<br />
The student is expected to analyze tand interpret polynomials, rationl, and exponeential functions.<br />
3. The student is expect to compare and evaluate exponential and logarithmic equations using the<br />
inverse relationship between the two.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Syllabus, 1.1-1.5<br />
Week 2-1.6-2.4, Chapter 1 Test<br />
Week 3-2.5-4.1, Chapter 2 Test<br />
Week 4-4.2-5.2, Chapter 3 Test, Chapter 4 Test<br />
Week 5-6.5, Chapter 5 Test, Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Traditional lecture will be the primary type of delivery. There will be guided practice, peer<br />
tutoring, and homework exercises for drill and practice as well.<br />
Grading: Grades will be based on the following:<br />
20% Daily attendance and homework<br />
60% Chapter Exams<br />
20% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
(903) 782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1324<br />
MATH BUS/ECO I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
This is a lecture course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and<br />
then to apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in the management, life and social<br />
sciences. The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The<br />
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their<br />
intended careers.<br />
Mathematical Applications 8th Edition – Harshbarger, Reynolds<br />
ISBN: 13: 978-0-618-65421-5 or 10: 0-618-65421-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and<br />
solving real-world situations. The student shall analyze and evaluate basic mathematical information<br />
verbally, numerically, graphically and symbolically. The student shall apply formulas of finance to<br />
real-world scenarios such as retirement plans, mortgages, and annuities.<br />
Sections1.1 - 1.2. Functions and Slope<br />
Sections 1.4 - 1.5. Graphing Utilities and Systems of Equations<br />
Section 1.6. Applications of Basic Business Functions<br />
Sections 2.1 - 2.2. Quadratic Functions and Parabolas<br />
Section 2.3. Applications of Quadratic Functions.<br />
Sections 2.4 - 2.5. Special Functions and Modeling<br />
Sections 3.1 - 3.2. Matrix Arithmetic<br />
Sections 3.3 - 3.4. Matrix Equations and Inverse of Matrix<br />
Sections 4.1 - 4.3. Graphing inequalities and Linear Programming<br />
Sections 4.4 - 4.5. Simplex Method<br />
Sections 5.1 - 5.3. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions<br />
Sections 6.1 - 6.3. Compound Interest and Future Value Annuities<br />
Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Present Value Annuities and Amortization
Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for class work. Grades will be determined<br />
by overall percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
(903) 782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1324<br />
MATH BUS/ECO I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
This is a lecture course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and<br />
then to apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in the management, life and social<br />
sciences. The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The<br />
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their<br />
intended careers.<br />
Mathematical Applications 8th Edition – Harshbarger, Reynolds<br />
ISBN: 13: 978-0-618-65421-5 or 10: 0-618-65421-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and<br />
solving real-world situations. The student shall analyze and evaluate basic mathematical information<br />
verbally, numerically, graphically and symbolically. The student shall apply formulas of finance to<br />
real-world scenarios such as retirement plans, mortgages, and annuities.<br />
Sections1.1 - 1.2. Functions and Slope<br />
Sections 1.4 - 1.5. Graphing Utilities and Systems of Equations<br />
Section 1.6. Applications of Basic Business Functions<br />
Sections 2.1 - 2.2. Quadratic Functions and Parabolas<br />
Section 2.3. Applications of Quadratic Functions.<br />
Sections 2.4 - 2.5. Special Functions and Modeling<br />
Sections 3.1 - 3.2. Matrix Arithmetic<br />
Sections 3.3 - 3.4. Matrix Equations and Inverse of Matrix<br />
Sections 4.1 - 4.3. Graphing inequalities and Linear Programming<br />
Sections 4.4 - 4.5. Simplex Method<br />
Sections 5.1 - 5.3. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions<br />
Sections 6.1 - 6.3. Compound Interest and Future Value Annuities<br />
Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Present Value Annuities and Amortization
Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for class work. Grades will be determined<br />
by overall percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
John Fornof<br />
MS 111 L<br />
(903) 782-0331<br />
jfornof@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1324<br />
MATH BUS/ECO I<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
This is a lecture course designed to present the student with mathematical skills and concepts and<br />
then to apply these skills and concepts to areas that are important in the management, life and social<br />
sciences. The emphasis is on concepts and problem solving rather than on mathematical theory. The<br />
applications included allow students to view mathematics in a practical setting relevant to their<br />
intended careers.<br />
Mathematical Applications 8th Edition – Harshbarger, Reynolds<br />
ISBN: 13: 978-0-618-65421-5 or 10: 0-618-65421-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student is expected to apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and<br />
solving real-world situations. The student shall analyze and evaluate basic mathematical information<br />
verbally, numerically, graphically and symbolically. The student shall apply formulas of finance to<br />
real-world scenarios such as retirement plans, mortgages, and annuities.<br />
Sections1.1 - 1.2. Functions and Slope<br />
Sections 1.4 - 1.5. Graphing Utilities and Systems of Equations<br />
Section 1.6. Applications of Basic Business Functions<br />
Sections 2.1 - 2.2. Quadratic Functions and Parabolas<br />
Section 2.3. Applications of Quadratic Functions.<br />
Sections 2.4 - 2.5. Special Functions and Modeling<br />
Sections 3.1 - 3.2. Matrix Arithmetic<br />
Sections 3.3 - 3.4. Matrix Equations and Inverse of Matrix<br />
Sections 4.1 - 4.3. Graphing inequalities and Linear Programming<br />
Sections 4.4 - 4.5. Simplex Method<br />
Sections 5.1 - 5.3. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions<br />
Sections 6.1 - 6.3. Compound Interest and Future Value Annuities<br />
Sections 6.4 and 6.5. Present Value Annuities and Amortization
Evaluation methods There will be two exams. Each exam will contribute 30% to the final grade making a total of 60%.<br />
The final exam will be worth another 30%, leaving 10% for class work. Grades will be determined<br />
by overall percentage at the end of the course.<br />
90 – 100 A<br />
80 – 89 B<br />
70 – 79 C<br />
60 – 69 D<br />
< 60 F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Lana Steich<br />
MS 111F<br />
903-782-0336<br />
lsteich@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1325<br />
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional<br />
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing<br />
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:<br />
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324<br />
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,<br />
Graphing Calculator. (There are some calculators available to check out from the instructor.)<br />
ISBN: 0618654216<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.<br />
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of<br />
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.<br />
Week 1-<br />
Week 2-<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-<br />
Week 5-
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade Weighting System<br />
1st test – 10%<br />
2nd test – 10%<br />
3rd test – 10%<br />
4th test –10%<br />
5th test - 10%<br />
Homework & Quizzes ─ 20%<br />
Final Exam ─ 30%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Lana Steich<br />
MS 111F<br />
903-782-0336<br />
lsteich@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1325<br />
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional<br />
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing<br />
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:<br />
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324<br />
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,<br />
Graphing Calculator. (There are some calculators available to check out from the instructor.)<br />
ISBN: 0618654216<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.<br />
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of<br />
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 9<br />
Week 2- Chapter 9<br />
Week 3-Exam 1; Chapter 10<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11; Exam 2<br />
Week 5- Chapter 12; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade Weighting System<br />
1st test – 10%<br />
2nd test – 10%<br />
3rd test – 10%<br />
4th test –10%<br />
5th test - 10%<br />
Homework & Quizzes ─ 20%<br />
Final Exam ─ 30%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Lana Steich<br />
MS 111F<br />
903-782-0336<br />
lsteich@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 1325<br />
Mathematics for Business and Economic Analysis II<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A study of topics from calculus with business applications. Topics covered in this traditional<br />
lecture course will normally include: limits and continuity, derivatives, maximizing and minimizing<br />
non-linear functions, higher order derivatives, implicit differentiation, derivatives of exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions, integration, and introduction to multivariant calculus. Prerequisite:<br />
MATH 1314 or MATH 1324<br />
Text: Mathematical Applications, Harshbarger & Reynolds, 8th Edition,<br />
Graphing Calculator. (There are some calculators available to check out from the instructor.)<br />
ISBN: 0618654216<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student is expected to analyze the limits and derivates of polynomial, rational, exponential<br />
and logarithmic functions and apply the concepts to real life situations.<br />
2. The student is expected to interpret maxima, minima, concavity, and curve sketching of<br />
polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Chapter 9<br />
Week 2- Chapter 9<br />
Week 3-Exam 1; Chapter 10<br />
Week 4- Chapter 11; Exam 2<br />
Week 5- Chapter 12; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Grade Weighting System<br />
1st test – 10%<br />
2nd test – 10%<br />
3rd test – 10%<br />
4th test –10%<br />
5th test - 10%<br />
Homework & Quizzes ─ 20%<br />
Final Exam ─ 30%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2320<br />
Differential Equations<br />
Description<br />
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and their<br />
applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations; numerical<br />
solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.<br />
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value<br />
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order<br />
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,<br />
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations; Test 1<br />
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series<br />
Solutions of Differential Equations; Test 2<br />
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms; Test 3<br />
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Major<br />
Tests (3 @ 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2320<br />
Differential Equations<br />
Description<br />
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and their<br />
applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations; numerical<br />
solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.<br />
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value<br />
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order<br />
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,<br />
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations; Test 1<br />
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series<br />
Solutions of Differential Equations; Test 2<br />
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms; Test 3<br />
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Major<br />
Tests (3 @ 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2320<br />
Differential Equations<br />
Description<br />
First order differential equations and their applications; second order differential equations and their<br />
applications; higher order differential equations; series solutions of differential equations; numerical<br />
solutions of differential equations; Laplace Transforms; systems of differential equations.<br />
Prerequisites include Calculus I and Calculus II.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Boyce and diPrima: Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value<br />
Problems, Ninth Ed., Wiley, 2009, ISBN 978-0-470-38334-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 Review of Exponential and Logarithmic Calculus, Intro to DE, Equations of 1st Order<br />
and Methods of Solution, Applications of 1st Order Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 More on 1st Order DE, Second Order Homogeneous Differential Equations,<br />
Second Order Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations; Test 1<br />
Week 3 Higher Order Differential Equations, Applications of 2nd Order Equations, Series<br />
Solutions of Differential Equations; Test 2<br />
Week 4 Numerical Solutions to Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms; Test 3<br />
Week 5 Laplace Transforms, Systems of DE, Review, Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Major<br />
Tests (3 @ 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 210G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2413<br />
Calculus I<br />
Description<br />
A study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an understanding of fundamental<br />
concepts. Topics include: limits, derivatives, applications of the derivative, curve sketching and the<br />
derivative, antiderivatives, the definite integral, separable differential equations, and applications of<br />
calculus to motion.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus with Early Transcendentals, 4th Ed.,<br />
Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
A schedule of the sections covered follows:<br />
Week 1 Introduction to class; Limits<br />
Week 2 The definition of the Derivative; derivative rules; Test 1 on Limits<br />
Week 3 Applications of the derivative; Test 2 on Derivatives<br />
Week 4 Antiderivatives, Indefinite Integral; Test 3 on Applications of the Derivative<br />
Week 5 Definition of Integral, the Definite Integral, Exponentials and Logarthms; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 210G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2413<br />
Calculus I<br />
Description<br />
A study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an understanding of fundamental<br />
concepts. Topics include: limits, derivatives, applications of the derivative, curve sketching and the<br />
derivative, antiderivatives, the definite integral, separable differential equations, and applications of<br />
calculus to motion.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus with Early Transcendentals, 4th Ed.,<br />
Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
A schedule of the sections covered follows:<br />
Week 1 Introduction to class; Limits<br />
Week 2 The definition of the Derivative; derivative rules; Test 1 on Limits<br />
Week 3 Applications of the derivative; Test 2 on Derivatives<br />
Week 4 Antiderivatives, Indefinite Integral; Test 3 on Applications of the Derivative<br />
Week 5 Definition of Integral, the Definite Integral, Exponentials and Logarthms; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 210G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2413<br />
Calculus I<br />
Description<br />
A study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an understanding of fundamental<br />
concepts. Topics include: limits, derivatives, applications of the derivative, curve sketching and the<br />
derivative, antiderivatives, the definite integral, separable differential equations, and applications of<br />
calculus to motion.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus with Early Transcendentals, 4th Ed.,<br />
Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
A schedule of the sections covered follows:<br />
Week 1 Introduction to class; Limits<br />
Week 2 The definition of the Derivative; derivative rules; Test 1 on Limits<br />
Week 3 Applications of the derivative; Test 2 on Derivatives<br />
Week 4 Antiderivatives, Indefinite Integral; Test 3 on Applications of the Derivative<br />
Week 5 Definition of Integral, the Definite Integral, Exponentials and Logarthms; Final Exam
Evaluation methods Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2414<br />
Calculus II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of<br />
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Rev. of Integrals, Exponentials and Logarithms, Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 -- Areas and Volumes, Applications of Integrals; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Techniques of Integration; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Infinite Series; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- Conic Sections; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2414<br />
Calculus II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of<br />
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Rev. of Integrals, Exponentials and Logarithms, Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 -- Areas and Volumes, Applications of Integrals; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Techniques of Integration; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Infinite Series; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- Conic Sections; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2414<br />
Calculus II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: applications of the integral, methods of<br />
integration, sequences and series, conic sections, parametric equations and polar coordinates.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Rev. of Integrals, Exponentials and Logarithms, Differential Equations<br />
Week 2 -- Areas and Volumes, Applications of Integrals; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Techniques of Integration; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Infinite Series; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- Conic Sections; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2415<br />
Calculus III<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: paremetric equations and polar<br />
coordinates, vectors, applications of vectors, motion, partial derivatives and applications, mutliple<br />
integrals and applications.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Polar Coordinates and Parametric Equations, Intro to vectors<br />
Week 2 -- More on vectors, vector-valued functions; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, applications; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Multiple integrals, applications; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- More on multiple integrals; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2415<br />
Calculus III<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: paremetric equations and polar<br />
coordinates, vectors, applications of vectors, motion, partial derivatives and applications, mutliple<br />
integrals and applications.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Polar Coordinates and Parametric Equations, Intro to vectors<br />
Week 2 -- More on vectors, vector-valued functions; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, applications; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Multiple integrals, applications; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- More on multiple integrals; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
LaRue<br />
NS 120<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Math 2415<br />
Calculus III<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the integrated study of analytic geometry and calculus with an emphasis on an<br />
understanding of fundamental concepts. Topics include: paremetric equations and polar<br />
coordinates, vectors, applications of vectors, motion, partial derivatives and applications, mutliple<br />
integrals and applications.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Larson, Hostetler and Edwards: Calculus, Fourth Ed., Pearson, 2007, ISBN 0-<br />
618-60624-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The goals for this course include the following:<br />
1. To apply arithmetic, algebraic and higher-order thinking to modeling and solving real-world<br />
situations.<br />
2. To represent and evaluate mathematical information verbally, numerically, graphically,and<br />
Week 1 -- Polar Coordinates and Parametric Equations, Intro to vectors<br />
Week 2 -- More on vectors, vector-valued functions; Test I<br />
Week 3 -- Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, applications; Test II<br />
Week 4 -- Multiple integrals, applications; Test III<br />
Week 5 -- More on multiple integrals; Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will take three Major Tests and one Final Exam. Homework will be turned in for each<br />
chapter and the average of the homework will count equivalent to a Major Test. A daily quiz will<br />
be given almost every period to encourage attendance. One test (except the homework average and<br />
daily quiz average) will be replaced by the grade on the Final Exam, unless the Final Exam grade is<br />
the lowest grade, in which case there will be no replacement.<br />
Tests (3 at 20% each) 60%<br />
Homework 10%<br />
Daily Quizzes 10%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Donna Gatlin<br />
Internet<br />
903-782-0734<br />
dgatlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MDCA 1309<br />
Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants<br />
Description<br />
Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of<br />
common pathophysiology.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-4160-<br />
6842-2<br />
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th<br />
Edition, 2011, 978-1-4377-0858-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
MDCA 1309 is an introduction to anatomy and physiology and emphasis on normal human anatomy<br />
and physiology of cells, tissues, organs, and systems with an overview of common pathophysiology.<br />
It is designed to prepare the student to enter the health information environment with entry-level<br />
knowledge of anatomy and physiology.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism<br />
Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes<br />
Integumentary System and Body Temperature<br />
Week 2: Skeletal System, Muscular System, Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain,<br />
Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves, Autonomic Nervous System<br />
Week 3: Sensory System, Endocrine System, Blood, Anatomy of the Heart<br />
Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels<br />
Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System<br />
Week 4: Immune System, Respiratory System, Digestive System,<br />
Urinary System, Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System<br />
Human Development and Heredity<br />
Week 5: Review and Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The<br />
final grade average will consist of:<br />
Four (4) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;<br />
Four (4) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;<br />
Final Exam (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Donna Gatlin<br />
Internet<br />
903-782-0734<br />
dgatlin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MDCA 1309<br />
Anatomy and Physiology for Medical Assistants<br />
Description<br />
Emphasis on structure and function of human cells, tissues, organs, and systems with overview of<br />
common pathophysiology.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara , W. Saunders, 4th Edition, 2011, 1-4160-<br />
6842-2<br />
Study Guide for the Human Body in Health and Illness, Herlihy, Barbara, W. Saunders, 4th<br />
Edition, 2011, 978-1-4377-0858-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
MDCA 1309 is an introduction to anatomy and physiology and emphasis on normal human anatomy<br />
and physiology of cells, tissues, organs, and systems with an overview of common pathophysiology.<br />
It is designed to prepare the student to enter the health information environment with entry-level<br />
knowledge of anatomy and physiology.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Introduction to the Human Body, Basic Chemistry, Cells, Cell Metabolism<br />
Microbiology Basics, Tissues and Membranes<br />
Integumentary System and Body Temperature<br />
Week 2: Skeletal System, Muscular System, Nervous System: Nervous Tissue and Brain,<br />
Spinal Cord and Peripheral Nerves, Autonomic Nervous System<br />
Week 3: Sensory System, Endocrine System, Blood, Anatomy of the Heart<br />
Function of the Heart, Anatomy of the Blood Vessels<br />
Functions of the Blood Vessels, Lymphatic System<br />
Week 4: Immune System, Respiratory System, Digestive System,<br />
Urinary System, Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance, Reproductive System<br />
Human Development and Heredity<br />
Week 5: Review and Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass MDCA 1309 the student must achieve a final average grade of 70 or higher. The<br />
final grade average will consist of:<br />
Four (4) Assignments which will constitute 20 % of the grade;<br />
Four (4) Chapter Reviews (averaged, timed, open book) which will constitute 65% of the grade;<br />
Final Exam (Proctored, timed, closed book and mandatory) which will constitute 15% of the grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Richard Shanks<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
rshanks@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MUSI 1306<br />
Music Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
Understanding music through the study of cultural periods, major composers, and musical elements.<br />
Illustrated with audio recordings and live performances.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Music: An Appreciation, 7th Brief Edition with 5-CD set and ConnectKamien card<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Generally, the schedule includes:<br />
Elements of Music<br />
Medieval and Renaissance Music 1100-1600<br />
Baroque Music (1600-1750)<br />
Classical period (1750-1820)<br />
Romantic period ( 1820-1900)<br />
Modern music (1900- )<br />
Review and Final Examination<br />
Grades may be based on the following scale:<br />
40% = Test average (Quizzes and other daily work average = one major test)<br />
30% = Final Examination (Comprehensive)<br />
20% = Concert attendance and report<br />
10% = Attendance, punctuality, participation<br />
CONTENTS OF THIS SYLLABUS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Richard Shanks<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
rshanks@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
MUSI 1306<br />
Music Appreciation<br />
Description<br />
Understanding music through the study of cultural periods, major composers, and musical elements.<br />
Illustrated with audio recordings and live performances.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Music: An Appreciation, 7th Brief Edition with 5-CD set and ConnectKamien card<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Generally, the schedule includes:<br />
Elements of Music<br />
Medieval and Renaissance Music 1100-1600<br />
Baroque Music (1600-1750)<br />
Classical period (1750-1820)<br />
Romantic period ( 1820-1900)<br />
Modern music (1900- )<br />
Review and Final Examination<br />
Grades may be based on the following scale:<br />
40% = Test average (Quizzes and other daily work average = one major test)<br />
30% = Final Examination (Comprehensive)<br />
20% = Concert attendance and report<br />
10% = Attendance, punctuality, participation<br />
CONTENTS OF THIS SYLLABUS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Deron Clark<br />
Student Center 107<br />
903 782 0394<br />
dclark@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
-<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
903 782 0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
David Johnson<br />
Student Union 215<br />
903 782 0396<br />
djohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
-<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 102<br />
903 782 0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Chuck Taylor<br />
Hunt Center 120<br />
903 782 0395<br />
ctaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
-<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
903 782 0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1115<br />
Bowling I<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Deron Clark<br />
Student Center 107<br />
903 782 0394<br />
dclark@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
903 782 0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
David Johnson<br />
Student Union 215<br />
903 782 0396<br />
djohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 102<br />
903 782 0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Chuck Taylor<br />
Hunt Center 120<br />
903 782 0395<br />
ctaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
903 782 0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1116<br />
Bowling II<br />
Description<br />
Each student will be instrucuted on the methods of keeping correct bowling scores manually. The<br />
students will be instructed in the essentials skills of the grip, starting postion, 4 step approach, pushstep,<br />
arm swing and slide. The students will also be tested on bowling terminology and knowledge.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Bowling, 8th, martin, Tandy, Traub.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Orientation of class. Review for scoring test and cover basic boeling skills.<br />
Week 2- Take scoring test. Review for Terminology and Knowledge tests.<br />
Week 3-<br />
Week 4-Take Terminology and Knowledge test. Turn in 5 games of bowling<br />
Week 5<br />
Attendence is Manditory. A - pass all thre test and turn in 10 games, attend all class meetings. B -<br />
pass 2 of 3 tests and turn in 10 games, attend 4 of 5 class meetings. C - pass1 of 3 test and turn in 10<br />
games, attend 3 of the 5 class meetings. D - pass 1 of 3 test, turn in less than 10 games and attend<br />
less than 3 meetings. F - pass 0 test and turn in less than 10 games, attend less than 3 meetings.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laurie Trapp<br />
PJC Recreational Center<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
ltrapp@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 11332<br />
Swimming I<br />
Description<br />
The student is instructed in competitive swimming strokes including freestyle, breaststroke and<br />
backstroke. Also, the basic strokes of elementary back and side stroke. An emphasis is placed<br />
safety and learning to be comfortable in the water<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Demonstrate improvement in water orientation<br />
2. Demonstrate improvement in stroke mechanics<br />
3. Demonstrate improvement in swim distance<br />
Week 1-Freestyle<br />
Week 2-Elementary Back Stroke<br />
Week 3-Backstroke<br />
Week 4-Side Stroke<br />
Week 5-Breaststroke<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Class Attendance and Participation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laurie Trapp<br />
PJC Recreation Center<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
ltrapp@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1133<br />
Swimming II<br />
Description<br />
Builds on the skills taught in Swimming I. A higher level of technical instruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Demonstrte improvements and refinement of skill drills and stroke mechanics of the four<br />
competitive strokes (freestyle, breaststroke, backstroke and butterfly)<br />
2. Demonstrate new aquatic skills such as starts, turns and treading water.<br />
3. Improve swimming distances and performance.<br />
Week 1-Review of strokes<br />
Week 2-Freestyle<br />
Week 3-Breaststroke<br />
Week 4-Backstroke<br />
Week 5-Butterfly<br />
Attendance and Participation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Deron Clark<br />
SC 107<br />
93-782-0394<br />
dclark@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
93-782-0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
David Johnson<br />
SC 215<br />
93-782-0396<br />
djohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 102<br />
93-782-0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Chuck Taylor<br />
Hunt Center 120<br />
93-782-0395<br />
ctaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
93-782-0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1134<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
THIS IS A BRIEF "OVERVIEW" SCHEDULE OF CLASSES. STUDENTS MUST LOG INTO<br />
BLACKBOARD TO ACCESS A DETAILED SCHEDULE OF CLASSES.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test and Nutrition test<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitness test. Turn In Logs.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laurie Trapp<br />
PJC Rec Center<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
ltrapp@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1137<br />
Swim Conditioning<br />
Description<br />
The course emphasizes the use of swimming for physical fitness enhancement and enjoyment.<br />
student needs a working knowledge of freestyle and backstroke and the endurance to<br />
yards of each continuously<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Practice and demonstrate proper body placement, balance, footwork, and execution of water exercises<br />
2. Execute exercise routines that include components of fitness<br />
3. Exhibit greater flexibility and muscel strength due to water resistance<br />
4. Demonstrate an individual exercise program including the components of fitness.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Class Activities<br />
Week 2-Class Activities<br />
Week 3-Class Activities<br />
Week 4-Class Activities<br />
Week 5-Class Activities<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendence and Participation
Each<br />
swim 200
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Deron Clark<br />
SC 107<br />
93-782-0394<br />
dclark@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
93-782-0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
David Johnson<br />
SC 215<br />
93-782-0396<br />
djohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Ii<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 102<br />
93-782-0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Chuck Taylor<br />
Hunt Center 120<br />
93-782-0395<br />
ctaylor@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
93-782-0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1138<br />
Intro to Wellness and Maintenance of Wellness<br />
Description<br />
It is essiential that each student understand the indidvidual study approach to wellness. Each student<br />
understand fitness apprasial and the applicatio to cardio fitness. Each student uderstand and<br />
maintain a personal log for exercise and calorie counting to the overall fitness results. taeching<br />
progression: Sessions 1: Course orientation and initial weigh in(required).<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text is required. All materials will be provided by the instructor<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Schedule<br />
Each Student will show knowledge of exercise, weight control and colorie counting and how it<br />
effects their lives ata ll times.<br />
Week 1-Weigh- In and class orientation. Preform 1 mile walk pre test.<br />
Week 2-Weigh- In and review for Fitness test.<br />
Week 3- Weigh -In. Take Fitbess test. Turn In Logs.Preform 1 mile mid term test.<br />
Week 4-Weigh-In. Review for Nutrition test. Turn In Logs<br />
Week 5-Weigh-In, Take Fitness test. Turn in Logs. Preform 1 mile walk test final.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Beginning and ending weights. Written Test. Fitness Logs. Calorie Logs. Walking time test.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laurie Trapp<br />
PJC Recreation Center<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
ltrapp@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1139<br />
Aqua Aerobics<br />
Description<br />
Water Aerobics fitness, a program of water exercise designed to develop cardiovascular fitness. A<br />
variety of water exercises for all ages and swimming levels. Non-swimmers can participate.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
None<br />
1. Practice and demonstrate proper body placement, balance, footwork, and execution of water<br />
exercise.<br />
2. Execute exercise routines that include components of fitness.<br />
3. Exhibit greater flexibility and muscel strength due to water resistance<br />
4. Demonstrate an individual exercise program including the components of fitness.<br />
Week 1- Class Activities<br />
Week 2- Class Activities<br />
Week 3- Class Activities<br />
Week 4- Class Activities<br />
Week 5- Class Activities<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance and Participation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Laurie Trapp<br />
PJC Recreation Center<br />
(903) 782-0209<br />
ltrapp@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1139<br />
Aqua Aerobics<br />
Description<br />
Water Aerobics fitness, a program of water exercise designed to develop cardiovascular fitness. A<br />
variety of water exercises for all ages and swimming levels. Non-swimmers can participate.<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Practice and demonstrate proper body placement, balance, footwork, and execution of water<br />
exercise.<br />
2. Execute exercise routines that include components of fitness.<br />
3. Exhibit greater flexibility and muscel strength due to water resistance<br />
4. Demonstrate an individual exercise program including the components of fitness.<br />
Week 1- Class Activities<br />
Week 2- Class Activities<br />
Week 3- Class Activities<br />
Week 4- Class Activities<br />
Week 5- Class Activities<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance and Participation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 102<br />
(903) 782-0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1157<br />
Weight Training II<br />
Description<br />
Builds on the skills taught in Weight Training I. A higher level of technical instruction.<br />
Textbooks<br />
None<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Refinement of weight lifting form and techniques.<br />
2. Improve strength development.<br />
This class expands upon the fundamentals of weight training learned in PHED 1156. Topics of<br />
discussion will include proper form and weight lifting techniques.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance and Participation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Justin Maness<br />
Hunt Center 103<br />
903-782-0675<br />
jmaness@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Phed 1301<br />
Introduction to Kinesiology<br />
Description<br />
Introductory course in human movement that includes the historical development of movement, and<br />
sport from ancient to contemporary cultures. Physiological and psychological principles affecting<br />
human movement and sport programs, professional requirements, and opportunities.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport. 6th Edition.<br />
Week 1-Quiz 1,2,3/Article Review/Exam I<br />
Week 2-Quiz 4,5,6/Article Review/Exam 2<br />
Week 3-Quiz 7,8,9/Article Review/Exam 3<br />
Week 4-Quiz 10,11,12,13/Article Review/Exam 4<br />
Week 5-Quiz 14,15,16,17/Article Review/Exam 5<br />
Points will be earned through the following:<br />
17- Multiple Choice Quizzes = 309 total points<br />
5 – Article Reviews(20 pts each) = 100 total points<br />
5 – Section Exams(3 hours each to take) = 520 total points<br />
A total of 929points can be accumulated in this class which will give a grade distribution that<br />
follows: 836pts – 929pts = A<br />
743pts – 835pts = B<br />
650pts – 742pts = C<br />
557pts – 649pts = D<br />
0pts – 556pts = F<br />
Article Reviews<br />
You will be responsible for submitting 5 article reviews throughout the semester. Each Article<br />
review will be worth 20 points.<br />
You should answer the following questions in your review:<br />
1. What is the subject of the article?<br />
2. What is the significance of the article as it pertains to Kinesiology or Physical Education?<br />
3. What are your feelings about the article? Good or Bad.<br />
Article reviews are to be typed(Double Spaced) and submitted to me through webct mail as an<br />
attachment. . Articles can come from any of the following magazines or publications:<br />
1. The Physical Educator<br />
2. Quest<br />
3. Research Quarterly<br />
4. Journal of Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Dance (JOPHERD)<br />
5. Articles from other magazines or publication must be okayed by the instructor<br />
6. Mens Health, Mens Fitness, Womens Fitness, Sports Illustrated, etc<br />
You will need to site what magazine, issue, month, page, and author at the bottom of your paper.<br />
The reviews should be no less than ¾ of a page.<br />
Extra Credit(100pts)<br />
Assignment:<br />
Research Paper or Interview<br />
Option 1: You need to research a profession related to the field of Physical Education and
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Deron Clark<br />
SC 107<br />
903.782.0394<br />
dclark@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1304<br />
Personal and Community Hygiene<br />
Description<br />
A study of personal and community health for the kinesiology and elementary education major<br />
dealing with the human body, its organs and functions. Emphasis is placed on causative factors and<br />
various diseases, means of transmission and prevention. You will need to purchase a textbook for<br />
this course.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
Core Concepts in Health by Paul M Insel and Walton T. Roth. Tenth Edition. ISBN# is 0-<br />
070297230-0<br />
Course studies include reading and reviewing textbook chapters 2, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 and 17.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Evaluation of Course Requirements: 33 Chapter quizzes @ 385 total points possible = 385; 4<br />
Major Exams @ 100 points possible each = 400 points possible; Grading scale: 785-705 = A;<br />
704-628 = B; 627-549 = C; 548-471 = D; Below 471 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
David Johnson<br />
SC 215<br />
903-782-0396<br />
djohnson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1346<br />
Drug Use and Abuse<br />
Description<br />
The study of the use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphaisizing physiological, socological<br />
and psychological factors involved<br />
Textbooks<br />
Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th 978-0-07-352961-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-2, Quizzes 1-3, Internet assignment 1 and Test 1 are due.<br />
Week 2-3, Quizzes 4-6, Internet assignment 2 and Test 2 are due.<br />
Week 3-4, Quizzes 7-9, Internet assignment 3 and Test 3 are due<br />
Week 5- Test 4 is due.<br />
Grades will be accumilated point totals thru out the semester. Each Test is worth 100 points (5).<br />
Each Quiz is worth 10 points(9). Each Internet assignment is worth 10 points(3). Grade of A-579<br />
points and over. B- 578 thru 499. C- 498 thru 418. D- 417 thru 337. F- 336 and below.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Nicole Dickson<br />
Old Gym 101<br />
903-782-0348<br />
ndickson@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHED 1346<br />
Drug Use and Abuse<br />
Description<br />
The study of the use and abuse of drugs in todays society, emphaisizing physiological, socological<br />
and psychological factors involved<br />
Textbooks<br />
Drugs, Society and Human Behavior, Oakley Ray and Charles Ksir, 12th 978-0-07-352961-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-2, Quizzes 1-3, Internet assignment 1 and Test 1 are due.<br />
Week 2-3, Quizzes 4-6, Internet assignment 2 and Test 2 are due.<br />
Week 3-4, Quizzes 7-9, Internet assignment 3 and Test 3 are due<br />
Week 5- Test 4 is due.<br />
Grades will be accumilated point totals thru out the semester. Each Test is worth 100 points (5).<br />
Each Quiz is worth 10 points(9). Each Internet assignment is worth 10 points(3). Grade of A-579<br />
points and over. B- 578 thru 499. C- 498 thru 418. D- 417 thru 337. F- 336 and below.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
LaRue<br />
MS 210G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHYS 1403<br />
Astronomy I 4-3-4<br />
Description<br />
The first half of a general survey of astronomy. Topics will include: basic terminology of<br />
astronomy, light, the sun, stars and stellar evolution, galaxies, and cosmology. Lab required.<br />
Prerequisites: none.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Bennett and Voit: The Essential Cosmic Perspective, Sixth Ed., Pearson, 2010,<br />
ISBN 978-1-256-56675-5; Mastering Astronomy ISBN 978-0-321-73525-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learner Objectives are as follows:<br />
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method by applying it<br />
in a lab setting.<br />
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the structure of the universe, from atom to<br />
Fundamental terminology and theories;<br />
History of Astronomy; Gravity and Kepler's Laws<br />
Light and spectroscopy; The Sun ; Surveying the Stars;<br />
Stellar Evolution<br />
Galaxies; Hubble's Law; the Big Bang Theory; Cosmology
Evaluation methods 4 Major Tests over the reading material, Mid Term Exam, Final Exam, Lab evaluations Grading<br />
Procedure: Grades will be determined as follows:<br />
Major Test I 25%<br />
Major Test II 25%<br />
Major Test III 25%<br />
Labs 25%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> MiniTerm<br />
Phone<br />
Section 69 email<br />
LaRue<br />
MS 210G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHYS 1403<br />
Astronomy I 4-3-4<br />
Description<br />
The first half of a general survey of astronomy. Topics will include: basic terminology of<br />
astronomy, light, the sun, stars and stellar evolution, galaxies, and cosmology. Lab required.<br />
Prerequisites: none.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Bennett and Voit: The Essential Cosmic Perspective, Sixth Ed., Pearson, 2010,<br />
ISBN 978-1-256-56675-5; Mastering Astronomy ISBN 978-0-321-73525-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learner Objectives are as follows:<br />
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method by applying it<br />
in a lab setting.<br />
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the structure of the universe, from atom to<br />
Week 1 Fundamental terminology and theories;<br />
History of Astronomy; Gravity and Kepler's Laws<br />
Week 2 Light and spectroscopy; The Sun ; Surveying the Stars;<br />
Stellar Evolution<br />
Week 3 Galaxies; Hubble's Law; the Big Bang Theory; Cosmology
Evaluation methods 4 Major Tests over the reading material, Mid Term Exam, Final Exam, Lab evaluations Grading<br />
Procedure: Grades will be determined as follows:<br />
Major Test I 25%<br />
Major Test II 25%<br />
Major Test III 25%<br />
Labs 25%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
LaRue<br />
MS 212G<br />
903-782-0334<br />
llarue@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PHYS 1404<br />
Astronomy I 4-3-4<br />
Description<br />
The second half of a general survey of astronomy. Topics will include: basic terminology of<br />
astronomy, light, the solar system and a detailed look at each planet, comets, meteors and asteroids,<br />
life in the universe, the standard model, string theory, and new topics in cosmology. Lab required.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Required reading: Bennett and Voit: The Essential Cosmic Perspective, Extended Edition with<br />
Mastering Astronomy, Sixth Ed., Pearson, 2012, ISBN 978-1-256-56675-5;<br />
Mastering Astronomy access code, ISBN 978-0-321-73525-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learner Objectives are as follows:<br />
1. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the scientific method by applying it<br />
in a lab setting.<br />
2. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the structure of the universe, from atom to<br />
Week 1 Fundamental terminology and theories, review of light and spectroscopy, Labs<br />
Week 2 The Terrestrial Planets, and the Search for Extrasolar Planets, Labs<br />
Week 3 The Jovian Planets, and Garbage of the Solar System, Labs<br />
Week 4 Life in the Universe, Standard Model, String Theory, Labs<br />
Week 5 More on Modern Cosmology, Labs
Evaluation methods Weekly Tests over the reading material, Mid Term Exam, Final Exam, Lab evaluations Grading<br />
Procedure: Grades will be determined as follows:<br />
Lab Reports 25%<br />
Test I 25%<br />
Test II 25%<br />
Test III 25%<br />
Lab Reports will be submitted for each experiment as described above, and the grades will be<br />
averaged together.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jan Jordan<br />
AS 155<br />
903-782-0378<br />
jjordan@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
POFT 1127<br />
Introduction to Keyboarding<br />
Description<br />
Skill development in Keyboarding with emphasis on alphabet, number, and symbol keys by touch.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Keyboarding 18E, Lessons 1-25 Keyboarding Course, by VanHuss, Forde, & Woo. ISBN<br />
1111426465 (Keyboarding Pro 6 software included). Publisher: South-Western/Cengage Learning.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The student will be able to demonstrate keyboarding proficiency.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Lessons 1-2<br />
Week 2-Lessons 3-4<br />
Week 3-Lessons 5-6<br />
Week 4-Lessons 7-8<br />
Week 5-Lessons 9-10<br />
Week 6-Lesson 11<br />
Week 7-Lessons 12<br />
Week 8-Lesson 13<br />
Week 9-Final Exam Timing for Speed and Accuracy grade<br />
This course is a 1-hour course and should be completed in 9 weeks. The student may remain in the<br />
course and continue to practice Skillbuilding Lessons A-T to improve speed and accuracy if<br />
necessary to obtain the speed and accuracy desired.
Evaluation methods The student must perform these skills for Grade A:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 25 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 20 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to touch keyboard 15 gwam on a 1-minute timing with one error or less.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jan Jordan<br />
AS 155<br />
903-782-0378<br />
jjordan@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
POFT 1329<br />
Keyboarding & Document Formatting<br />
Description<br />
Skill development in the operation of the keyboard by touch applying proper keyboarding<br />
techniques. Emphasis on development of acceptable speed and accuracy levels and formatting basic<br />
documents.<br />
Textbooks<br />
<strong>College</strong> Keyboarding 18E, Lessons 1-25 Keyboarding Course, by VanHuss, Forde, & Woo. ISBN<br />
1111426465 (Keyboarding Pro 6 software included). Publisher: South-Western/Cengage Learning.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
The student will be able to demonstrate keyboarding proficiency.<br />
Schedule Week 1-Lessons 1-5<br />
Week 2-Lessons 6-10<br />
Week 3-Lessons 11-13<br />
Week 4-Lessons A-J<br />
Week 5-Lessons K-T<br />
Week 6-Lessons 14-19<br />
Week 7-Lessons 20-25<br />
Week 8-Memo and Letter & Final Exam Timing
Evaluation methods The student must perform these skills for Grade A:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 35 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 30 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 25 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> Extended<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jan Jordan<br />
AS 155<br />
903-782-0378<br />
jjordan@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
POFT 2312<br />
Business Communications<br />
Description<br />
Introduction to a practical application of basic language usage skills with emphasis on fundamentals<br />
of writing and editing for business.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Essentials of Business Communications, Guffey 8th Edition; access to internet/email. Access to<br />
Microsoft Word is required for this course.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
The student will be able to apply the basic rules of grammar, spelling, capitalization, number usage,<br />
and punctuation; utilize terminology applicable to technical and business writing; develop<br />
proofreading and editing skills; and write effective sentencs and paragraphs for business<br />
applications (letters and memos).<br />
Listed below is a weekly schedule of your assignments:<br />
Week 1 June 5-8 Review syllabus, course overview, & testing schedule. Take Syllabus Quiz and<br />
G/M Pre-Test.<br />
Week 2 June 9-15 Read Chapter 1. Chapter review quiz. G/M Quiz 1.<br />
Read Chapter 2. Chapter review quiz. G/M Quiz 2.<br />
Week 3 June 16-22 Read Chapter 3. Chapter review quiz. G/M Quiz 3.<br />
Week 4 June 23-29 Read Chapter 4. Chapter review quiz. G/M Quiz 4.<br />
Exam 1 Chapters 1-4. (Must be taken at a PJC Testing Center)<br />
Week 5 June 30-July 6 Read Chapter 5. Chapter review quiz. Writing assignment 5.14. G/M Quiz 5.<br />
Read Chapter 6. Chapter review quiz. Writing assignment 6.6. G/M Quiz 6.<br />
Week 6 July 7-13 Read Chapter 9. Chapter review quiz. Writing assignment 9.2. G/M Quiz 7.<br />
Exam 2 - Writing exam<br />
Week 7 July 14-20 Read Chapter 11. Chapter review quiz. Business etiquette quiz. G/M Quiz 8.<br />
Read Chapter 13. Chapter review quiz. G/M Quiz 9.<br />
Week 8 July 21-27 Read Chapter 14. Chapter review quiz.<br />
G/M Quiz 10.<br />
Week 9 July 28-August 3 Exam 3 Chapters 11 13-14
Evaluation methods The student must perform these skills for Grade A:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 35 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade B:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 30 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).<br />
The student must perform these skills for Grade C:<br />
1. Touch keyboarding must be consistently demonstrated by the student.<br />
2. Student must be able to keyboard 25 WPM for a 3-minute timing with three errors or less.<br />
3. Student must pass two keyboarding exams (business letter and memo).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Sheila Reece<br />
Alford Center<br />
903-782-0211<br />
sreece@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Pam Hunt<br />
Learning Center - Room 105<br />
903-782-0237<br />
phunt@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 03 email<br />
Keitha Carlton<br />
Administration Bldg.-Rm. 136<br />
903-782-0289<br />
kcarlton@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Evan Moore<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-457-8730<br />
emmoore@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 41 email<br />
John Shasteen<br />
Greenville Center<br />
903-454-2518<br />
jshasteen@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Andrew Fisher<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
afisher@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 51 email<br />
Tasha Whitaker<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
twhitaker@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
EDUC 1100 / PSYC 1100<br />
Learning Frameworks<br />
Description<br />
COURSE DESCRIPTION:<br />
A study of the 1) research and theory in the psychology of learning, cognition, and motivation, 2)<br />
factors that impact learning, and 3) application of learning strategies. Theoretical models of<br />
strategic learning, cognition, and motivation serve as the conceptual basis for the introduction of<br />
college-level student academic strategies. Students use assessment instruments (e.g., learning<br />
inventories) to help them identify their own strengths and weaknesses as strategic learners. Students<br />
are ultimately expected to integrate and apply the learning skills discussed across their own<br />
academic programs and become effective and efficient learners. Students developing these skills<br />
should be able to continually draw from the theoretical models they have learned.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Connections: An Insider’s Guide to <strong>College</strong> Success; Jennifer Latino, Sheri Moore, and Scott<br />
Moore; School Specialty, Inc., 2011.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Course Overview, Navigating the Campus Website and Campus Connect, Learning Styles<br />
Week 2- Reading & Writing Skills, Note Taking, Test Taking<br />
Week 3- Time Management, Stress Management, Critical Thinking Skills<br />
Week 4- Planning & Goal Setting, Career & Occupations Degree Requirements,Core Curriculum<br />
and Degree Requirements, and Job Applications, Resumes, and Interviewing<br />
Week 5- Financial Responsibility, Diversity and Community Service, Wrap Up and Course<br />
Evaluation, and Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
GRADING CRITERIA:<br />
Possible Points:<br />
RMS <strong>College</strong> Student Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Learning Styles Assessment 10 pts.<br />
Interest Inventory<br />
10 pts.<br />
Degree Plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
<strong>College</strong> to Career Inventory 10 pts.<br />
Resume<br />
10 pts.<br />
Financial plan<br />
10 pts.<br />
Time Management Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Critical Thinking Exercise 10 pts.<br />
Diversity/Differences Exercise 10 pts.<br />
5 Weekly Quizzes 50 pts.<br />
Final Exam<br />
50 pts.<br />
200 pts.<br />
Grade Determination:<br />
180-200 points = A<br />
160-179 points = B<br />
140-159 points = C<br />
120-139 points = D<br />
119 or below = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Kay W. Queen PhD<br />
MS 111<br />
903-782-0209<br />
kayqueen2000@yahoo.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning<br />
and remembering, and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence and<br />
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers.<br />
ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
human behavior and mental processes.<br />
WEEK 1: Ch 1 Introduction and Research Methods. Descriptive Research Methods, Experimental<br />
Method. WEEK 2: Ch. 2: Neuroscience and Behavior. Ch. 3: Sensation and Perception. Ch: 4:<br />
Consciousness and Its Variations ,Ch. 5: Learning.. Ch. 6: Memory. Ch. 7: Thinking, Language,<br />
Intelligence. WEEK 3: Ch. 8: Motivation & Emotion.Ch. 9: Lifespan Development. Ch.<br />
10:Personality. Ch. 11: Social Psychology. WEEK 4: Ch. 12: Stress, Health, & Coping. Ch. 13:<br />
Psychological Disorders. Ch. 14: Therapies.
Evaluation methods<br />
25% - Attendance, participation and preparation<br />
25#% - Quizzes<br />
25% - Midterm Exam<br />
25% - Final Exam<br />
A=90-100<br />
B=80-89<br />
C=70-79<br />
D=60-69<br />
F=59 and below<br />
Attendance Range:<br />
0-2 90 & up<br />
3-5 80-89<br />
6-8 70-79<br />
>8 69 & below
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Doris Helm, RN, MSP<br />
WTC 1110<br />
(903) 782-0727<br />
dhelm@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning<br />
and remembering and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence and<br />
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Discovering Psychology by Don Hockenbury and Sandra Hockenbury, 5th Ed.<br />
ISBN 13:987-1-4292-1650-0<br />
Worth Publishers<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this course students will be able to: Demonstrate familiarity with the major<br />
theoretical perspectives in psychology. Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in<br />
the field of psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities within diverse<br />
cultures and the effects of cultural forces on behavior and mental processes.<br />
Week 1- Orientation, Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2- Chapters 3, 4, 5 & Unit 1 Exam<br />
Week 3- Chapters 7, 13, 14 7 Unit 2 Exam<br />
Week 4- Chapters 5, 9, 10 & Unit 3 Exam<br />
Week 5- Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Unit I Exam = 20%<br />
Unit II Exam = 20%<br />
Unit III Exam = 20%<br />
Unit IV Exam = 20%<br />
Final Exam = 20%<br />
90 or above = A<br />
80 to 89 = B<br />
70 to 79 = C<br />
60 to 69 = D<br />
Below 60 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Michelle West<br />
GC<br />
(903) 454-9333<br />
mwest@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and<br />
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past<br />
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;<br />
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3<br />
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11<br />
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will have four (4) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the<br />
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be<br />
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.<br />
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your<br />
grade (traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance grade).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1 <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Marla Elliott<br />
WTC (<strong>Paris</strong> Campus) #1004<br />
903-782-0482<br />
melliott@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning<br />
and remembering, and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence and<br />
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science. PSYC 2301.65<br />
is an online class utilizing the Blackboard learning management system.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers.<br />
ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1: Course introduction: Chapter 1 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 2 assignments,<br />
discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 2: Chapter 4 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 5 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 3: Chapter 6 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 9 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Chapter 10 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 4: Chapter 11 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 13 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 5: Chapter 14 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Comprehensive Final Exam.
Evaluation methods<br />
• Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:<br />
200 points-Exams: Students will complete 1 major examination in this course at the end of the<br />
semester. The final comprehensive exam will cover Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, & 14. The<br />
exam is password protected and MUST be completed in a secure testing center.<br />
100 points-Chapter Quizzes: Students will complete 10 online chapter quizzes. Students can use<br />
their textbooks and each individual quiz is worth 10 points.<br />
80 points-Chapter Essay Questions: Students will complete two essay questions for each chapter<br />
covered this semester. Each individual assignment is worth 8 points.<br />
20 points-Participation/Discussions: Students will be required to participate in online discussions<br />
pertaining to each assigned chapter in the textbook.<br />
_________________________
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 2 <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Marla Elliott<br />
WTC (<strong>Paris</strong> Campus) #1004<br />
903-782-0482<br />
melliott@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental principles of behavior. Motivation, the emotions, the senses and perception, learning<br />
and remembering, and personality. Group behavior in terms of social relationships. Intelligence and<br />
individual differences. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science. PSYC 2301.65<br />
is an online class utilizing the Blackboard learning management system.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers.<br />
ISBN-13: 978-1-4292-1749-1<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1: Course introduction: Chapter 1 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 2 assignments,<br />
discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 2: Chapter 4 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 5 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 3: Chapter 6 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 9 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Chapter 10 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 4: Chapter 11 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Chapter 13 assignments, discussion, & quiz.<br />
Week 5: Chapter 14 assignments, discussion, & quiz. Comprehensive Final Exam.
Evaluation methods<br />
• Students will be given the following opportunities to demonstrate knowledge of class material:<br />
200 points-Exams: Students will complete 1 major examination in this course at the end of the<br />
semester. The final comprehensive exam will cover Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, & 14. The<br />
exam is password protected and MUST be completed in a secure testing center.<br />
100 points-Chapter Quizzes: Students will complete 10 online chapter quizzes. Students can use<br />
their textbooks and each individual quiz is worth 10 points.<br />
80 points-Chapter Essay Questions: Students will complete two essay questions for each chapter<br />
covered this semester. Each individual assignment is worth 8 points.<br />
20 points-Participation/Discussions: Students will be required to participate in online discussions<br />
pertaining to each assigned chapter in the textbook.<br />
_________________________
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong>-2014<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
John Shasteen<br />
112-Greenville campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
jshasteen@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
This course will survey the major topics of psychology. Introduces the study of behavior and the<br />
factors that determine and affect behavior.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural<br />
Week 1-, (In-Class) Introduction, Review Syllabus; How to be Successful in <strong>College</strong>; Unit 1: The<br />
Science of Psychology with Historical Overview; ONLINE Unit 2 Psychoanalysis; Discussion Post<br />
Assignment #1and Essay #1 on Psychoanalysis; (In Class) Unit 3: Learning (Classical and Operant<br />
Conditioning and Observational Learning; Handout review for Test #1 (Units 1-3); Test Review<br />
discussion online.<br />
Week 2- (In-Class) Test #1 (Units 1-3); Unit 4: Gestalt Psychology / Sensation and Perception;<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Student Evaluation will be on the basis of: (1) Three multiple choice tests-worth "100" points each<br />
(2) An average essay/writing grade-equal to a test grade (3) an attendance grade-equal to a test<br />
grade. The essay/writing average will be based upon three online essays (worth 20 points each) and<br />
eight online discussion posts (worth 5 points each)-with "100" possible points. Since there are only<br />
five class meetings in this <strong>Summer</strong>-hybrid course, 25 points will be deducted for a missed class and<br />
15 points will be deducted for leaving class early. Thus, the final grade is the result of the average<br />
of five grades (from above): three exams, an essay/writing grade, and an attendance grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong>-2014<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
John Shasteen<br />
112-Greenville campus<br />
903-454-9333<br />
jshasteen@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
This course will survey the major topics of psychology. Introduces the study of behavior and the<br />
factors that determine and affect behavior.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Discovering Psychology, by Hockenbury and Hockenbury, 5th Ed. ISBN 13: 978-1-4292-1650-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural<br />
Week 1-, (In-Class) Introduction, Review Syllabus; How to be Successful in <strong>College</strong>; Unit 1: The<br />
Science of Psychology with Historical Overview; ONLINE Unit 2 Psychoanalysis; Discussion Post<br />
Assignment #1and Essay #1 on Psychoanalysis; (In Class) Unit 3: Learning (Classical and Operant<br />
Conditioning and Observational Learning; Handout review for Test #1 (Units 1-3); Test Review<br />
discussion online.<br />
Week 2- (In-Class) Test #1 (Units 1-3); Unit 4: Gestalt Psychology / Sensation and Perception;<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Student Evaluation will be on the basis of: (1) Three multiple choice tests-worth "100" points each<br />
(2) An average essay/writing grade-equal to a test grade (3) an attendance grade-equal to a test<br />
grade. The essay/writing average will be based upon three online essays (worth 20 points each) and<br />
eight online discussion posts (worth 5 points each)-with "100" possible points. Since there are only<br />
five class meetings in this <strong>Summer</strong>-hybrid course, 25 points will be deducted for a missed class and<br />
15 points will be deducted for leaving class early. Thus, the final grade is the result of the average<br />
of five grades (from above): three exams, an essay/writing grade, and an attendance grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Linda Miles<br />
AC 103<br />
903-782-0430<br />
lmiles@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and<br />
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past<br />
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;<br />
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3<br />
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11<br />
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will have four (4) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the<br />
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be<br />
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.<br />
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your<br />
grade (traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance grade).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Linda Miles<br />
AC 103<br />
903-782-0430<br />
lmiles@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and<br />
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past<br />
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;<br />
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3<br />
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11<br />
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will have four (4) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the<br />
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be<br />
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.<br />
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your<br />
grade (traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance grade).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Linda Miles<br />
AC 103<br />
903-782-0430<br />
lmiles@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2301<br />
General Psychology<br />
Description<br />
The study of: fundamental principles of behavior; motivation, the emotions, the senses and<br />
perception, learning and remembering, and personality; theoretical approaches in psychology, past<br />
and present; group behavior in terms of social relationships; intelligence and individual differences;<br />
an overview of psychological disorders and treatment.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Hockenbury, D., & Hockenbury, S. (2011). Discovering Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth<br />
Publishers. ISBN # 1-4292-1650-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
--Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
--Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
--Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1, 2, and 3<br />
Week 2-Chapters 4,5, and 6<br />
Week 3-Chapters 7, 10, 11<br />
Week 4-Chapters 12 and 13<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will have four (4) major objective exams in which to demonstrate their knowledge of the<br />
course material. The exam averages will count 70% of your final grade. Students will also be<br />
required to take chapter quizzes. Chapter Quiz averages will count 20% of your final grade.<br />
Attendance is very important in hybrid classes. Therefore, attendance will count for 10% of your<br />
grade (traditional-class meetings, as well as online attendance is included in the attendance grade).
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Michelle West<br />
GC<br />
(903) 454 9333<br />
mwest@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2314<br />
Human Growth and Development<br />
Description<br />
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth and development of children and<br />
throughout the lifespan.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Feldman, R. S. (2012). Discovering the Lifespan. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Publishers.<br />
ISBN #0205233880<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2-Chapters 3 and 4<br />
Week 3-Chapters 5 and 6<br />
Week 4-Chapters 7 and 8<br />
Week 5-Chapters 9 and 10<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The exam averages will count 75% of your final grade. Chapter quizzes average will count 25% of<br />
your final grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Jan Gibson<br />
SSC<br />
903-885-1232<br />
jangesn@yahoo.com<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2314<br />
Human Growth and Development<br />
Description<br />
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth and development of children and<br />
throughout the lifespan.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Feldman, R. S. (2012). Discovering the Lifespan. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Publishers.<br />
ISBN #0205233880<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2-Chapters 3 and 4<br />
Week 3-Chapters 5 and 6<br />
Week 4-Chapters 7 and 8<br />
Week 5-Chapters 9 and 10<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The exam averages will count 75% of your final grade. Chapter quizzes average will count 25% of<br />
your final grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Doris Helm, RN, MSP<br />
WTC 1110<br />
(903) 782-0727<br />
dhelm@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2314<br />
Lifespan Growth and Development<br />
Description<br />
A study of the physical, mental, emotional and social growth and development of children and<br />
adults throughout the lifespan. Prerequisite: PSYC 2301 or consent of the instructor.<br />
Textbooks<br />
DISCOVERING THE LIFESPAN, Second Ed., Robert S. Feldman<br />
Pearson<br />
ISBN 10: 0-205-23388-0<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this course students will demonstrate familiarity with the major theoretical<br />
perspectives in developmental psychology. Identify and understand differences and commonalities<br />
with diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on human behavior and mental processes.<br />
Interpret and understand what constitutes valid research in this field<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2-Unit I Exam and Chapters 3 and 4<br />
Week 3-Unit II Exam and Chapters 5 and 6<br />
Week 4-Unit III Exam and Chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10<br />
Week 5-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Unit I = 25%<br />
90 & above = A<br />
Unit II = 25% 80 to 89 = B<br />
Unit III = 25% 70 to 79 = C<br />
Final Exam = 25% 60 to 69 = D<br />
Below 60 = F
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Linda Miles<br />
AC 103<br />
903-782-0430<br />
lmiles@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
PSYC 2314<br />
Human Growth and Development<br />
Description<br />
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social growth and development of children and<br />
throughout the lifespan.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Feldman, R. S. (2012). Discovering the Lifespan. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Publishers.<br />
ISBN #0205233880<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of the Psychology program at <strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong>, students will be able to:<br />
• Demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical perspectives in psychology.<br />
• Interpret what constitutes valid research in the field of psychology.<br />
• Identify differences and commonalities within diverse cultures and the effects of cultural forces on<br />
Week 1-Chapters 1 and 2<br />
Week 2-Chapters 3 and 4<br />
Week 3-Chapters 5 and 6<br />
Week 4-Chapters 7 and 8<br />
Week 5-Chapters 9 and 10<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
The exam averages will count 75% of your final grade. Chapter quizzes average will count 25% of<br />
your final grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laura Fendley<br />
WTC 1064<br />
903-782-0734<br />
lfendley@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 1213<br />
Principles of Radiographic Imaging I<br />
Description<br />
Specialized imaging modalities. Includes concepts and theories of equipment operations and their<br />
integration for medical diagnosis.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 10th edition,<br />
<strong>2013</strong>, ISBN: 978-0-323-0-08135-1<br />
2. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Alder, 5th edition, <strong>2013</strong>,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4390-5872-5<br />
3. Workbook of Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong,<br />
10th edition, <strong>2013</strong>, ISBN: 978-0-323-0-08137-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
Week 1-Orientatione<br />
Week 2-Nature of Radiation Atomic Structure<br />
Week 3-X-Ray Production - Photon Interactions<br />
Week4-Denisty and Image Processing<br />
Week 5-Exam I, Detail and Distortion, Contrast<br />
Week 6-Beam Restriction and Grids<br />
Week 7-Film/Screen and Film Processing<br />
Week 8-Exam 2<br />
Week 9-Digital Radiography<br />
Week 10-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Exams 40%<br />
Quizzes 25%<br />
Attendance 5%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Assignments 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Karen Powers<br />
WTC 1066<br />
903-782-0734<br />
kpowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 1267<br />
Practicum (or Field Exeperience) - Radiologic Technology/Science - Radiographer<br />
Description<br />
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the<br />
employer, college, and the student.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012, ISBN:<br />
978-1-4377-1646-7<br />
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-7321-9<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6<br />
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook Frank, Long, Smith, 12th<br />
edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07324-0<br />
5. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler 5th edition, <strong>2013</strong>, ISBN:<br />
978-1-439-05872-5<br />
6. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-<br />
323-07332-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to<br />
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.<br />
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Clinical Orientation<br />
Week 2-9: 16 hours weekly Precepted Clinical Experience at the following:<br />
Major and Minor Hospitals and Clinics/Physician Offices, 6 hours weekly Simulation in labs<br />
Week 10-Final Evaluations<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%<br />
Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:<br />
PT Care 15%<br />
Professional 15%<br />
Knowledge/Skills 16%<br />
Attendance 5%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Karen Powers<br />
WTC 1066<br />
903-782-0734<br />
kpowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 2217<br />
Radiographic Pathology<br />
Description<br />
Disease processes and their appearance on radiographic images.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 5th ed., 2012<br />
ISBN: 978-0-323-07847-4<br />
2. Workbook for Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 5th ed., 2012,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-323-07849-8<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6;<br />
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th<br />
edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07324-0;<br />
5. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-<br />
323-07332-5<br />
6. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07321-3<br />
7. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3<br />
8. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-<br />
323-07332-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
Week 1-Orientation, Assign Presentation Board Topics<br />
Week 2-Introduction to Pathology, Specialized Imaging Techniques, Respiratory System<br />
Week 3-Exam I, Skeletal System<br />
Week 4-Skeletal System (cont), Gastrointestinal System, Urinary System<br />
Week 5-Exam II, Cardiovascular System<br />
Week 6-Cardiovascular System (cont), Nervous System<br />
Week 7-Exam III, HematopoieticSystem<br />
Week 8-Endocrine System, Reproductive System, Miscellaneous Diseases, Exam IV,<br />
Week 9-Review for Final Exam<br />
Week 10-Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
10% Research Paper<br />
10% Story Board Presentation<br />
10% Assignments/Daily Grades<br />
40% Exams<br />
15% Quizzes<br />
5% Attendance<br />
10% Final Exam
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Laura Fendley<br />
WTC 1064<br />
903-782-0734<br />
lfendley@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 2233<br />
Advanced Medical Imaging<br />
Description<br />
Specialized imaging modalities. Includes concepts and theories of equipment operations and their<br />
integration for medical diagnosis.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition,<br />
2008, ISBN: 0-323-04837-4<br />
2. Principles of Radiologic Imaging: An Art and A Science, Carlton, Adler 5th edition, 2012,<br />
ISBN: 978-14377-1646-7<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-07322-6<br />
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
Week 1-Orientation, Quality Management<br />
Week 2-Mammography<br />
Week 3-Circulatory System, Cardiac Catherization<br />
Week 4- Exam I<br />
Week 5- Computed Tomography<br />
Week 6- MRI<br />
Week 7-MRI cont., Diagnostic Medical Sonography<br />
Week 8-Exam II<br />
Week 9-Nuclear Medicine, Bone Density, Oral Presentations<br />
Week 10-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance 5%<br />
Exams 40%<br />
Quizzes 25%<br />
Final Exam 20%<br />
Assignments 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Karen Powers<br />
WTC 1066<br />
903-782-0734<br />
kpowers@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 2267<br />
Practicum (or Field Exeperience) - Radiologic Technology/Science - Radiographer<br />
Description<br />
Practical, general workplace training supported by an individualized learning plan developed by the<br />
employer, college, and the student.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. Introduction to Radiologic Sciences and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th ed. 2012, ISBN: 978-1-<br />
4377-1646-7<br />
2. Radiologic Science for Technologists Physics, Biology, & Protection, Bushong, 9th edition,<br />
2008, ISBN: 0-323-04837-4<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07321-9<br />
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6<br />
5. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3<br />
6. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th<br />
edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07324-0<br />
7. Comprehensive Radiographic Pathology, Eisenberg, Johnson, 5th edition, 2012,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-323-07847-4<br />
8. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-<br />
323-07332-5<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to<br />
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.<br />
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Clinical Orientation<br />
Week 2-9: 24 hours weekly Precepted Clinical Experience at the following:<br />
Major and Minor Hospitals and Clinics/Physician Offices, 1.5 hour weekly clinical discussion<br />
Week 10-Final Evaluations<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Based on the number of mastered competencies 49%<br />
Based on an average of all clinical instructor' evaluation forms:<br />
PT Care 15%<br />
Professional 15%<br />
Knowledge/Skills 16%<br />
Attendance 5%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Heather Unruh<br />
WTC 1064<br />
903-782-0734<br />
hunruh@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 2301<br />
Intermediate Radiographic Procedures<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the study of the proper manipulation of radiographic equipment, positioning and<br />
alignment of the anatomical structure and equipment, and evaluation of images for proper<br />
demonstration of anatomy.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4377-1646-7<br />
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 1, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07321-9<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6<br />
4. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positioning, & Procedures Workbook, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th<br />
edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07324-0<br />
5. Merrill’s Pocket Guide to Radiography, Frank, Long, Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-<br />
323-07332-5<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to<br />
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.<br />
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-Skull, Orbits, Eyes<br />
Week 3-Exam Unit I, Facial Bones<br />
Week 4-Nasal Bones, Zygomatic Arches<br />
Week 5-Mandible<br />
Week 6-TMJ's<br />
Week 7-Exam Unit II<br />
Week 8-Paranasal, Sinuses<br />
Week 9-Exam Unit III<br />
Week 10-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance 5%<br />
Quizzes/Assignments 15%<br />
Exams 60%<br />
Final Exam 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Heather Unruh<br />
WTC 1064<br />
903-782-0734<br />
hunruh@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RADR 2336<br />
Special Patient Applications<br />
Description<br />
Advanced concepts of pediatrics, geriatrics, trauma, history documenation, and Electrocardiogram<br />
(ECG). Includes phlebotomy and venipuncture.<br />
Textbooks<br />
1. Introduction to Radiologic Science and Patient Care, Adler, Carlton, 5th edition, 2012<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4377-1646-7<br />
2. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 2, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07322-6<br />
3. Merrill’s Atlas of Radiographic Positions & Radiologic Procedures Volume 3, Frank, Long,<br />
Smith, 12th edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0-323-07323-3<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to<br />
1. Promote Exemplary Customer Service.<br />
2. Evaluate radiographic images effectively.<br />
3. Utilize critical thinking in trauma situations.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Orientation<br />
Week 2- Values, Culture, Ethnicity, Diversity, Psychological Considerations<br />
Week 3-Exam 1, Patient Transfer and Movement, Laboratory Data, Patient Chart, Shock, Diabetic<br />
Emergencies, Respiratory Failures, Airway Obstructions, Cerebral VAscular Accident, Fainting &<br />
Convulsive seizures, Other Medical Conditions<br />
Week 4-Continued: Patient Transfer and Movement, Laboratory Data, Patient Chart, Shock,<br />
Diabetic Emergencies, Respiratory Failures, Airway Obstructions, Cerebral VAscular Accident,<br />
Fainting & Convulsive seizures, Other Medical Conditions<br />
Week 5-Exam 2<br />
Week 6-Drug Categories of Relevance to Radiography, Intravenous Drug Therapy, Current Practice<br />
Status, Informed Concents<br />
Week 7-Continued: Drug Categories of Relevance to Radiography, Intravenous Drug Therapy,<br />
Current Practice Status, Informed Concents<br />
Week 8-Exam III<br />
Week 9-Review<br />
Week 10-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Attendance 5%<br />
Exams 60%<br />
Quizzes/Assignments 15%<br />
Final Exam 20%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Randall Childres<br />
WTC 1028<br />
903-782-0734<br />
rchildres@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RNSG 1227<br />
Transition from Vocational to Professional Nursing<br />
Description<br />
Topics include health promotion, expanded assessment, analysis of data, nursing process,<br />
pharmacology, multidisciplinary teamwork, communication, and applicable competencies in<br />
knowledge, judgment, skills, and professional values within a legal/ethical framework throughout<br />
the life span. This course lends itself to either a blocked or integrated approach.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
AAlfaro-LeFevre, R., (<strong>2013</strong>). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical<br />
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.<br />
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and<br />
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9<br />
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-<br />
15879-7<br />
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-<br />
4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)<br />
Philadelphia: Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.<br />
London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2012) Old’s Maternity Newborn Nursing and<br />
Women’s Health Care Across the Life Span. (9th ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-<br />
210907-9<br />
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2011). Fundamentals of Nursing. (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.<br />
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of<br />
Nursing (available on-line)<br />
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-1-60547-861-6<br />
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott<br />
Williams & Wilkins<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
Communicate therapeutically and effectively with individuals, significant support persons, and<br />
members of the multidisciplinary healthcare team.<br />
Demonstrate mastery of theoretical concepts necessary for managing client care.
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-(clinical only)<br />
Week 3-Health Perception, Pharmacology,Issues-Critical Thinking, Nursing Process<br />
Week 4-Roles-Relationships, Health Assessment, Sexuality<br />
Week 5-Cognitve Perceptual Peripheral, Nutrition/Ingestion, Activity-Cardiac<br />
Week 6-Values, Nutrition-Hematopoietic, Respiratory, Self Perception<br />
Week 7-Introduction to Professional Nursing, Musculoskeletal, Coping<br />
Cognitive Perceptual Central, Legal Ethical<br />
Week 8-9-(clinical only)<br />
Week 10-Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Unit Exams 83%<br />
NCLEX-RN Review Questions 2%<br />
Final Exam 15%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Randall Childres<br />
WTC 1028<br />
903-782-0734<br />
rchildres@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RNSG 1262<br />
Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum<br />
Description<br />
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized<br />
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical<br />
professional..<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (<strong>2013</strong>). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical<br />
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.<br />
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and<br />
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9<br />
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-<br />
15879-7<br />
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-<br />
4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)<br />
Philadelphia: Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.<br />
London, M., Ladewig, P. and Davidson, M. (2012) Old’s Maternity Newborn Nursing and<br />
Women’s Health Care Across the Life Span. (9th ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-01-<br />
210907-9<br />
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2011). Fundamentals of Nursing. (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.<br />
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of<br />
Nursing (available on-line)<br />
Videbeck, S. (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-1-60547-861-6<br />
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott<br />
Williams & Wilkins<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. Apply clinical decision-making skills utilizing the nursing process when formulating clinical<br />
judgments.<br />
2. Manage safe, competent, holistic care for a diverse group of clients within the scope of the<br />
professional nurse.<br />
3. Communicate therapeutically and effectively with individuals, significant support persons, and<br />
members of the multidisciplinary healthcare team.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Orientation, RN interview, Preschool Assessment<br />
Week 2: Medication Research Paper, MediaLink, Critical Thinking<br />
Week 3: Preschool Planning, DxR Workshop<br />
Week 4: Interpersonal Process Analysis Workshop, Jones Case Study Workshop<br />
Week 5: Preschool Teaching<br />
Week 6: Dosage Calculation Test, Clinical site orientation<br />
Week 7: Care Map Workshop, Medication Pass Check Off<br />
Week 8-9: Hospital Clinical<br />
Week 10: Hospital Clinical, Clinical Evaluations<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Daily Anecdotals<br />
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed<br />
Dosage Calculaltion Test<br />
Skills Checklist Completed
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 30 email<br />
Thomas Bass<br />
WTC 1026<br />
903-782-0734<br />
tbass@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
RNSG 1262<br />
Clinical - Integrated Nursing Curriculum<br />
Description<br />
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized<br />
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical<br />
professional..<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Alfaro-LeFevre, R., (<strong>2013</strong>). Critical Thinking, Clinical Reasoning, Clinical Judgment, A Practical<br />
Approach, (5th ed.) Philadelphia, Saunders. ISBN: 978-1-4377-2776-0.<br />
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (2010), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and<br />
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9<br />
Claywell, Lora (2009). LPN to RN Transitions (2nd ed.) Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN: 978-0-323-<br />
05879-7<br />
Curren, A.M., (2010). Dimensional Analysis for Meds (4th ed.) San Diego: Delmar. ISBN: 978-1-<br />
4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, J. H., Vallerand, A. H., Sanoski, C. A. (2012), Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses (13th ed.)<br />
Philadelphia: Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5.<br />
Davidson, Michele, London, Marcia., Ladewig, P. (2012) Maternity Newborn Nursing and<br />
Women’s Health Care. (9th ed.)<br />
New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-210907-9<br />
Smeltzer, S. C., and Bare, B. G. (2010). Brunner and Suddarth's Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing. (12th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7.<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P. (2011). Fundamentals of Nursing, The Art & Science of<br />
Nursing Care. (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4.<br />
Texas Nursing Practice Act and Nursing Peer Review Act (latest ed.) Austin: Texas Board of<br />
Nursing (available on-line)<br />
Videbeck, S. (2010), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing. (5th ed.) Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-1-60547-861-6<br />
Students may choose one (1) of the following as a REQUIRED Nursing Diagnosis Text:<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009). Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.), Lippincott<br />
Williams & Wilkins. ISBN: 978-0-7817-7793-3<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda J., (2009), Nursing Diagnosis; Application to Clinical Practice, (13th ed.),<br />
Li i Willi & Wilki ISBN 978 0 7817 7792 6<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. Apply clinical decision-making skills utilizing the nursing process when formulating clinical<br />
judgments.<br />
2. Manage safe, competent, holistic care for a diverse group of clients within the scope of the<br />
professional nurse.<br />
3. Communicate therapeutically and effectively with individuals, significant support persons, and<br />
members of the multidisciplinary healthcare team.
Schedule<br />
Week 1: Orientation, RN interview, Preschool Assessment<br />
Week 2: Medication Research Paper, MediaLink, Critical Thinking<br />
Week 3: Preschool Planning, DxR Workshop<br />
Week 4: Interpersonal Process Analysis Workshop, Jones Case Study Workshop<br />
Week 5: Preschool Teaching<br />
Week 6: Dosage Calculation Test, Clinical site orientation<br />
Week 7: Care Map Workshop, Medication Pass Check Off<br />
Week 8-9: Hospital Clinical<br />
Week 10: Hospital Clinical, Clinical Evaluations<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Daily Anecdotals<br />
Clinical Objectives Tool Completed<br />
Dosage Calculaltion Test<br />
Skills Checklist Completed
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
LOUIS LUFKIN<br />
GREENVILLE CENTER<br />
903-454-9333<br />
llufkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301<br />
AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY<br />
Description<br />
A study of social interaction, social groups, culture, social personalities, social<br />
institutions, and human ecology. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and<br />
Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Macionis, John J. (2009). Society: The Basics. 10th ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME #1<br />
The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology—the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
Week 1: Syllabus / Ch's. 1-3 / A's. 1-4<br />
Week 2: Ch's. 4-6 / A's. 5-7 / Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch's. 7-9 / A's. 8-10 / Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch's. 10-12 / A's. 11-13 / Exam 3<br />
Week 5: Ch's. 13-14 / A's. 14-15 / Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Assignments<br />
There will be 15 assignments, consisting of 10 questions each, worth 10 points per<br />
assignment. Attendance in class is mandatory in order to receive the assignments and to<br />
turn them in. No assignments will be given out, before or after class periods and no<br />
assignments will be accepted before or after class periods. The assignments must<br />
be completed by the due date and time or no points will be assessed.<br />
Examination Policy<br />
There will be three (3) regular exams, consisting of 50 questions each, worth 50 total points,
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
LOUIS LUFKIN<br />
SULPHUR SPRINGS CAMPUS<br />
903-885-1232<br />
llufkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301<br />
AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY<br />
Description<br />
A study of social interaction, social groups, culture, social personalities, social<br />
institutions, and human ecology. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and<br />
Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Macionis, John J. (2009). Society: The Basics. 10th ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME #1<br />
The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology—the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
Week 1: Syllabus / Ch's. 1-2 / A's. 1-3<br />
Week 2: Ch's. 3-5 / A's. 4-6 / Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch's. 6-8 / A's. 7-9 / Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch's. 9-13 / A's. 10-14 / Exam 3<br />
Week 5: Ch. 14 / A. 15 / Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Assignments<br />
There will be 15 assignments, consisting of 10 questions each, worth 10 points per<br />
assignment. Attendance in class is mandatory in order to receive the assignments and to<br />
turn them in. No assignments will be given out, before or after class periods and no<br />
assignments will be accepted before or after class periods. The assignments must<br />
be completed by the due date and time or no points will be assessed.<br />
Examination Policy<br />
There will be three (3) regular exams, consisting of 50 questions each, worth 50 total points,
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
LOUIS LUFKIN<br />
SULPHUR SPRINGS CAMPUS<br />
903-885-1232<br />
llufkin@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301<br />
AN INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY<br />
Description<br />
A study of social interaction, social groups, culture, social personalities, social<br />
institutions, and human ecology. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and<br />
Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Macionis, John J. (2009). Society: The Basics. 10th ed. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME #1<br />
The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology—the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
Week 1: Syllabus / Ch's. 1-3 / A's. 1-4<br />
Week 2: Ch's. 4-6 / A's. 5-7 / Exam 1<br />
Week 3: Ch's. 7-9 / A's. 8-10 / Exam 2<br />
Week 4: Ch's. 10-12 / A's. 11-13 / Exam 3<br />
Week 5: Ch's. 13-14 / A's. 14-15 / Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Assignments<br />
There will be 15 assignments, consisting of 10 questions each, worth 10 points per<br />
assignment. Attendance in class is mandatory in order to receive the assignments and to<br />
turn them in. No assignments will be given out, before or after class periods and no<br />
assignments will be accepted before or after class periods. The assignments must<br />
be completed by the due date and time or no points will be assessed.<br />
Examination Policy<br />
There will be three (3) regular exams, consisting of 50 questions each, worth 50 total points,
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Dr. Damon J. Bullock<br />
MS 111A<br />
903-782-0209<br />
dbullock@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301.65<br />
Introduction to sociology<br />
Description<br />
A study of social interaction, social groups, culture, social personaliies, social institutions, and<br />
human ecology. Core Curriculum satisfied for Social and Behavioral Science.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
2. The<br />
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.<br />
3. The<br />
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists<br />
use to investigate the human condition.<br />
Week 1- Sociology: Perspective, Theory, and Method<br />
Week 2- Culture<br />
Week 3- Socialization: From Infancy to Old Age<br />
Week 4- Social Interaction in Everyday Life<br />
Week 5- Groups and Organizations<br />
Week 6- Sexuality and Society<br />
Week 7- Deviance<br />
Week 8- Social Stratification<br />
Week 9- Global Stratification<br />
Week 10- Gender Stratification
Evaluation methods<br />
There will be two non-cumulative exams given in this class. Each exam is worth 100 points towards<br />
the total 200 points. Each exam will consist of 50 multiple choice questions. You will have 6 days<br />
to complete the exam online by the assigned date. In addition, every week students will complete 2<br />
substantive posts and 2 peer response posts. These four main posts need to be no less than 150<br />
words minimum and should indicate that you are reading the material.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Jon Rutherford<br />
WTC 1105<br />
903 782-0721<br />
jrutherford@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301<br />
Introduction to sociology<br />
Description<br />
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions and<br />
human ecology.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
2. The<br />
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.<br />
. 3. The<br />
Week 1-Introductions/definitions<br />
Week 2-Historic emergence of sociology<br />
Week 3-Theory and research methodology<br />
Week 4-Culture and its component parts. Exam 1<br />
Week 5-Define socialization.<br />
Week 6-Major agents of socialization<br />
Week 7-Theories of personality<br />
Week 8-Status and Role (Sociology in daily life.) Exam 2.<br />
Week 9-Humorology<br />
Week 10-Formal organizations and bureaucracy<br />
Week 11-Deviance<br />
Week 12-Stratification/Exam 3<br />
Week 13-Gender and inequality<br />
Week 14-Race/Ethnicity<br />
Week 15-History and theory of population growth<br />
Week 16-Final exam
Evaluation methods<br />
Students will be required to take 4 exams, worth 100 points each. They will be a combination of<br />
multiple choice and essay.<br />
A=360-400 B=320-359 C=280-319 D=240-279 F=Below 240
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Staff<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SOCI 1301<br />
Introduction to sociology<br />
Description<br />
Soci 1301 is a study of social interaction, social groups, culture, personalities, social institutions and<br />
human ecology.<br />
Textbooks<br />
"Society: The Basics." by John Macionis. 10th Edition. ISBN # 9780205003785.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
1. The student will be able to differentiate between the three major theoretical perspectives in<br />
sociology: the structural functional approach, the conflict approach, and the symbolic interactionist<br />
approach.<br />
2. The<br />
student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the origins of sociology.<br />
. 3. The<br />
student will be able to identify methods of scientific research that social and behavioral scientists<br />
use to investigate the human condition.<br />
Schedule<br />
An instructor has not been assigned to this course at the time syllabi were posted online. Please<br />
contact the Division Office for assistance at 903-782-0209.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
TBA
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Sulphur Springs Center Office C<br />
903.885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 1411<br />
Beginning Spanish I<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Includes basic<br />
vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442<br />
Student Learning Outcomes<br />
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.<br />
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target<br />
! ! ! language.<br />
Week 1- Capítulo Preliminar Ante Todo y Capítulo 1 En la universidad<br />
Week 2- Capítulo 1 En la universidad y Capítulo 2 La familia<br />
Week 3-Capítulo 3 De Compras y Capítulo 4 En Casa<br />
Week 4-Capítulo 5 Las estaciones y el tiempo y Capítulo 6 ¿Qué le gusta?<br />
Week 5- REPASO FINAL Capítulos Preliminar, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 y Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Chapter Exams 30%<br />
Assignments & Presentation 20%<br />
Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term May Mini <strong>Semester</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 69 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Sulphur Springs Center Office C<br />
903.885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 1411<br />
Beginning Spanish I<br />
Description<br />
Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Includes basic<br />
vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.<br />
Online Course<br />
Textbooks<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learning Outcomes<br />
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.<br />
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target<br />
! ! ! language.<br />
Week 1- Capitulo Preliminar Ante Todo<br />
Week 1- Capítulo 1 En la universidad<br />
Week 1-Capítulo 2 La familia<br />
Week 2- Capítulo 3 De Compras<br />
Week 2- Capítulo 4 En Casa<br />
Week 3- Capítulo 5 Las estaciones y el tiempo<br />
Week 3- Capítulo 6 ¿Qué le gusta?<br />
Week 3- REPASO FINAL Capítulos Preliminar, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6<br />
Week 3- Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Student will be graded upon a 100-point scale:<br />
Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Assignments (Wkbk/La b Manual, Quizzes) 20%<br />
Chapter Exams/Final Exam ( 3) 30%<br />
Oral Presentation 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Greenville Faculty Ofice Area<br />
903.885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 1412<br />
Beginning Spanish II<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of Spanish 1411. Fundamental skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading,<br />
and writing. Includes basic vocabulary, grammatical structures, and culture.<br />
Textbooks<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442 8<br />
This course is taught at the PJC Sulphur Springs Center via ITV.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Student Learning Outcomes<br />
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.<br />
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target<br />
! ! ! language.<br />
3. Application: ! apply appropriate vocabulary in various situations.<br />
4. Analysis: ! distinguish appropriate social setting and context for use of<br />
! ! ! vocabulary<br />
5. Synthesis: ! formulate creative use of vocabulary in target language;<br />
! ! ! circumlocution.<br />
6. Evaluation: ! Revise; edit; paraphrase in target language.<br />
! ! ! How would you have said...? started...?<br />
! ! ! Whatʼs a better way to end...? why? If A means "...", how would you<br />
! ! ! say "…"<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- REPASO/REVIEW Capitulo Ante Todo,1,2,3,4,5,6<br />
Week 2- Capítulo 7 De vacaciones y Capítulo 8 Los dias festivos<br />
Week 3- Capítulo 9 El tiempo libre y Capítulo 10 La salud<br />
Week 4- Capítulo 11 Las presiones de la vida moderna y Capítulo 12 La calidad de la vida<br />
Week 5- REPASO FINAL Capítulos 7,8,9,10,11,12 y EXAMEN FINAL<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Student is graded on a 100 point scale<br />
.Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Chapter Exams 30%<br />
Assignments & Presentation 20%<br />
Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I <strong>2013</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Greenville Center Faculty Office<br />
903.454.9333/885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 2311<br />
Intermidiate Spanish<br />
Description<br />
Review and application of skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.<br />
Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and culture<br />
Textbooks<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learning Outcomes<br />
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.<br />
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target<br />
! ! ! language.<br />
Week #1 El presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo<br />
Week #2 El imperfecto, el pretérito, e el imperfecto de subjuntivo<br />
Week #3 El imperfecto/ imperfecto subjuntivo<br />
Week #4 Los mandatos y el presente perfecto Final Review<br />
Week #5 El imperfecto de subjuntivo, el condicional, el futuro: Final EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Chapter Exams 30%<br />
Assignments & Presentation 20%<br />
Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term May Mini <strong>Semester</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 69 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Greenville Center Faculty Office<br />
903.454.9333/885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 2311<br />
Intermidiate Spanish<br />
Description<br />
Review and application of skills in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing.<br />
Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and culture<br />
Textbooks<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Student Learning Outcomes<br />
1. Knowledge: ! recall literal translation of word.<br />
2. Comprehension: discuss meaning and how/when vocabulary is used in target<br />
language.<br />
Week #1 El presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo<br />
Week #2 El imperfecto, el pretérito, e el imperfecto de subjuntivo<br />
Week #2 El imperfecto/ imperfecto subjuntivo<br />
Week #3 Los mandatos y el presente perfecto, presentacin oral Final Review<br />
Week #3 El imperfecto de subjuntivo, el condicional, el futuro: Final EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Chapter Exams 30%<br />
Assignments & Presentation 20%<br />
Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Mayra Camacho Cummings<br />
PJC Greenvile Center Faculty Area O<br />
903.454.9333/885.1232<br />
mcummings@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPAN 2312<br />
Intermidiate Spanish II<br />
Description<br />
Spanish 2312 continues the review and application of skills and listening comprehension, speaking,<br />
reading, and writing. Emphasizes conversation, vocabulary acquisition, reading, composition, and<br />
culture.<br />
Textbooks<br />
M. Knorre, T. Dorwick, A. Pérez-Gironés, W. Glass, and H. Villareal. Puntos de Partida, 8th ed.<br />
Boston: McGraw-Hill, 2009.<br />
ISBN 978 007 353 442<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon successful completion in the course, students will have demonstrated proficiency in the<br />
following areas:<br />
1. Oral Communication Skills: Listening and Speaking<br />
Schedule<br />
Week #1 El presente de indicativo y el presente de subjuntivo<br />
Week #2 El imperfecto, el pretérito, e el imperfecto de subjuntivo<br />
Week #3 El imperfecto/ imperfecto subjuntivo<br />
Week #4 Los mandatos y el presente perfecto Final Review<br />
Week #5 El imperfecto de subjuntivo, el condicional, el futuro: Final EXAM<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Participation/Attendance 20%<br />
Chapter Exams 30%<br />
Assignments & Presentations 20%<br />
Comprehensive <strong>Semester</strong> Exam 30%<br />
Total 100%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
John Wright<br />
Classroom : AD152<br />
903-782-0310 Div Ofc<br />
jwright@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Speech 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
A discussion of the basic principles of oral communication, research, composition, organization,<br />
delivery, and analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions. Satifies the oral<br />
communication requirement for the Core Curriculum.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Art of Public Speaking, Tenth Edition--by Stephen Lucas (ISBN# 9780073385150)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental speaking<br />
techniques and critical analysis of other speakers' abilities.<br />
Day 1- Introduction to Course and Basic Communication Theories<br />
Day 2-Impromptu, Interpersonal, Intrapersonal and Ethical speaking<br />
Day 3-Listening and contol of stress<br />
Day 4-Speaking with Visual aids<br />
Day 5-Outlining and Organization of the Speech<br />
Day 6-The Informative and Extemporaneous Delivery<br />
Day 7-Intos, conclusions, and citations<br />
Day 8-Evaluating and using research in speeches and Exam I<br />
Day 9-Small group problem solving<br />
Day 10-Improving Nonverbal Communication<br />
Day 11-Improving verbal communication<br />
Day 12-How to use media in presentations<br />
Day 13-Speaking in small groups and special occasions<br />
Day 14-Speaking in a democratic nation<br />
Day 15-How to use information to persuade<br />
Day 16-17 -Final Persuasive Speech and Exam II<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades may be evaluated using this system or one similar: Group Class Activies: 20% Tests:<br />
20% Speeches: 50% Written essays, outlines and exercises: 10%. Evaluation methods will be<br />
detailed on the classroom syllabus.<br />
CONTENTS OF THIS SYLLABUS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> I<br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
John Wright<br />
Classroom : AD152<br />
903-782-0310 Div Ofc<br />
jwright@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Speech 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
A discussion of the basic principles of oral communication, research, composition, organization,<br />
delivery, and analysis of speeches for various purposes and occasions. Satifies the oral<br />
communication requirement for the Core Curriculum.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Art of Public Speaking, Tenth Edition--by Stephen Lucas (ISBN# 9780073385150)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental speaking<br />
techniques and critical analysis of other speakers' abilities.<br />
Day 1- Introduction to Course and Basic Communication Theories<br />
Day 2-Impromptu, Interpersonal, Intrapersonal and Ethical speaking<br />
Day 3-Listening and contol of stress<br />
Day 4-Speaking with Visual aids<br />
Day 5-Outlining and Organization of the Speech<br />
Day 6-The Informative and Extemporaneous Delivery<br />
Day 7-Intos, conclusions, and citations<br />
Day 8-Evaluating and using research in speeches and Exam I<br />
Day 9-Small group problem solving<br />
Day 10-Improving Nonverbal Communication<br />
Day 11-Improving verbal communication<br />
Day 12-How to use media in presentations<br />
Day 13-Speaking in small groups and special occasions<br />
Day 14-Speaking in a democratic nation<br />
Day 15-How to use information to persuade<br />
Day 16-17 -Final Persuasive Speech and Exam II<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Grades may be evaluated using this system or one similar: Group Class Activies: 20% Tests:<br />
20% Speeches: 50% Written essays, outlines and exercises: 10%. Evaluation methods will be<br />
detailed on the classroom syllabus.<br />
CONTENTS OF THIS SYLLABUS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012/<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 50 email<br />
Kathleen McDonald<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-439-6154, ext. 451<br />
kmcdonald@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPEECH 1315<br />
FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Practical development of basic oral communication skills through the practice and study of methods<br />
of preparation, outlining, and delivery; the student will encounter a variety of speech experiences.<br />
Credits: SCH = 3 lecture from approved course list<br />
TSI Requirement: none<br />
Prerequisite(s): none<br />
THE ART OF PUBLIC SPEAKING-Stephan Lucas 10th Edition<br />
McGraw-Hill Publishing<br />
ISBN# 0-07-338515-8<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Topics and assignments may include:<br />
Overview and speech survey<br />
Lecture on “Who Are You”, Lecture on Chapters 2-4<br />
Activity on eye contact & listening<br />
Introductory Presentation speech, Lecture on Chapters 5, 6, 8<br />
Lecture on Chapters 9, 10, 14<br />
Informative speech, Lecture on Chapters 15, 16<br />
Persuasive speech, Lecture on Chapter 13<br />
Critique and discuss speech video, Review Chapter 15, 16<br />
Persuasive Controversial speech (will video tape)<br />
Demonstration speech (Visual aids or Hands on)<br />
Lecture Chapter 17, (Team up to prepare speeches)<br />
Presentation & Acceptance speeches<br />
Impromptu speech, Lecture on Hero<br />
Hero speech, Lecture on Final speech<br />
Final Exams-(7-10 minutes)<br />
1. Speeches will be evaluated by the instructor for grading purposes<br />
(student evaluation of speeches will be sought for purposes other<br />
than grading).<br />
2. The GRADE for this course will be determined from the following :<br />
6 Individual speeches and 2 Group/Presentation/Acceptance 60%<br />
1 Final speech-Individual 20%<br />
Audience participation 10%<br />
Note cards/Outlines 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
LeAnne Lagasse<br />
Online in Blackboard<br />
806-834-2182<br />
llagasse@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH1315<br />
Fundamentals of Speech-Online<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,<br />
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best by<br />
"doing." they will be actively involved in research, composition, organization, delivery, and analysis<br />
of speeches for various purposes and occasions.<br />
Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online<br />
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-72828473-9" in the search<br />
field. A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. You will use<br />
ConnectLucas to upload your speech videos. Technology Requirements:Access to a computer<br />
connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files. Microsoft Word or word processor<br />
that can save Word compatible files (.doc)A camera and microphone capable of full motion and<br />
sound recording.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental<br />
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.<br />
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,<br />
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.<br />
3. Utilize and define communication terms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public,<br />
and/or business setting.<br />
4. Employ listening behaviors that promote accurate message reception and critical thinking.<br />
5. Select language appropriate to the audience, purpose, and context.<br />
Module 1 due June 6th (Chapters 1-3)<br />
Module 2 due June 7th (Chapters 4-5, Quiz 1)<br />
Module 3 due June 10th (Chapter 14)<br />
Module 4 due June 12th (Chapters 6-10)<br />
Module 5 due June 14th (Speech 1, Quiz 2)<br />
Module 6 due June 17th (Chapters 11-12, 15-16)<br />
Module 7 due June 21st (Speech 2)<br />
Module 8 due June 24th(Chapter 13, Quiz 3)<br />
Module 9 due June 27th (Speech 3)<br />
Module 10 due June 28th (Chapters 17-18)<br />
Module 11 due July 1st (Speech 4)<br />
Module 12 due July 2nd (Quiz 4)
Evaluation methods<br />
Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines<br />
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech<br />
grade.<br />
Speech 1: Informative/Narrative (100 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of<br />
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes<br />
Speech 2: Persuasive (150 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will<br />
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will<br />
complement general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes<br />
Speech 3: Advanced Persuasive (200 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will<br />
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience<br />
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal<br />
variation. 4-6 minutes<br />
Speech 4: Special Occasion (100 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced speech and the ability to use<br />
informative and persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This<br />
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes<br />
Quizzes 1-4 (300 points total-Quizzes 1-3 are worth 50 points each, Quiz 4 is cumulative and worth<br />
150 points)<br />
Quizzes cover material from the textbook and course modules.<br />
Assignments and Activities (150 points total)<br />
This includes written assignments, self evaluations and peer evaluations.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 65 email<br />
Irene Thrower<br />
Communications and Fine Arts<br />
903-782-0315<br />
ithrower@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
SPCH 1315 Fundamentals of Public Speaking (23.1001.53 12) 3.3.0<br />
Research, composition, organization, delivery and analysis of speeches for various purposes and<br />
occasions. Core Curriculum satisfied for Oral Communication.<br />
Lucas, Stephen, The Art of Public Speaking, 10th ed., McGraw Hill, 2009<br />
ISBN: 978-0-07-338515-0, MHID: 0-07-338515-8<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental<br />
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker's abilities.<br />
2. Compose a structured verbal presenation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,<br />
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker's message.<br />
3. Utilize<br />
and define communication tuerms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public and/or<br />
business setting.<br />
Topics and assignments may involve/include:<br />
What is public speaking - Chapter 1, Lesson 1<br />
Ethics and public speaking - Chapter 2, Lesson 2<br />
Listening - Chapter 3, Lesson 3<br />
Introduction of first speech assignment - Self Image Speech, Selecting a topic and purpose - Chapter<br />
4<br />
Analyzing the Audience - Chapter 5, Lesson 5<br />
Gathering Materials - Chapter 6, Lesson 6 and Informative Speaking, Chapter 14, Lesson 7<br />
Supporting your Ideas - Chapter 7, Lesson 8, Self Image Speech Due by upload<br />
Organizing the body of the speech - Chapter 8, Lesson 9<br />
Beginning and Ending your speech - Chapter 9, Lesson 10<br />
Outlining the speech - Chapter 10, Lesson 11<br />
Delivery, Visual Aids - Chapter 12 & 13, Lesson 12 & 13<br />
Using Language - Chapter 11, Lesson 14<br />
Speaking to Persuade, Chapter 15, Lesson 15<br />
Methods of Persuasion, Chapter 16, Lesson 16<br />
Speaking on Special Occasions, Chapter 17, Lesson 17.<br />
Persuasive Speeches<br />
The students will be asssessed by written assignments and discussion boards each week.<br />
There are three speeches: 1 at 50 points and 2 at 100 points a piece. (Rubrics vary for each speech)<br />
There will be one midterm and one final each worth 100 points comprised of 50 multiple choice<br />
and/or true/false questions.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> 1<br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
LeAnne Lagasse<br />
Online in Blackboard<br />
806-834-2182<br />
llagasse@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH1315<br />
Fundamentals of Speech-Online<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
This course is designed to help students develop communication skills that contribute to academic,<br />
vocational, personal, and social success in a wide variety of contexts. Because students learn best by<br />
"doing." they will be actively involved in research, composition, organization, delivery, and analysis<br />
of speeches for various purposes and occasions.<br />
Lucas, S. (2009). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill. The online<br />
version is available at: http://www.CourseSmart.com. Paste "ISBN 0-07-72828473-9" in the search<br />
field. A new book or an extra fee is required for access to ConnectLucas. You will use<br />
ConnectLucas to upload your speech videos. Technology Requirements:Access to a computer<br />
connected to the internet and the ability to upload vidoe files. Microsoft Word or word processor<br />
that can save Word compatible files (.doc)A camera and microphone capable of full motion and<br />
sound recording.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental<br />
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.<br />
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,<br />
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.<br />
3. Utilize and define communication terms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public,<br />
and/or business setting.<br />
4. Employ listening behaviors that promote accurate message reception and critical thinking.<br />
5. Select language appropriate to the audience, purpose, and context.<br />
Module 1 due June 6th (Chapters 1-3)<br />
Module 2 due June 7th (Chapters 4-5, Quiz 1)<br />
Module 3 due June 10th (Chapter 14)<br />
Module 4 due June 12th (Chapters 6-10)<br />
Module 5 due June 14th (Speech 1, Quiz 2)<br />
Module 6 due June 17th (Chapters 11-12, 15-16)<br />
Module 7 due June 21st (Speech 2)<br />
Module 8 due June 24th(Chapter 13, Quiz 3)<br />
Module 9 due June 27th (Speech 3)<br />
Module 10 due June 28th (Chapters 17-18)<br />
Module 11 due July 1st (Speech 4)<br />
Module 12 due July 2nd (Quiz 4)
Evaluation methods<br />
Speeches: All speeches will be evaluated using National Communication Association guidelines<br />
that can be found at ConnectLucas.com. Formal outlines comprise a percentage of each speech<br />
grade.<br />
Speech 1: Informative/Narrative (100 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information, to do basic research, and to be aware of<br />
facial expressions as a communication aid. 3-5 minutes<br />
Speech 2: Persuasive (150 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey information to a specific audience. Speakers will<br />
demonstrate the use of appropriate vocal variation and facial expressions. Speakers will<br />
complement general research with academic research. 3-5 minutes<br />
Speech 3: Advanced Persuasive (200 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates the ability to convey a complex idea to a general audience. Students will<br />
engage with scholarly and professional research and convey the information to a general audience<br />
using speech strategies. Students will add body movement to their facial expressions and vocal<br />
variation. 4-6 minutes<br />
Speech 4: Special Occasion (100 points)<br />
This speech demonstrates all of the basic elements of an advanced speech and the ability to use<br />
informative and persuasive strategies. Students will add proximity to the speech performance. This<br />
speech demonstrates a mastery of the course content. 4-6 minutes<br />
Quizzes 1-4 (300 points total-Quizzes 1-3 are worth 50 points each, Quiz 4 is cumulative and worth<br />
150 points)<br />
Quizzes cover material from the textbook and course modules.<br />
Assignments and Activities (150 points total)<br />
This includes written assignments, self evaluations and peer evaluations.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 66 email<br />
Irene Thrower<br />
Communications and Fine Arts<br />
903-782-0315<br />
ithrower@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
SPCH 1315 Fundamentals of Public Speaking (23.1001.53 12) 3.3.0<br />
Research, composition, organization, delivery and analysis of speeches for various purposes and<br />
occasions. Core Curriculum satisfied for Oral Communication.<br />
Lucas, Stephen, The Art of Public Speaking, 10th ed., McGraw Hill, 2009<br />
ISBN: 978-0-07-338515-0, MHID: 0-07-338515-8<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental<br />
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker's abilities.<br />
2. Compose a structured verbal presenation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,<br />
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker's message.<br />
3. Utilize<br />
and define communication tuerms and principles as they apply to a one-on-one, public and/or<br />
business setting.<br />
Topics and assignments may involve/include:<br />
What is public speaking - Chapter 1, Lesson 1<br />
Ethics and public speaking - Chapter 2, Lesson 2<br />
Listening - Chapter 3, Lesson 3<br />
Introduction of first speech assignment - Self Image Speech, Selecting a topic and purpose - Chapter<br />
4<br />
Analyzing the Audience - Chapter 5, Lesson 5<br />
Gathering Materials - Chapter 6, Lesson 6 and Informative Speaking, Chapter 14, Lesson 7<br />
Supporting your Ideas - Chapter 7, Lesson 8, Self Image Speech Due by upload<br />
Organizing the body of the speech - Chapter 8, Lesson 9<br />
Beginning and Ending your speech - Chapter 9, Lesson 10<br />
Outlining the speech - Chapter 10, Lesson 11<br />
Delivery, Visual Aids - Chapter 12 & 13, Lesson 12 & 13<br />
Using Language - Chapter 11, Lesson 14<br />
Speaking to Persuade, Chapter 15, Lesson 15<br />
Methods of Persuasion, Chapter 16, Lesson 16<br />
Speaking on Special Occasions, Chapter 17, Lesson 17.<br />
Persuasive Speeches<br />
The students will be asssessed by written assignments and discussion boards each week.<br />
There are three speeches: 1 at 50 points and 2 at 100 points a piece. (Rubrics vary for each speech)<br />
There will be one midterm and one final each worth 100 points comprised of 50 multiple choice<br />
and/or true/false questions.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section G1 email<br />
Paul May<br />
GV 208<br />
903-457-8718<br />
pmay@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Speech 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Research, composition, organization, delivery, and analysis of speeches for various purposes and<br />
occasions.<br />
Textbooks<br />
The Art of Public Speaking--by Lucas (ISBN# 9780073385150)<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
Schedule<br />
Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental speaking<br />
techniques and critically analyze other speaker's abilities.<br />
Week 1 5: Introductions and Theories, Impromptu and Ethical speaking, Listening, Speaking with<br />
Visual aids, Delivery basic and advanced, Delivery with visual aids, Intos, conclusions, and<br />
citations, Evaluating classmate's speeches, Small group problem solving, Nonverbal, Media in<br />
Presentation software, Speaking in small groups, Small group evaluations, and Infosuasive<br />
Speaking.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Tests 35% Speeches 35% Written essays and evaluations 30%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year <strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section S1 email<br />
Jill Dietze<br />
Sulphur Springs Center<br />
903-885-1232<br />
jdietze@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
Speech 1315<br />
Fundamentals of Public Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Theories and practice of communication in public speech. This course is an introduction to<br />
communication that teaches students the fundamentals of how to effectively speak in public. The<br />
goal is to equip the student with requisite tools to research, compose, organize, deliver and analyze<br />
speeches for various purposes and occasions. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture<br />
hours per week. TSI Requirement: M1; R2, R3C; W1, W2C. Prerequisite: Non<br />
Lucas, S. (2004). The Art of Public Speaking (10th Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1.Demonstrate verbal, physical, and vocal elements consistent with acceptable fundamental<br />
speaking techniques and critically analyze other speaker’s abilities.<br />
2. Compose a structured verbal presentation utilizing an accepted outline format, verbal resources,<br />
and visual aids to add credibility to the speaker’s message.<br />
Week 1-Course Overview/Impromtu Speech, Read Chapters 1, 2, 3, 10, 14, 18, Answer Chapter<br />
Quesitons, Exam #1 over these chapters.<br />
Week 2-Speech #1 "How To" informative presentation, Read Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Answer<br />
Chapter Questions, Exam #1 over these chapters<br />
Week 3-Speech #2 "Past Event" informative presentation, Read Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17,<br />
Answer Chapter Questions<br />
Week 4- Speech #3 "Policy/Value" persuasive presentation, Study for Exam #3<br />
Week 5-Exam #3<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Percentages for Final Grade Evaluation: Speech Avg: 40%, Exam Avg: 30%, Outline Avg: 20%,<br />
Chapter Questions/participation: 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Alex Peevy<br />
AD161<br />
903 782 0327<br />
apeevy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH 1321<br />
Business and Professional Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus<br />
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups<br />
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.<br />
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None<br />
Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and<br />
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-0-<br />
07-338517-4<br />
Studies include:<br />
Basics of Business Communication<br />
Principles of Interviewing<br />
Types of Interviews<br />
Interview Project<br />
Developing a Presentation<br />
Delivering a Presentation<br />
Verbal Support in a Presentation<br />
Informative Presentation<br />
Working in Teams<br />
Effective Meetings<br />
Visual Support in Presentations<br />
Group Presentation<br />
Culture in the workplace<br />
Verbal and Nonverbal Communication<br />
Persuasive Presentation<br />
During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and<br />
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical<br />
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic<br />
areas for each exam.<br />
Interview Project 10%<br />
Informative speech 10%<br />
Team Presentation 15%<br />
Persuasive Speech 15%<br />
Exam grade 20%<br />
Council Paper 10%<br />
Group Grade 10%<br />
Participation 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Alex Peevy<br />
AD161<br />
903 782 0327<br />
apeevy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH 1321<br />
Business and Professional Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus<br />
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups<br />
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.<br />
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None<br />
Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and<br />
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-0-<br />
07-338517-4<br />
Studies include:<br />
Basics of Business Communication<br />
Principles of Interviewing<br />
Types of Interviews<br />
Interview Project<br />
Developing a Presentation<br />
Delivering a Presentation<br />
Verbal Support in a Presentation<br />
Informative Presentation<br />
Working in Teams<br />
Effective Meetings<br />
Visual Support in Presentations<br />
Group Presentation<br />
Culture in the workplace<br />
Verbal and Nonverbal Communication<br />
Persuasive Presentation<br />
During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and<br />
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical<br />
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic<br />
areas for each exam.<br />
Interview Project 10%<br />
Informative speech 10%<br />
Team Presentation 15%<br />
Persuasive Speech 15%<br />
Exam grade 20%<br />
Council Paper 10%<br />
Group Grade 10%<br />
Participation 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong> II<br />
Phone<br />
Section P1 email<br />
Alex Peevy<br />
AD161<br />
903 782 0327<br />
apeevy@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SPCH 1321<br />
Business and Professional Speaking<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
This class introduces communication skills needed in business and professional contexts. The focus<br />
is on developing a working knowledge of theory and skills for interpersonal communication, groups<br />
and teams, and presentations. Credit: Three semester credit hours. Three lecture hours per week.<br />
TSI Requirement: Prerequisite: None<br />
Adler, Ronald B. and Elmhorst, Jeanne Marquardt. Communicating at Work: Principles and<br />
Practices for Business and the Professions, 10th edition. (NY: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008) isbn: 978-0-<br />
07-338517-4<br />
Studies include:<br />
Basics of Business Communication<br />
Principles of Interviewing<br />
Types of Interviews<br />
Interview Project<br />
Developing a Presentation<br />
Delivering a Presentation<br />
Verbal Support in a Presentation<br />
Informative Presentation<br />
Working in Teams<br />
Effective Meetings<br />
Visual Support in Presentations<br />
Group Presentation<br />
Culture in the workplace<br />
Verbal and Nonverbal Communication<br />
Persuasive Presentation<br />
During the course students will take part in a mock interview, 3 major business presentations and<br />
formal group meetings. Students will also attend a city council meeting and prepare a critical<br />
analysis paper. Lastly, students will complete 4 major exams that will cover roughly 3 main topic<br />
areas for each exam.<br />
Interview Project 10%<br />
Informative speech 10%<br />
Team Presentation 15%<br />
Persuasive Speech 15%<br />
Exam grade 20%<br />
Council Paper 10%<br />
Group Grade 10%<br />
Participation 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Norman Gilbert<br />
WTC 1046<br />
903-782-0734<br />
ngilbert@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SRGT 1405<br />
Introduction to Surgical Technology<br />
Description<br />
Orientation to surgical technology theory, surgical pharmacology and anesthesia, technological<br />
sciences, and patient care concepts.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Association of Surgical Technologist (AST), (2012), Surgical Technology for the Surgical<br />
Technologist: A Positive Care Approach and Study Guide for Surgical Technology for the Surgical<br />
Technologist: A Positive Care Approach , (4th ed.) Cengage Delmar,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-1334-2545-8<br />
Rutherford, Colleen J., (2012), Differentiating Surgical Instruments, (2nd ed.) FA Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2545-7<br />
Choose one of two Dictionaries:<br />
Mosby, (<strong>2013</strong>), Mosby’s Dictionary of Medicine, Nursing & Health Professions, (9th ed.) Mosby-<br />
Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-3230-7403-3-2<br />
Venes, (<strong>2013</strong>), Taber’s Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (22nd ed.), FA Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2977-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined learning<br />
needs.<br />
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to<br />
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Syllabus/Handbook Review and Learning Success Seminar<br />
Week 2- Unit I Orientation to Surgical Technology and Standards of Conduct<br />
Week 3- Unit I cont. (textbook Chapters 1-2); Unit II Physical Environment and Safety Standards<br />
Week 4- Unit II cont. (textbook Chapters 5); Unit III The Surgical Patient and Special Populations<br />
Week 5- Unit III cont. (textbook Chapters 3-4); Unit IV Physical Homeostasis and Emergency<br />
Situations<br />
Week 6- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 8); Mandatory Hospital Orientation<br />
Week 7- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 8); Unit V Surgical Pharmacology and Anesthesia<br />
Week 8- Unit V cont. (textbook Chapter 9)<br />
Week 9- Review and Unit V Exam<br />
Week 10- Comprehensive Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 65% of course grade<br />
Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 20% of course grade<br />
Comprehensive Final Examination 15% of course grade
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Norman Gilbert<br />
WTC 1046<br />
903-782-0734<br />
ngilbert@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
SRGT 1409<br />
Perioperative Concepts and Asceptic Technique<br />
Description<br />
In-depth coverage of perioperative concepts such as aseptic/sterile principles and practices,<br />
infectious processes, wound healing, and creation and management of the sterile field.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Association of Surgical Technologist (AST), (2012), Surgical Technology for the Surgical<br />
Technologist: A Positive Care Approach and Study Guide for Surgical Technology for the Surgical<br />
Technologist: A Positive Care Approach , (4th ed.) Cengage Delmar,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-1334-2545-8<br />
Rutherford, Colleen J., (2012), Differentiating Surgical Instruments, (2nd ed.) FA Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2545-7<br />
Choose one of two Dictionaries:<br />
Mosby, (<strong>2013</strong>), Mosby’s Dictionary of Medicine, Nursing & Health Professions, (9th ed.) Mosby-<br />
Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-3230-7403-3-2<br />
Venes, (<strong>2013</strong>), Taber’s Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (22nd ed.), FA Davis,<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2977-6<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined learning<br />
needs.<br />
Week 1- Syllabus/Handbook Review and Learning Success Seminar<br />
Week 2- Unit I Instrumentation, Equipment and Supplies (textbook Capter 10)<br />
Week 3- Unit II Asepsis and Sterile Technique (textbook Chapter 7)<br />
Week 4- Unit II cont. (textbook Chapter 7); Unit III Surgical Case Management (textbook Chapter<br />
12)<br />
Week 5- Unit III cont. (textbook Chapter 12)<br />
Week 6- Unit IV Wound Healing, Sutures/Needles and Stapling Devices (textbook Chapter 11);<br />
Mandatory Hospital Orientation<br />
Week 7- Unit IV cont. (textbook Chapter 11)<br />
Week 8- Unit V Biomedical Sciences (textbook Chapter 6)<br />
Week 9- Unit V cont. (textbook Chapter 6); Review<br />
Week 10- Comprehensive Final Exam and Pre-Clinical Skills Practicum<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
4-5 Unit Examinations (averaged) 50% of course grade<br />
Lab Skills and Daily Grades (avg.): workbook assignments, quizes, etc. 10% of course grade<br />
Two-part Comprehensive Final Examination 40% of course grade, including Pre-Clinical Skills<br />
Practicum requiring 70% minimum score.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Kay Miller<br />
WTC 1062<br />
903-782-0746<br />
kmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
VNSG 1260<br />
Clinical - Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse Training<br />
Description<br />
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized<br />
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical professional.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Ball & Bindler, (2010) Child Health Nursing: Partnering with Children and Families, (2nd ed.),<br />
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-0-7817-7793-3<br />
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.<br />
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5<br />
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).<br />
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7<br />
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic<br />
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0<br />
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s<br />
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of<br />
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5<br />
Venes D (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary (21st ed ) Philadelphia: F A Davis<br />
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME:<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including<br />
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical<br />
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.<br />
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to<br />
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home<br />
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home<br />
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 40 email<br />
Jimmie Kay Miller<br />
WTC 1062<br />
903-782-0746<br />
kmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
VNSG 1260<br />
Clinical - Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse Training<br />
Description<br />
A health-related work-based learning experience that enables the student to apply specialized<br />
occupational theory, skills, and concepts. Direct supervision is provided by the clinical professional.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Ball & Bindler, (2010) Child Health Nursing: Partnering with Children and Families, (2nd ed.),<br />
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-515381-9<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-0-7817-7793-3<br />
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.<br />
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5<br />
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).<br />
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7<br />
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic<br />
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0<br />
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s<br />
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of<br />
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5<br />
Venes D (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary (21st ed ) Philadelphia: F A Davis<br />
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOME:<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including<br />
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical<br />
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.<br />
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to<br />
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home<br />
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 1-Orientation<br />
Week 2-4-Clinical Experience - 16 hour per week, Nursing Home<br />
Week 5-Clinical Evaluation
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Kay Miller<br />
WTC 1062<br />
903-782-0746<br />
kmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
VNSG 1304<br />
Foundations of Nursing<br />
Description<br />
An introduction to the nursing profession, including history, standards of practice, legal and ethical<br />
issues, and the role of the vocational nurse. Topics include mental health, therapeutic<br />
communication, cultural and spiritual diversity, nursing process, and holistic awareness.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2012), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (14th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-0-4511-8514-0<br />
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.<br />
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5<br />
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (<strong>2013</strong>), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic<br />
Test with Nursing Implications, (5th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-3664-4<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s<br />
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of<br />
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5<br />
Venes, D. (<strong>2013</strong>) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (22nd ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2977<br />
Videbeck, S., (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, (5th ed.), Lippincott.<br />
ISBN: 978-1-60547-861-6<br />
RECOMMENDED TEXT:<br />
Bickley Lynn S (2012) Bates’ Pocket Guide to Physical Examination & History Taking<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined learning<br />
needs.<br />
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including<br />
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical<br />
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.<br />
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to<br />
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.<br />
4. recognize the importance of upgrading theoretical and practicum skills through the continued<br />
learning processes as mandated by Texas Board of Nursing for continuing education.
Schedule<br />
Week 1- Orientation/Introduction to the Vocational Nursing Profession<br />
Week 2- Mental Health and Communication<br />
Week 3- Nursing Process<br />
Week 4- Nursing Process continued<br />
Week 5- Final Exam<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do all of the following:<br />
1. Achieve a final grade of 70 or higher.<br />
2. Complete all lab skills for this course.<br />
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab.<br />
4. Satisfactory completion of all papers.<br />
Grading Criteria<br />
1. Dosage Calculations Exams (3) 50%<br />
2. Lab Skill Evaluation Tool 50%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Kay Miller<br />
WTC 1062<br />
903-782-0746<br />
kmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
VNSG 1323<br />
Basic Nursing Skills<br />
Description<br />
Mastery of entry level nursing skills and competencies for a variety of health care settings.<br />
Utilization of the nursing process as the foundation for all nursing interventions.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2012), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (14th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-0-4511-8514-0<br />
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.<br />
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5<br />
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (<strong>2013</strong>), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic<br />
Test with Nursing Implications, (5th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-3664-4<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s<br />
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of<br />
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5<br />
Venes, D. (<strong>2013</strong>) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary, (22nd ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2977<br />
Videbeck, S., (2011), Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, (5th ed.), Lippincott.<br />
ISBN: 978-1-60547-861-6<br />
RECOMMENDED TEXT:<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined learning<br />
needs.<br />
2. exhibit professional nursing behavior by participating in the nursing process including<br />
observation and gathering relevant data, developing a plan of care for the client, using critical<br />
thinking skills, providing safe patient care, and evaluating the efficacy of interventions.<br />
3. demonstrate safe, direct patient care at the bedside in relatively stable situations and progress to<br />
semi-complex and complex situations with supervision.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-5-Basic Nursing Skills
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do all of the following:<br />
1. Achieve a final grade of 70 or higher.<br />
2. Complete all lab skills for this course.<br />
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab.<br />
4. Satisfactory completion of all papers.<br />
Grading Criteria<br />
1. Dosage Calculations Exams (3) 50%<br />
2. Lab Skill Evaluation Tool 50%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012-<strong>2013</strong><br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
Jimmie Kay Miller<br />
WTC 1062<br />
903-782-0746<br />
kmiller@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
VNSG 1400<br />
Nursing in Health and Illness I<br />
Description<br />
Introduction to general principles of growth and development, primary healthcare needs of the client<br />
across the life span, and therapeutic nursing interventions.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Ball, J., Bindler, R., and Cowen, K.J., (<strong>2013</strong>), Child Health Nursing: Partnering Children and<br />
Families, (2nd ed.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-284-007-1<br />
Carpenito-Moyet, Lynda, (2009), Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis, (13th ed.). Lippincott. ISBN:<br />
978-0-7817-7793-3<br />
Curren, A.M. & Munday, L.D., (2010) Dimensional Analysis for Meds, (4th ed.), W. I.<br />
Publications. ISBN: 978-1-4354-3867-5<br />
Deglin, Vallerand, (2012) Davis’s Drug Guide for Nurses, (13th ed.), F.A. Davis.<br />
ISBN: 978-0-8036-2833-5<br />
Holland, Norman & Adams, Michael Patrick, (2011), Core Concepts in Pharmacolody, (3rd ed.).<br />
Prentice Hall. ISBN: 978-0-13-507759-7<br />
Leeuwen, Poelhuis-Leth, (2011), Davis’s Comprehensive Handbook of Laboratory & Diagnostic<br />
Test with Nursing Implications, (4th ed.), F. A. Davis. ISBN: 978-0-8036-2304-0<br />
Silvestri, Linda (2010) Saunders Comprehensive Review for NCLEX, (4th ed.), Elsevier-Saunders,<br />
ISBN: 978-1-4160-4730-8<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Brunner & Suddarth’s Textbook of Medical-Surgical<br />
Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8590-7<br />
Smeltzer, Bare, Hinkle, Cheever, (2010), Study Guide to Accompany Brunner & Suddarth’s<br />
Textbook of Medical-Surgical Nursing, (12th ed.), Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-8594-5<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Fundamentals of Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia:<br />
Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9383-4<br />
Taylor, C., Lillis, C. J., & LeMone, P., (2011) Study Guide to Accompany Fundamentals of<br />
Nursing, (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott. ISBN: 978-0-7817-9386-5<br />
Venes D (2009) Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary (21st ed ) Philadelphia: F A Davis<br />
Upon completion of this program, it is expected that a graduate will be able to:<br />
1. develop, implement and individualize a teaching care plan for a patient with well defined learning<br />
needs.<br />
Week 1- Orientation/Care of the Elderly<br />
Week 2- Pharmacology<br />
Week 3- Developmental Concepts and Family Centered Care of the Pediatric Client<br />
Week 4- Evaluations and Dosage Competency<br />
Week 5- Final Exam
Evaluation methods<br />
In order to pass this nursing course the student must do All of the following:<br />
1. Achieve a final theory grade of 70 or higher.<br />
2. Complete all lab skills to progress in the course.<br />
3. Perform in a safe and professional manner in the lab and clinical areas.<br />
4. Satisfactory completion of all required papers.<br />
5. Achieve a score of 90 or higher on the Dosage Calculation Competency exam.<br />
The Final Grade will consist of:<br />
1. Three unit exams worth 25% each 75%<br />
2. A final exam worth 25%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1417<br />
Introduction to Layout and Fabrication)<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use<br />
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxy-fuel torch.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1- 15<br />
Students will use various types of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job<br />
shop/construction site atmospheres, both on paper and hands on with emphasis being on all types of<br />
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1417<br />
Intro. To Layout and Fabrication<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use<br />
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxygen-acetylene torch.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Be able to lay out pipe fittings on the pipe.<br />
Be able to do math related to pipe fitting.<br />
Be able to make pipe templates for marking different cuts on different diameter pipe.<br />
Be able to use the tools related to pipe fitting.<br />
Be able to use the cutting torch to make pipe fittings.<br />
Be able to weld pipe fittings.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 12-14 Learning how to read the pipefitters bluebook and how to hand craft fittings. The class<br />
is also designed to improve blueprint reading.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. PIPE FITTING ID ( MULTIPLE )<br />
2. 3 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN<br />
3. TAKING FIELD MEASUREMENTS ( MULTIPLE )<br />
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE<br />
5. PIPE FITTING TAKE OFF EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )<br />
6. ORANGE PEEL<br />
7. PIPE FITTING/BLUE BOOK EXERCISES ( MULTIPLE )<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Pipe Fitters Handbook<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2011-2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1425<br />
Introduction to Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding<br />
Description<br />
An introduction to oxy-fuel cutting and welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an<br />
orientation to welding in general and related occupations. Identification of base metals and filler<br />
metals.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to, safely setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen/fuel cutting rig.<br />
2. Have the ability to, safely, make quality cuts in all positions using an oxygen/fuel cutting rig.<br />
Week 1- 13<br />
The skills obtained in this course will be utilized daily in preparation for an AWS Structural Steel<br />
Certification test scheduled for the last week of class.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1425<br />
Intro to Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting<br />
Description<br />
An introduction to oxygen-acetylene welding. To include safety in the use of equipment and an<br />
orientation to welding in general and related occupations. Identification of base metals and filler<br />
metals<br />
Textbooks<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Not Required<br />
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.<br />
Be able to make quality welds in all positions using oxygen and acetylene.<br />
Be able to cut steel plate using the oxygen and acetylene torch.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-2. Oxy-Fuel cutting and welding<br />
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Oxy-Fuel cut plate to size<br />
2. Oxy-Fuel Bead Test<br />
3. Oxy-Fuel Lap Joint<br />
4. Oxy-Fuel Corner Joint<br />
5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet<br />
Assignments & Test:<br />
OXY-FUEL Welding and Cutting<br />
Unit 1, 2, 3<br />
Test Date: End of Session<br />
Projects= 90% Test= 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1428<br />
Introduction to SMAW (Sheilded Metal Arc Welding)<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A basic course in Shielded Metal Arc Welding theory and practice. The course includes metal<br />
identification, electrode identification, current type, and the proper care and use of equipment. The<br />
course includes practice in the various techniques for different welding positions. Electrodes used<br />
will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. To include welding safety, equipment, the essentials of good<br />
welding techniques, to include flat beads, weaving the electrode, flat fillet welds, flat butt joints,<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.<br />
2. Have the ability to select the correct equipment to weld with.<br />
Week 2-4 with subjects/topics to be revisited as needed throughout semester. Scheduled projects<br />
will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the flat position.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1428<br />
Intro. To Shielded Metal Arc Welding<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
A basic course in shielded manual arc welding theory and practice. The course includes metal<br />
identification, electrode identification, current type, and the proper care and use of equipment. The<br />
course includes practice in the various techniques for different welding positions. Electrodes used<br />
will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. To include welding safety, equipment, the essentials of good<br />
welding techniques, to include flat beads, weaving the electrode, flat fillet welds, flat butt joints,<br />
weld inspection, and trouble shooting welding problems<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Set up, turn on, and operate welding equipment safely.<br />
Be able to select the correct equipment to weld with.<br />
Be able to select the correct electrode.<br />
Be able to solve welding problems.<br />
Be able to make a quality fillet weld in the flat position.<br />
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for AWS welding test.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a E6010 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a E7018 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS flat welding test using a flux core welder.<br />
Be able to tell the difference in a good and bad weld.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 2-5 SMAW with multipple welding rods in the flat position.Some projects will be welded<br />
with mig and fluxcore.<br />
All projects throught out the semester will require oxy-fuel cuting
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Flat Padded Plate E7018 ,E6010 ,Flux core<br />
2. 1F Fillet 7018, Flux core<br />
3. 1G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)<br />
4. 1G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)<br />
5. 1G Plate Test Flux core (Timed)<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Shielded Metal Arc Welding<br />
Unit 4.<br />
Project = 90 % Test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1430<br />
Introduction to Gas Metal Arc (MIG) Welding<br />
Description<br />
This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The course also includes<br />
metallic inert gas welding and introduction to pipe welding. Emphasis is placed on vertical<br />
welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The student will learn joint<br />
design and welding symbols.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Have the ability to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.<br />
2. Have the ability to identify basic weld joints.<br />
Week 8-12 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited as needed during the remainder of the<br />
semester. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW<br />
processes in the vertical position.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1430<br />
Intro. Gas Metal Arc Welding<br />
Description<br />
Course Description: This course is a continuation of Welding 1428 in theory and practice. The<br />
course also includes metallic inert gas welding and introduction to TIG welding. Emphasis is<br />
placed on vertical welding. The student will be introduced to vertical fillet and butt joints. The<br />
student will learn joint design and welding symbols<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
. Be able to setup and operate a semi-automatic wire feed machine.<br />
Identify basic weld joints.<br />
Be able to read and understand welding symbols.<br />
Making quality welds in the vertical position.<br />
Be able to set up and prepare test plates for an AWS welding test.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a E6010 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a E7018 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS vertical welding test using a Flux core welder.<br />
Schedule<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Week 10-13 Stick welding in vertical position with multiple rods on multiple weld joints.Some<br />
projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester will require<br />
oxy-fuel cuting<br />
1. Vertical Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core<br />
2. 3F FILLET 7018, Flux Core<br />
3. 3G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)<br />
4. 3G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)<br />
5. 3G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)<br />
6. 3G Plate Test open root E6010 x E7018(Timed)<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding Unit 5<br />
Test Date: End of Session<br />
Project = 90 % Test = 10%
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1434<br />
Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)<br />
Description<br />
Principles of gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), including setup, GTAW equipment. Instruction in<br />
various positions and joint designs<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to setup and adjust a TIG welding outfit for different applications.<br />
2. Have the ability to properly select the proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different<br />
TIG welding applications.<br />
Week 4-13<br />
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the GTAW process in the 1G, 2G,5G,<br />
and 6G welding positions. Emphasis will be on the ER70S2 electrodes. Emphasis will be put on the<br />
FCAW/SMAW process in these positions also.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1434<br />
Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding<br />
Description<br />
Theory and practice of the TIG process in welding non ferrous metals to include stainless and<br />
aluminum. Welding will be done in all positions. The study of gases and fillers to be included.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Setup and adjustment of a TIG welding outfit for different applications.<br />
Selection of proper tungsten, filler rod, and shielding gas for different TIG welding applications.<br />
Welding mild and carbon steel in all positions.<br />
Welding stainless steel in all positions.<br />
Welding aluminum in all positions.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 15-16 GTAW sanitary stainless, aluminum and carbon in various positions and joint designs.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. 3/8 INCH STEEL PLATE TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)<br />
2. 6G FIVE INCH TIG ROOT 7018 FILL & CAP (TIMED)<br />
3. 2G/5G TWO INCH STAINLESS BOILER TUBE TIG ALL THE WAY OUT (TIMED).<br />
4. 6”x 6” ALUMINUM PAD<br />
5. VARIOUS SOCKET WELDS USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES<br />
6. 2G/5G TWO INCH BOILER TUBE TIG ROOT/HOT AND E7018 FILL/CAP (TIMED).<br />
Assignments & Test:<br />
Comprehensive Test<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1435<br />
Introduction to Pipe Welding<br />
Description<br />
An introduction to welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding process (SMAW),<br />
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on weld positions<br />
1G and 2G using various electrodes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to translate API codes.<br />
2. Have the ability to select the right rod for the job.<br />
Week 1- 3<br />
Students will practice safe welding concepts while learning the SMAW process in the 1G & 2G<br />
welding positions. Emphasis will be on the E6010 & E7018 electrodes. Some emphasis will be put<br />
on the FCAW process in these positions also.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1435<br />
introduction to pipe welding<br />
Description<br />
An introduction to welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding process (SMAW),<br />
including electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices. Emphasis on welding<br />
positions 1G position using E6010 & E7018 electrodes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Be able to translate API codes.<br />
Be able to select the right rod for the job.<br />
Be able to operate a pipe beveling machine.<br />
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using E6010 electrodes.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1 Weld pipe with 6010 and 7018 in 1G and 2G positions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. 1G FIVE INCH E6010 x E7018 (TIMED)<br />
Assignments and Tests:<br />
Unit 12 Pipe Welding<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1453<br />
INTERMEDIATE LAYOUT AND FABRICATION<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the introductory Layout and Fabrication course which covers design and<br />
production of shop layout and fabrication. Emphasis placed on symbols, blueprints, and written<br />
specifications<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
. Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools<br />
and construction templates.<br />
2. Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools<br />
Week 1-13<br />
Students will participate in layout and fabrication exercises to increase skill sets in various methods<br />
of field measurement and field verification to include field sketching and interpretation. Emphasis<br />
being placed on pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects will be<br />
required. These skill sets will be utilized and revisited throughout the remainder of the semester.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1453<br />
Intermediate Layout and Fabrication<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the introductory Layout and Fabrication course which covers design and<br />
production of shop layout and fabrication. Emphasis placed on symbols, blueprints, and written<br />
specifications<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Identify auxiliary views and calculate steel and pipe dimensions using layout tools<br />
and construction templates.<br />
Identify fittings, weldments, templates, and tools<br />
Identify and interpret orthographic and isometric drawings.<br />
Week 6-9 advance layout and fabrication to better skills on blueprint readings and symbols<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. 2 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN<br />
2. 3 PIECE 90 DEGREE TURN<br />
3. TRUE Y<br />
4. 90 DEGREE SADDLE<br />
5. 45 DEGREE LATERAL<br />
6. ORANGE PEEL CAP<br />
7. CONCENTRIC REDUCER<br />
8. ECCENTRIC RISER<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Pipe Fitters Blue Book<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1457<br />
Intermediate SMAW<br />
Description<br />
Course Description: A continuation of WLDG 1428 with emphasis on various other positions used<br />
in the welding industry. These positions focus mainly on flat, horizontal, and vertical up and down<br />
positions. Electrodes used will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. The student will be introduced to<br />
horizontal fillet and butt joints. The course will also include GMAW and FCAW processes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Making quality welds in the horizontal position.<br />
2. Have the ability to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using an E6010 electrode.<br />
Week 5-7 Skills obtained in this course will be revisited during the semester as needed. Scheduled<br />
projects will be fillet/butt weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the<br />
horizontal position.
Evaluation methods
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1457<br />
Intermediate Shielded Metal Arc Welding<br />
Description<br />
Course Description: A continuation of WLDG 1428 with emphasis on various other positions used<br />
in the welding industry. These positions focus mainly on flat, horizontal, and vertical up and down<br />
positions. Electrodes used will be in the 60XX and 70XX range. The student will be introduced to<br />
horizontal fillet and butt joints. The course will also include GMAW and FCAW processes.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Making quality welds in the horizontal position.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a E6010 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a E7018 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS horizontal welding test using a Flux core welder.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 6-9 SMAW in the horizontal position with multiple welding rods on multiple weld<br />
joints.Some projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester<br />
will require oxy-fuel cuting<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Horizontal Padded Plate E7018, E6010 , Flux Core<br />
2. 2F FILLET E7018, Flux Core<br />
3. 2G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)<br />
4. 2G Plate Test E6010 (Timed)<br />
5. 2G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)<br />
Assignment & Test:<br />
Inspection Testing and Qualification<br />
Unit .10<br />
Test Date: End of Session<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1491<br />
SPECIAL TOPICS IN WELDER/WELDING TECHNOLOGIST<br />
Description<br />
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors<br />
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the<br />
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business and<br />
industry trends.<br />
Week 1-13<br />
Students will use various scenarios of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job<br />
shop/construction site atmospheres. Emphasis being on material/labor estimating processes as well<br />
as job site safety during fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 1491<br />
Special Topics in Welder/Welding Technologist<br />
Description<br />
Topics address recently identified current events, skills, knowledge, and/or attitudes and behaviors<br />
pertinent to the technology or occupation and relevant to the professional development of the<br />
student. This course was designed to be repeated multiple times to improve student proficiency<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Learning outcomes/objectives are determined by local occupational need and business and industry<br />
trends.<br />
Week 15-16 Students will weld the most comon welding trend that is seen the most for the field the<br />
student wants to get into.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
All shop projects will be provided by local industry and will vary from one semester to the next.<br />
Unit 5 Test Date: End of Session<br />
Assignments & Tests: None<br />
100% on attendance and quality of welds
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2406<br />
Intermediate Pipe Welding<br />
Description<br />
A comprehensive course on the welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)<br />
process. Position of welds will be 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics<br />
covered include electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to describe equipment and required pipe preparation.<br />
2. Have the ability perform 2G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.<br />
Week 4-6<br />
Skill sets learned in this course will be revisited as needed in the remainder of the semester.<br />
Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 2G/5G/6G positions utilizing the<br />
GTAW/GMAW/FCAW/SMAW processes.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2406<br />
Intermediate Pipe Welding<br />
Description<br />
A comprehensive course on the welding of pipe using the shielded metal arc welding (SMAW)<br />
process. Position of welds will be 1G, 2G, 5G, and 6G using E6010 and E7018 electrodes. Topics<br />
covered include electrode selection, equipment setup, and safe shop practices.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Week 2- 4 Describe equipment and required pipe preparation.<br />
Perform 2G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.<br />
Perform 5G welds using E6010 and E7018 electrodes.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 2-4 Welding pipe using various welding rods in 1G, 2G, 5G, 6G positions<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. 2G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP<br />
2. 5G SIX INCH E6010 ROOT AND E7018 FILL AND CAP<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2413<br />
INTERMEDIATE WELDING USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES<br />
Description<br />
This is an introductory course in fitting and layout. Topics to be covered are blue print reading, use<br />
of tools and procedures common to layout and use of the oxy-fuel torch.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding<br />
process for a given application.<br />
Week 1- 13<br />
Students will use various welding processes during layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real<br />
job shop/construction site atmospheres, emphasis being equally placed on safety, layout and<br />
fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2413<br />
Intermediate Welding Using Multiple Processes<br />
Description<br />
Instruction using layout tools and blueprint reading with demonstration and guided practices with<br />
some of the following welding processes: oxy-fuel gas cutting and welding, shield metal arc welding<br />
(SMAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW), flux-cored arc welding (FCAW), gas tungsten arc<br />
welding (GTAW), or any other approved welding process.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Identify proper safety equipment and tools and identify and select the proper welding process for a<br />
given application.<br />
Demonstrate skills training using more than one approved welding process<br />
Demonstrate ability to analyze situations and make decision using skills as taught<br />
concerning safety and electrode selections.<br />
Select the most economic and practical welding process for the given task.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 13-14 Student will use SMAW, GTAW, GMAW and FCAW in multiple positions and weld<br />
joints.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Vertical Pad Using GMAW<br />
2. Overhead Pad Using GMAW<br />
3. Vertical Pad Using FCAW<br />
4. Overhead Pad Using FCAW<br />
5. Vertical Fillet Using GTAW<br />
6. Overhead Fillet Using GTAW<br />
7. Vertical Bend Test Using GMAW<br />
8. Overhead Bend Test Using GMAW<br />
9. Vertical Bend Test Using FCAW<br />
10. Overhead Bend Test Using FCAW<br />
11. Vertical Bend Test Using GTAW<br />
12. Overhead Bend Test Using GTAW<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Gas Metal Arc Welding & Flux Core Arc Welding<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2435<br />
ADVANCED LAYOUT AND FABRICATION<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the Intermediate Layout and Fabrication course which covers production and<br />
fabrication of layout tools and processes. Emphasis on application of fabrication and layout skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Apply appropriate techniques of fabrication.<br />
2. Design welding projects.<br />
Week 1- 13<br />
Students will use various types of layout and fabrication exercises to mirror real job<br />
shop/construction site atmospheres, both on paper and hands on with emphasis being on all types of<br />
pipe fitting and fabrication. Group projects as well as individual projects are required and will<br />
evaluated with safety being priority.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2435<br />
Advanced Layout Fabrication<br />
Description<br />
A continuation of the Intermediate Layout and Fabrication course which covers production and<br />
fabrication of layout tools and processes. Emphasis on application of fabrication and layout skills.<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
. Apply appropriate techniques of fabricat<br />
Design welding projects<br />
Prepare drawings and produce templates.<br />
Apply layout offsets; take offs; bills of materials.<br />
Apply mathematical concepts in the construction of projects.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 10-12 Combine layout and fabrication for previous semesters to advance layout and<br />
fabrication.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
Required Projects:<br />
1. PIPE FITTING PRACTICE<br />
2. FLANGE ALIGNMENT<br />
3. FITTING CUTBACKS<br />
4. GROUP PIPE FITTING PROJECTS<br />
5. WORKING FROM BLUE PRINT<br />
Assignments: Pipe Fitters Blue Book<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2439<br />
ADVANCED OXY-FUEL CUTTING & WELDING<br />
Description<br />
A study of all position welding on ferrous and nonferrous metals using the oxy-fuel welding<br />
process, including welding, cutting, brazing, and soldering operations.<br />
Textbooks<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,<br />
equipment, and materials.<br />
2. Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxy-fuel welding rig safely.<br />
Week 1- 3<br />
Students will use various types of repair/fabrication exercises to mirror real job shop/construction<br />
site atmospheres. Group and individual projects will be encountered with safety being a priority.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2439<br />
Advanced Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting<br />
Description<br />
A study of all position welding on ferrous and nonferrous metals using the oxy-fuel welding<br />
process, including welding and cutting, brazing, and soldering operations<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Identify and explain oxy-fuel welding procedures; and select proper tools,<br />
equipment, and materials.<br />
Setup, turn on, and adjust an oxygen and acetylene welding rig safely.<br />
Be able to make quality welds in the flat positions using oxygen and acetylene.<br />
Be able to make quality welds in the horizontal positions using oxygen and acetylene.<br />
Be able to make quality welds in the vertical positions using oxygen and acetylene.<br />
Be able to make quality welds in the overhead positions using oxygen and acetylene.<br />
Be able to cut steel plate using the oxygen and acetylene torch.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 1-5 Students does advance welding, brazing, soldiering and cutting<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Oxy-Fuel cut plate to size<br />
2. Oxy-Fuel Bead Test<br />
3. Oxy-Fuel Lap Joint<br />
4. Oxy-Fuel Corner Joint<br />
5. Oxy-Fuel Fillet<br />
Assignments & Test:<br />
OXY-FUEL Welding and Cutting<br />
Unit :Victor Oxy-Fuel Hand Book<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2443<br />
Advanced SMAW<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory and practice in the<br />
manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and overhead. Bend<br />
test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes. A continuation of<br />
welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be introduced to overhead fillet<br />
and butt joints.<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to make quality welds in the overhead position using various welding techniques.<br />
2. Have the ability to pass the AWS overhead welding test using an E6010 electrode.<br />
Week 11-13<br />
Students in this course are utilizing all of the skills learned during the semester in preparation for the<br />
AWS Certification test which is taken the following week. Scheduled projects will be fillet/butt<br />
weld projects utilizing the SMAW/GMAW/FCAW processes in the overhead position.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2443<br />
Advanced Shielded Metal Arc Welding<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
Catalog Description: The advanced shielded manual arc welding class is designed to provide theory<br />
and practice in the manual metal arc five positions: flat, horizontal, vertical up, vertical down, and<br />
overhead. Bend test on root and face are made in compliance with AWS, API, and ASME codes.<br />
A continuation of welding 1430 with emphasis on overhead welding. The student will be<br />
introduced to overhead fillet and butt joints.<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Making quality welds in the overhead position using various welding techniques.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a E6010 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a E7018 electrode.<br />
Be able to pass the AWS overhead welding test using a Flux core welder.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week14-16 Welding in the overhead position with mutiple rods on mutiple weld joints.Some<br />
projects will be welded with mig and fluxcore. All projects throught out the semester will require<br />
oxy-fuel cuting<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. Overhead Padded E7018, E6010 , Flux Core<br />
2. 4F FILLET 7018, Flux Core<br />
3. 4G Plate Test E7018 (Timed)<br />
4. 4G Plate Test open root E6010 x E7018(Timed)<br />
5. 4G Plate Test Flux Core (Timed)<br />
Assignments & Tests: None<br />
Test Date: End of Session<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term 123L<br />
Phone<br />
Section 01 email<br />
JOHN PLEMONS<br />
AS122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
jplemons@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2453<br />
Advanced Pipe Welding<br />
Description<br />
Textbooks<br />
To be a continuation of WLDG 2406 and also to include the GTAW process. Tests will be done in<br />
a compliance with specifications and requirements of AWS and ASME codes. Major emphasis will<br />
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G position and uphill in the 5G<br />
and 6G positions. All testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)<br />
and American Welding Society (AWS) Codes.<br />
No Text book required, class hand outs will be given on an as needed basis<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Schedule<br />
1. Have the ability to translate ASME and AWS codes.<br />
2. Have the ability to weld pipe in the 2G position using SMAW process.<br />
Week 7-9<br />
Skill sets learned in this course will be revisited as needed in the remainder of the semester.<br />
Scheduled projects will be S-O-Weld/Butt weld projects on the 5G/6G positions utilizing the<br />
GTAW/GMAW/FCAW/SMAW processes.
Evaluation methods<br />
All projects, tests (written/hands on), and daily attendance grades are averaged on an equal part<br />
basis for the semester grade.
<strong>Paris</strong> <strong>Junior</strong> <strong>College</strong> Syllabus<br />
Faculty<br />
Year 2012<br />
Office<br />
Term <strong>Summer</strong><br />
Phone<br />
Section 02 email<br />
Clint Hutchins<br />
AS 122<br />
903-782-0384<br />
CHutchins@parisjc.edu<br />
Course<br />
Title<br />
WLDG 2453<br />
Advance Pipe Welding<br />
Description<br />
To be a continuation of WLDG 2406 and also to include the GTAW process. Tests will be done in<br />
a compliance with specifications and requirements of AWS and ASME codes. Major emphasis will<br />
be put on pipe welding with the GTAW / SMAW processes in the 2G,5G, and 6G positions. All<br />
testing will be done to American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code (ASME).<br />
Textbooks<br />
Not Required<br />
Student<br />
Learning<br />
Outcomes<br />
(SLO)<br />
Be able to translate ASME codes.<br />
Be able to weld pipe in the 2G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.<br />
Be able to weld pipe uphill in the 5G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.<br />
Be able to weld pipe uphill in the 6G position using GTAW / SMAW processes.<br />
Schedule<br />
Week 5-11 Welding pipe with various welding rods and GTAW in 5G and 6G positions.<br />
Evaluation methods<br />
1. 2G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP (TIMED)<br />
2. 5G SIX INCH GTAW ROOT, SMAW FILL & CAP BELL HOLE (TIMED)<br />
Assignments & Tests:<br />
Unit 6 Gas Tungsten-Arc Welding (GTAW)<br />
Projects = 90 % Test = 10 %
Change language